www.ifm.com
Innovations 2015/2016
years
W
ARRANTY
on ifm produ
cts
Gesamtkatalog EN 2015_Stilvorlage LK FrutigerOT_2010 DE_GB.qxd 17.11.14 12:50 Seite 3
3
3D Smart Sensor – Your assistant on mobile machines
True 3D vision sensor
Camera systems for mobile machines
(11.2014)
(11.2014)
Industrial imaging
Sensors for factory automation with correction factor K=1
Electromagnetic field immune ”K=1“ sensors for welding applications
Inductive sensors
Photoelectric sensors for general applications
When oil is all over – The new O6 coolant
The new compact O6 photoelectric sensors with infrared light
“O6 wetline” now with IO-Link
(11.2015)
(04.2015)
(11.2014)
(11.2015)
(11.2015)
Position sensors
6 - 7
8 - 9
Capacitive touch sensors in compact M22 design
Capacitive sensors
(04.2015) 10 - 11
New pressure-resistant position sensors
Magnetic sensors
(04.2015) 12 - 13
14 - 15
16 - 17
18 - 19
Laser sensors / distance measurement sensors
PMD O5D – Now also with laser class 1
OID with time of flight measurement (PMD) and easy-turn, laser class 1
PMDLine M30 compact: time of flight technology and IO-Link
(11.2014)
(11.2014)
(04.2015)
20 - 21
22 - 23
24 - 25
40 - 41
42 - 43
Intelligent incremental encoder with display and IO-Link
Programmable incremental encoder with IO-Link
Encoders
(04.2015)
(04.2015)
Sensors for motion control
26 - 27
28 - 29
High-resolution 3D camera for innovative vision integration
3D cameras
(11.2015) 48 - 49
Robust and precise inclination sensors – Now with IO-Link
Precision for all inclinations
Inclination sensors
(11.2015)
(11.2014)
30 - 31
32 - 33
Easy level control
Sensor signals switch relay
Safe monitoring of underspeed
Pulse evaluation systems
(04.2015)
(04.2015)
(04.2015)
34 - 35
36 - 37
38 - 39
TOP
TOP
TOP
TOP
TOP
TOP
TOP
TOP
TOP
TOP
Completeness monitoring for the packaging technology
Volume determination for storage and conveyor technology
3D sensors
(11.2015)
(11.2015)
44 - 45
46 - 47
TOP
TOP
TOP
TOP
TOP
4
Flow sensors / flow meters
New benchmark in thermal flow measurement
The alternative: Vortex sensor instead of vane
New flow sensor now also for smallest quantities
The smart float-type flow meter
(11.2015)
(04.2015)
(11.2015)
(04.2015)
58 - 59
60 - 61
62 - 63
64 - 65
Safety 4.0: the safe SmartPLC
With signal effect: AS-i module for OSSD inputs
AS-Interface Safety at Work
(11.2015)
(11.2015)
Industrial communication
86 - 87
88 - 89
8-port IO-Link master: closing the gap in the field
IO-Link I/O module minimises wiring costs for sensors
IO-Link components
(04.2015)
(04.2015)
90 - 91
92 - 93
8-port IO-Link master module with LINERECORDER AGENT embedded
IO-Link – The standard interface for smart sensors
Industry 4.0 made easy – Apps instead of expensive programming
System solutions
(04.2015)
(04.2015)
(11.2015)
94 - 95
96 - 97
98 - 99
Temperature sensors
Evaluates temperatures up to 600 °C: the TR with a new look
Modern classic: new TN temperature sensor
200° below 2 s: fast, hygienic temperature transmitter
Small but effective: temperature transmitter in compact housing
Extra protection for temperature sensors
(11.2015)
(11.2015)
(04.2015)
(11.2014)
(11.2014)
Process sensors
76 - 77
78 - 79
80 - 81
82 - 83
84 - 85
Hygienic point level sensor especially for hazardous areas
Continuous level measurement in harsh environments
Maintenance-free overflow protection to WHG
Level sensor with modular probe concept
Continuous level measurement with analogue output and IO-Link
(11.2015)
(11.2015)
(04.2015)
(04.2015)
(04.2015)
Level sensors
66 - 67
68 - 69
70 - 71
72 - 73
74 - 75
Pressure sensors
Small and cost-optimised for mobile machines
Hydrostatic level measurement for a wide range of applications
An update for the bestseller: PN pressure sensor with a new look
IO-Link display: process values at a glance
(11.2015)
(04.2015)
(04.2015)
(11.2015)
50 - 51
52 - 53
54 - 55
56 - 57
RFID for mobile machines
Adapters to increase the ranges of the new RFID antennas
RFID 125 kHz / RFID 13.56 MHz
(11.2015)
(11.2015)
Identification systems
100 - 101
102 - 103
Industrially-compatible multicode reader with text recognition
1D/ 2D code readers
(04.2015) 104 - 105
TOP
TOP
TOP
TOP
TOP
TOP
TOP
TOP
TOP
TOP
5
Intelligent vibration sensor – Simply smart
Flexible data logger for vibration and process values
New parameter software with data visualisation
Vibration monitoring systems
(11.2015)
(04.2015)
(04.2015)
Condition monitoring systems
Power management in mobile vehicles
Mobile controllers
(11.2015)
Systems for mobile machines
106 - 107
108 - 109
110 - 111
112 - 113
Parameter setting software for IO-Link sensors
LINERECORDER SENSOR 4.0
(04.2015)
Software
122 - 123
From factory automation to machine tool industry
The reliable connection even with strong noise field interference
Sockets
(11.2015)
(04.2015)
Connection technology
114 - 115
116 - 117
For hygienic and wet areas in the food industry
The secure connection even in difficult applications
T splitters
(11.2015)
(11.2015)
118 - 119
120 - 121
Gesamtkatalog EN 2015_Stilvorlage LK FrutigerOT_2010 DE_GB.qxd 17.11.14 12:50 Seite 3
6
Inductive sensors for factory
automation with correction
factor K=1
Constant correction factor
”K=1“ sensors have the same sensing range for all
types of metals. They are for example perfectly suited
for the detection of aluminium, where conventional
sensors show a considerably reduced sensing range.
The high switching frequencies enable the monitoring
of fast changing switching states. With the new sensor
technology, these sensors are insensitive to magnetic
fields and can for example be reliably used right next to
electrical brakes. The wide temperature range as well
as the high protection ratings enable universal use of
the new ”K=1“ sensors.
Uniform sensing range for the reliable
detection of all metals
Compact dimensions for use in the
smallest of space
Electromagnetic field immune sensor
technology to prevent incorrect switching
Wide temperature range for universal use
High protection ratings up to
IP 68 / IP 69K
One sensing range for all metals
Position sensors
7
(11.2015)
Inductive sensors
Position sensors
Dimensions
Example IFS290
Example IFS285
Example IGS280
Example IFS277
Example IIS269
Example IIS268
Sensing range
[mm]
Current rating
[mA]
Switching
frequency
[Hz]
Order
number
M12 connector · 3 wire DC PNP · Output function normally open
45 4 1002000 IFS289M12
M12
M12
M12
M18
M18
45 10 1002000 IFS290
60 4 1002000 IFS285
60 10
Installation
flush
non-flush
flush
non-flush 1002000 IFS286
45 8 1002000 IGS279
45 15 1002000 IGS280
flush
non-flush
M18
M18
60 8 1002000 IGS277
60 15 1002000 IGS278
flush
non-flush
M30
M30
45 15 1002000 IIS269
60 15 1002000 IIS267
flush
flush
M30 60 30 1002000 IIS268non-flush
Type Total length
[mm]
Operating voltage [V DC] 10...30
Reverse polarity protection •
Short-circuit protection •
Overload protection •
Protection rating
IP 65 / IP 66 / IP 67 /
IP 68 / IP 69K
Protection class III
Ambient temperature [°C] -40...85
Output status indication [LED] yellow (4 x 90°)
Further technical data
Connection technology
Type Version Order
number
Socket, M12,
2 m black, PUR cable
EVC001
Socket, M12,
5 m black, PUR cable
EVC002
Socket, M12,
2 m black, PUR cable
EVC004
Socket, M12,
5 m black, PUR cable
EVC005
For further technical details please visit: www.ifm.com
Housing materials
brass
plated with white bronze,
sensing face
LCP
34
25
M12x1
17
4
M12x1
45
LED 4 x 90°
5
49
45
M12x1
M12x1
60
LED 4 x 90° 17
4
LED 4 x 90°
45
34
30
1015
M12x1
4
M18x1
24
M18x1
M12x1
45
49
60
LED 4 x 90° 24
4
45
M30x1,5
49
60
M12x1
LED 4 x 90° 5
36
45
49
60
22,5
M30x1,5
M12x1
LED 4 x 90°
5
36
8
Electromagnetic field immune
”K=1“ sensors for welding
applications
Use in harsh welding applications
The inductive ”K=1“ sensors withstand harsh operating
conditions and reliably detect metal objects even in
case of soiling.
The sensor housing and the fixing nuts have a non-stick
coating to prevent sticking of weld slag. Strong magnetic
fields occur in welding processes.
The new sensor technology prevents incorrect switching.
The quick connection with the connector and matching
cable from the ecolink range is the ideal basis for
permanent use.
Uniform sensing range for the reliable
detection of all metals
Robust design with non-stick coating
Electromagnetic field immune sensor
technology to prevent incorrect switching
Wide temperature range for universal use
High protection ratings up to
IP 68 / IP 69K
One sensing range for all metals
Position sensors
9
(11.2015)
Inductive sensors
Position sensors
Dimensions
IFW204
IGW202
IIW202
Sensing range
[mm]
Current
load
[mA]
Switching
frequency
[Hz]
Order
number
M12 connector · 3 wire DC PNP · Output function normally open
65 4 1002000 IFW204M12
M18
M30
65 8 1002000 IGW202
65 15 1002000 IIW202
Installation
flush
flush
flush
Type Total length
[mm]
Operating voltage [V DC] 10...30
Current consumption [mA] < 20
Reverse polarity protection •
Short-circuit protection •
Overload protection •
Protection
IP 65 / IP 66 / IP 67 /
IP 68 / IP 69K
Protection class II
Ambient temperature [°C] -40...85
Housing materials
brass
anti-spatter,
sensing face LCP
Switching status indication [LED] yellow (4 x 90°)
Further technical data
Connection technology
Type Version Order
number
Socket, M12,
2 m grey, PUR cable
EVW001
Socket, M12,
5 m grey, PUR cable
EVW002
Socket, M12,
10 m grey, PUR cable
EVW003
Socket, M12,
2 m grey, PUR cable
EVW004
Socket, M12,
5 m grey, PUR cable
EVW005
Socket, M12,
10 m grey, PUR cable
EVW006
For further technical details please visit: www.ifm.com
Accessories
Type Version Order
number
M12 mounting sleeve with end stop,
anti-spatter
E12452
M18 mounting sleeve with end stop,
anti-spatter
E12453
M30 mounting sleeve with end stop,
anti-spatter
E12454
M12 washers,
anti-spatter
E12412
M18 washers,
anti-spatter
E12413
M30 washers,
anti-spatter
E12414
65
54
50
M12x1
M12x1
17
4
LED 4 x 90°
65
50
24
4
54
LED 4 x 90°
M18x1
M12x1
65
50
54
M12x1
36
M30x1,5
5
LED 4 x 90°
10
Capacitive touch sensors in
compact M22 design
Functions and technology
Capacitive touch sensors can be used, for example, as
start and stop function on machines, as enable switch
and for opening and closing gates. Compared to
mechanical switches the sensors operate without wear.
Dynamic touch sensors detect an approaching human
hand and suppress interference such as water, layers
of ice or foreign bodies to a large extent. However, a
gloved hand will still trigger them.
Static touch sensors detect hands and objects even
through glass for as long as the sensing face is covered
which provides, for example, protection against vanda-
lism. With the latching operating principle it is possible
to switch the sensor on by touching briefly and to switch
it off again by touching briefly again. Furthermore, the
housing is resistant to oils and it is also impact and
scratch resistant. It offers the protection rating IP 69K.
LEDs for optical feedback signal that the sensor has
been activated.
Latching, dynamic or static functions
selectable
High IP 69K protection rating and wide
temperature range -40...85 °C
Symbols on the sensing face can be
selected separately
Easy installation into housing with
Ø 22.5 mm bore thanks to M22 x 1.5 thread
Wear-free and maintenance-free
thanks to switching without any
mechanical pressure
Touch sensor – start, stop and
acknowledge
Position sensors
11
(04.2015)
Operating voltage [V DC] 24 (12...30)
Current consumption [mA] 30
Ambient temperature [°C] -40...85
Common technical data
Capacitive sensors
Mounting options
The sensor can be installed in all housings with
a Ø 22.5 mm hole. The supplied lock nut is used
for fixing.
Thanks to the M22 thread the sensor can be used
for screw mounting without lock nut. Installation
alignment of the sensor is not necessary since the clip
showing the symbol for the sensing face is snapped
in as the last step.
Wiring is done via the tried-and-tested 3- or 4-wire
technology.
Position sensors
Connection Current rating
[mA]
Protection Order
no.
Output function NO · DC PNP
Housing material
dynamic
0.3 m PUR cable
with M12 plug
200IP 65, IP 67, IP 69K KT5102M22 PA
static
0.3 m PUR cable
with M12 plug
200IP 65, IP 67, IP 69K KT5106M22 PA
latching 2 m PUR cable 200IP 65, IP 67, IP 69K KT5150M22 PA
latching
0.3 m PUR cable
with M12 plug
200IP 65, IP 67, IP 69K KT5151M22 PA
latching 2 m PUR cable 200IP 65, IP 67, IP 69K KT5350M22 Stainless steel
latching
0.3 m PUR cable
with M12 plug
200IP 65, IP 67, IP 69K KT5351M22 Stainless steel
Type Evaluation principle
Accessories
Socket, M12,
2 m black, PUR cable
EVC001
Socket, M12,
5 m black, PUR cable
EVC002
Socket, M12,
2 m black, PUR cable
EVC004
Socket, M12,
5 m black, PUR cable
EVC005
Symbol disc must be ordered separately
For further technical data please go to: www.ifm.com
Connection technology
Type Description Order
no.
Symbol disc,
lettering: START
E12377
Symbol disc,
lettering: STOP
E12378
Symbol disc,
symbol: on
E12379
Symbol disc,
symbol: off
E12380
Symbol disc,
transparent
E12386
Type Description Order
no.
Plastic housing,
24 V DC, 2.5 A
DN1031
Power supplies
Output function NO · DC PNP · LED can be controlled separately
Type Description Order
no.
static 2 m PUR cable 200IP 65, IP 67, IP 69K KT5110M22 PA
dynamic 2 m PUR cable 200IP 65, IP 67, IP 69K KT5111M22 PA
dynamic
0.3 m PUR cable
with M12 plug
200IP 65, IP 67, IP 69K KT5112M22 PA
dynamic 2 m PUR cable 200IP 65, IP 67, IP 69K KT5309M22 Stainless steel
static 2 m PUR cable 200IP 65, IP 67, IP 69K KT5310M22 Stainless steel
12
Sensors for pressure up to
500 bar for steel detection
Operating principle
The new operating principle is based on a magnetic-
inductive technology that detects only ferromagnetic
metals (e.g. tool steel). The sensor is flush-mountable.
Even in case of overflush installation the sensor detects
the steel target and shows reliable switching behaviour
with a sensing range of 1.8 mm. A sealing ring and
a supporting ring are used for sealing against the
pressure zone.
Application examples
Besides use as a limit switch in hydraulic cylinders, the
sensor can also be used on other hydraulic components
such as valves or pumps. Furthermore, it is used in
mechanical engineering processes, e.g. in plastic injection-
moulding or process industry applications. The new
MFH and M9H series sensors offer an impressive perfor-
mance at an attractive price.
Metal sensing face for heavy duty
High burst pressure of 2,000 bar for the
M12 housing
Standard M12 and M14 housing types
Best performance at an attractive price
Resistant:
withstands 10 million pressure cycles
New pressure-resistant
position sensors
Position sensors
13
(04.2015)
M12x1
10
1527,8
4
17
M12x1
9,7
7,8
60
Magnetic sensors
Position sensors
For further technical details please visit: www.ifm.com
Connection technology
Type Description Order
no.
Socket, M12,
2 m black, PUR cable
EVC001
Socket, M12,
5 m black, PUR cable, LED
EVC008
Cable socket, M12, shielded, 120 °C
5 m black, PUR cable
E12339
Cable socket, M12, shielded, 120 °C
10 m black, PUR cable
E12340
Type Sensing
range
[mm]
Total length
[mm]
f
[Hz]
OutputAmbient
temperature
[°C]
Order
no.
Operating principle: magnetically biased
M12 1.8 f93 1000 PNP, normally open-25...120
M12 1.8 f93 1000 NPN, normally open-25...120
M12 1.8 f60 1000 PNP, normally open-25...120
M12 1.8 f60 1000 NPN, normally open-25...120
M12 1.8 f60 1000 PNP, normally closed-25...120
M14 1.8 f53 1000 PNP, normally open-25...85
Operating voltage [V] 10...36 DC
Current rating [mA] 200
Short-circuit protection,
pulsed
•
Reverse polarity /
overload protection
• / •
Protection rating,
protection class
IP 65 / IP 68 / IP 69K,
III
Connection M12 connector
Housing material
stainless steel
316L / 1.4404
Common technical data
Power supplies
Type Description Order
no.
Plastic housing,
24 V DC, 2.5 A
DN1031
Metal housing,
24 V DC, 3.3 A
DN4011
Dimensions
Example MFH202
L+
L
1
4
3
Wiring diagram
L+
L
1
2
3
Two designs for many different requirements
The MFH with its standard M12 housing can be installed
and adjusted on many different hydraulic cylinders.
That is why most cylinder types are covered by only one
sensor.
Due to its end stop the M9H allows quick mounting.
The processing / installation time is reduced if always
the same cylinder type is used.
MFH200
MFH201
MFH202
MFH203
MFH204
M9H200
14
Photoelectric sensor for use
with coolants / oils
The optimum choice in metalworking
The new high-performance O6 coolant sensors are
especially suited for applications in metal working.
Other applications are conveyor technology and the
automotive industry.
The potentiometers are fitted with a double seal.
The front pane is embedded flush. Viton which is
proven in demanding applications was chosen as the
sealing material. The transparent black housing cover
ensures that, even in bright lighting conditions, the
LEDs are highly visible.
Best optical performance
The diffuse reflection sensors provide reliable back-
ground suppression, even in cases of highly reflective
backgrounds and objects like the oily and greasy metal
surfaces of the parts to be worked. The sensing range
is independent of the type and colour of the object to
be detected.
The new O6 coolant reliably performs its duty in
applications with coolants / oils.
Long life due to resistant materials
Diffuse reflection sensor with reliable
background suppression
Range is independent of the object
colour
Design with 4-pole M8 connector
Stainless steel housing with protection
rating IP 68 / IP 69K
When oil is all over – The new
O6 coolant
Position sensors
15
(11.2015)
Infrared sensors / red light sensors
Position sensors
For further technical details please visit: www.ifm.com
Diffuse reflection sensor with background suppression · 3-wire DC
Spot
diameter
[mm]
Connection
M8 connector
8*
Range
[mm]
2...200 4-pole
Current
consumption
[mA]
22
Diffuse reflection sensor · 3-wire DC
15*5...500 4-pole 16
Retro-reflective sensor with polarisation filter · 3-wire DC
150**50...5000 4-pole 12
Through-beam sensor – transmitter · 2-wire DC
300*0...10000 4-pole 11
Through-beam sensor – receiver · 3-wire DC
–0...10000 4-pole 7
Type of light,
wave length
[nm]
Red light, 633
Red light, 633
Red light, 645
Red light, 645
Red light, 645
* at maximum range, ** referred to prismatic reflector Ø 80 mm
Accessories
Type Description Order
no.
Common technical data
Operating voltage [V DC] 10...30
Switching status indication LED Yellow
Operation LED Green
Short-circuit protection, pulsed •
Reverse polarity protection /
overload protection
• / •
Ambient temperature [°C] -25...60
Voltage drop [V] < 2.5
Current rating [mA] 100
Materials Housing
Lens
Seal
High-grade stainless steel
(316L/1.4404), PPSU
PMMA
FKM
Switching frequency [Hz] 1000
Protection rating,
protection class
IP 65, IP 67, IP 68, IP 69 K,
III
O6H400O6H401
Order
no.
Order
no.
PNPNPN
O6T400O6T401
PNPNPN
O6P400O6P401
PNPNPN
O6S400
O6E400O6E401
PNPNPN
Angle bracket for free-standing
mounting, stainless steel
E21271
Protective bracket,
stainless steel
E21273
Mounting accessories
Plastic housing,
24 V DC, 2.5 A
DN1031
Metal housing,
24 V DC, 3.3 A
DN4011
Power supplies
Connection technology
Type Description Order
no.
Socket, M8, 4-pole
2 m black, PUR cable
EVC150
Socket, M8, 4-pole
5 m black, PUR cable
EVC151
Socket, M8, 4-pole
2 m black, PUR cable
EVC153
Socket, M8, 4-pole
5 m black, PUR cable
EVC154
Ø 50 mm, plastic E20956
Ø 80 mm, plastic E20005
48 x 48 mm, PMMA, ABS E20744
95 x 95 mm, plastic E20454
Prismatic reflectors
Mounting set for clamp mounting,
stainless steel, Ø 10 mm
E21272
Mounting set for clamp mounting,
stainless steel, Ø 12 mm
E21275
Rod, 120 mm, Ø 10 mm,
M8 thread, stainless steel
E21081
Rod, 100 mm, Ø 12 mm,
M10 thread, stainless steel
E20938
16
Powerful photoelectric
sensors in a plastic housing
Ideal for universal applications
Whether in different types of access controls such as
gate applications in airports or with escalators, –
wherever people are to be detected, visible light is often
not wanted. In such applications especially photoelectric
sensors with non-visible infrared light find a wide range
of applications.
Best optical performance
Infrared light allows longer ranges, in particular with
dark (black) objects. In addition, the products feature
high extraneous light immunity. Besides energetic diffuse
reflection sensors the units are also available as through-
beam sensors.
All models are equipped with a 4-pole M8 connector.
The sensors are distinguished by an excellent price/
performance ratio. Extensive mounting accessories
complete the range.
Precise detection with non-visible
infrared light
Increased operational safety in steam,
fog and dust
Easy setting via potentiometer or rotary
switch
In particular suitable for gate applications
Not only available as energetic diffuse
reflection sensor but also as through-
beam sensor
The new compact O6 photoelectric
sensors with infrared light
Position sensors
17
(04.2015)
Infrared sensors / red light sensors
Diffuse reflection sensor · 3-wire DC
Light spot diameter
[mm]
Connection Order
no.
15* O6T215
Range
[mm]
5...600 mm
M8 connector,
4-pole
Order
no.
O6T216
Position sensors
PNPNPN
Through-beam sensor - transmitter · 2-wire DC
300*0...15 m
M8 connector,
4-pole
O6S215
Through-beam sensor – receiver · 3-wire DC
– O6E2150...15 m
M8 connector,
4-pole
O6E216
PNPNPN
* at maximum range
Light-on / dark-on mode
• / •
adjustable
– / –
• / •
adjustable
For further technical details please visit: www.ifm.com
Accessories
Type Description Order
no.
Mounting set for clamp mounting,
stainless steel, Ø 10 mm
E21272
Mounting set for clamp mounting,
stainless steel, Ø 12 mm
E21275
Angle bracket for free-standing
mounting, stainless steel
E21271
Protective bracket,
stainless steel
E21273
Rod, 120 mm, Ø 10 mm,
M8 thread, stainless steel
E21081
Rod, 100 mm, Ø 12 mm,
M10 thread, stainless steel
E20938
Cube for mounting on an aluminium
profile, M8 thread, diecast zinc
E20950
Cube for mounting on an aluminium
profile, M10 thread, diecast zinc
E20951
Mounting accessories
Common technical data
Operating voltage [V DC] 10...30
Type of light Infrared light 850 nm
Switching status indication LED Yellow
Switching frequency [Hz] 1000
Protection rating,
protection class
IP 65 / IP 67,
III
Indication stable operation LED Green
Short-circuit protection, pulsed •
Reverse polarity protection /
Overload protection
• / •
Ambient temperature [°C] -25...60
Voltage drop [V] < 2.5
Current rating [mA] 100
Materials Housing
Lens
ABS
PMMA
Connection technology
Type Description Order
no.
Socket, M8, 4-pole
2 m black, PUR cable
EVC150
Socket, M8, 4-pole
5 m black, PUR cable
EVC151
Socket, M8, 4-pole
2 m black, PUR cable
EVC153
Socket, M8, 4-pole
5 m black, PUR cable
EVC154
Plastic housing,
24 V DC, 2.5 A
DN1031
Metal housing,
24 V DC, 3.3 A
DN4011
Power supplies
18
Small and compact
photoelectric sensors now
also as IO-Link versions!
Best performance
The diffuse reflection sensors distinguish themselves by
reliable background suppression, even in case of highly
reflective backgrounds.
A special feature is the automatic switch point adjustment
that guarantees reliable operation even in steam, smoke
or highly reflective environments.
The WetLine series features a particularly robust stain-
less steel housing with protection rating IP 68 / IP 69K.
The potentiometer with double sealing ensures maximum
ingress resistance. The flush front lens ensures cleaning
without residues.
IO-Link
The O6 WetLine sensors are now also available as versions
with IO-Link. Via this interface, the user can set range,
sensitivity, light-on / dark-on mode, switching delay or
deactivation of the operating elements.
Stainless steel housing with protection
rating IP 68 / IP 69K
Diffuse reflection sensors with reliable
background suppression
Well-defined light spot for precise object
detection, no scattered light
Also available as through-beam or
retro-reflective system
Many functions can be set via IO-Link,
e.g. range and sensitivity
O6 WetLine now with IO-Link!
Position sensors
19
(11.2014)
Infrared sensors / red light sensors
Position sensors
For further technical details please visit: www.ifm.com
Diffuse reflection sensor with background suppression · 3-wire DC · PNP
Light spot diameter
[mm]
Connection
M8 connector
Order
no.
8* O6H309
Range
[mm]
2...200 4-pole
Current
consumption
[mA]
22
Diffuse reflection sensor · 3-wire DC · PNP
15* O6T3095...500 4-pole 16
Retro-reflective sensor with polarisation filter · 3-wire DC · PNP
150** O6P30950...5000 4-pole 12
Through-beam sensor - transmitter · 2-wire DC
300*0...10000 4-pole 11 O6S305
Through-beam sensor – receiver · 3-wire DC · PNP
– O6E3090...10000 4-pole 7
Communication
interface
IO-Link 1.1
IO-Link 1.1
IO-Link 1.1
IO-Link 1.1
IO-Link 1.1
* at maximum range
** referred to prismatic reflector Ø 80 mm
Accessories
Type Description Order
no.
Mounting set for clamp mounting,
stainless steel, Ø 10 mm
E21272
Angle bracket for free-standing
mounting, stainless steel
E21271
Rod, 120 mm, Ø 10 mm,
M8 thread, stainless steel
E21081
Memory plug, parameter memory
for IO-Link sensors
E30398
IO-Link interface, current consumption
from USB port
E30396
LINERECORDER SENSOR,
software for parameter setting and
set-up of IO-Link sensors
QA0001
Common technical data
Operating voltage [V DC] 10...30
Type of light red light 633 nm
Switching status indication LED yellow
Operation LED green
Short-circuit protection, pulsed •
Reverse polarity protection /
overload protection
• / •
Ambient temperature [°C] -25...80
Voltage drop [V] < 2.5
Current rating [mA] 100
Materials housing
lens
high-grade stainless steel
(316L/1.4404), PPSU
PMMA
Connection technology
Type Description Order
no.
M8 socket, 4-pole,
2 m orange, PVC cable
M8 socket, 4-pole,
5 m orange, PVC cable
M8 socket, 4-pole,
2 m orange, PVC cable
M8 socket, 4-pole,
5 m orange, PVC cable
Adapter cable
M12 plug to M8 socket 4-pole,
0.3 m orange, PVC cable
EVT248
Switching frequency [Hz] 1000
Protection rating,
protection class
IP 65, IP 67, IP 68, IP 69K,
III
Light-on / dark-on mode adjustable
18 x 18 mm, Solidchem plastic E21267
56 x 38 mm, Solidchem plastic E21268
48 x 48 mm, Solidchem plastic E21269
96 x 96 mm, Solidchem plastic E21270
EVT134
EVT135
EVT138
EVT139
20
PMD O5D – Now also with
laser class 1
Time of flight measurement for standard sensors
The O5D with time of flight measurement (PMD =
photonic mixer device) combines the advantages of
long range, reliable background suppression, visible red
light, high excess gain and laser class 1.
This makes it a clever alternative to standard sensors,
which are equal in price and size.
Easy handling
The switch point is easily and precisely set via “+/-”
buttons and display or IO-Link, which also allows read-
out of the actual value.
Any surface and any mounting position
Shiny, matt, dark or light objects of any colour: the
O5D features reliable background suppression. The unit
allows any angle of incidence of the transmitted light
and thus any mounting position.
Precise time of flight measurement (PMD)
in a compact housing
Reliable background suppression and
colour-independent detection
Shiny surfaces are detected reliably
(e.g. stainless steel)
Switch point setting to the nearest
centimetre via “+/-” buttons and display
Laser class 1 – for more universal
application
First class PMDLine!
Position sensors
21
(11.2014)
For further technical data please go to: www.ifm.com
Laser sensors / distance measurement sensors
Common technical data
Operating voltage [V DC] 10...30
Dimensions [mm] 56 x 18,2 x 46,5
Type of light
visible laser light
650 nm
Extraneous light on the object [klx] max. 8
Switching status indication LED yellow
Operation LED green
Distance value
3-digit
alphanumeric
display
Protection rating,
protection class
IP 65,IP 67
III
Short-circuit protection, pulsed •
Reverse polarity protection /
overload protection
• / •
Ambient temperature [°C] -25...60
Current rating [mA] 2 x 100
Output function
OUT1: NO
OUT2: NC
Position sensors
Connection technology
Type Description Order
no.
Socket, M12,
2 m black, PUR cable
EVC001
Socket, M12,
5 m black, PUR cable
EVC002
Socket, M12,
2 m black, PUR cable
EVC004
Socket, M12,
5 m black, PUR cable
EVC005
Photoelectric distance sensor, laser protection class 1 · M12 connector, complementary
Material housing / plug adapter
front pane / LED window
bezel
operator interface
PA
PMMA
stainless steel
TPU
Accessories
Type Description Order
no.
Mounting bracket for rod,
complete set incl. clamp
E21083
Protective bracket for rod,
complete set incl. clamp
E21084
Bracket for free-standing mounting E21087
Dovetail clamp E21088
Rod, 100 mm, Ø 12 mm,
M10 thread, stainless steel
E20938
Cube for mounting on an aluminium
profile, M10 thread, diecast zinc
E20951
Measuring
range
[mm]
Background
suppression
[m]
Switching
frequency
[Hz]
Spot Ø at
max. range
[mm]
Current
consumption
[mA]
Order
no.
Unit of
measurement
Hysteresis
[%]
Memory plug,
parameter memory for IO-Link sensors
E30398
IO-Link interface,
current consumption from USB port
E30396
LINERECORDER SENSOR,
software for parameter setting
and set-up of IO-Link sensors
QA0001
* in case of max. range
Metal housing,
24 V DC, 3.3 A
DN4011
Power supplies
Type Description Order
no.
30...2000 ...20 11 < 5 < 75 O5D151
30...2000 ...20 O5D15011 < 5 < 75 cm
inch< 7.5*
< 7.5*
PNP
22
Photoelectric sensor with time
of flight measurement (PMD),
easy-turn concept, laser class 1
Time of flight measurement for standard sensors
The OID with time of flight measurement (PMD =
photonic mixer device) combines the following advan-
tages: long ranges, reliable background suppression,
visible red light, high excess gain and now also laser
class 1. In the same price range as standard sensors,
it is a clever alternative.
Easy handling
The switch point can be set easily by turning the setting
ring (easy turn, lock function). A scale shows the
distance set. The switch point can thus be set before
installation.
Any surface and any mounting position
Shiny, matt, dark or light objects of any colour: the
OID features reliable background suppression. The unit
allows any angle of incidence and thus flexible mounting
positions. This simplifies installation and saves costs.
Reliable background suppression and
colour-independent detection
Simple switch point setting by rotatable
setting ring (lock function)
Shiny surfaces are detected reliably
(e.g. stainless steel)
Any sensor position, even an oblique
angle to the object
Laser class 1 – for more universal
application
PMDLine M30:
Now also with laser class 1
Position sensors
23
(11.2014)
For further technical data please go to: www.ifm.com
Laser sensors / distance measurement sensors
Common technical data
Operating voltage [V DC] 10...30
Dimensions M30 x 90 mm
Type of light
visible laser light
650 nm
Extraneous light on the object [klx] max. 8
Switching status indication LED yellow
Operation LED green
Switch point (setting) radial setting ring
Protection rating,
protection class
IP 65,IP 67
III
Short-circuit protection, pulsed •
Reverse polarity protection /
overload protection
• / •
Ambient temperature [°C] -25...60
Current rating [mA] 2 x 100
Output function
OUT1: NO
OUT2: NC
Position sensors
Connection technology
Type Description Order
no.
Socket, M12,
2 m black, PUR cable
EVC001
Socket, M12,
5 m black, PUR cable
EVC002
Socket, M12,
2 m black, PUR cable
EVC004
Socket, M12,
5 m black, PUR cable
EVC005
Photoelectric distance sensor, laser protection class 1 · M12 connector, complementary
Measuring
range
[mm]
Background
suppression
[m]
Switching
frequency
[Hz]
Spot Ø at
max. range
[mm]
Current
consumption
[mA]
Order
no.
Unit of
measurement
Hysteresis
[%]
Material housing
front pane
stainless steel,
PBT, PC, FPM
PMMA
Rod, 100 mm, Ø 12 mm,
M10 thread, stainless steel
E20938
Cube for mounting on an aluminium
profile, M10 thread, diecast zinc
E20951
Type Description Order
no.
Accessories
Angle bracket for type M30,
stainless steel
E10737
Mounting clamp for types M30, PTB E10077
Mounting set Ø 30.2 mm,
clamp mounting, aluminium profile
E20875
Mounting set Ø 30.2 mm,
clamp mounting
E20873
Mounting set Ø 30.2 mm, clamp
mounting, high-grade stainless steel
E20874
Mounting clamp,
with end stop for types M30, PC
E11049
Memory plug,
parameter memory for IO-Link sensors
E30398
IO-Link interface,
current consumption from USB port
E30396
LINERECORDER SENSOR,
software for parameter setting
and set-up of IO-Link sensors
QA0001
* in case of max. range
Metal housing,
24 V DC, 3.3 A
DN4011
Power supplies
Type Description Order
no.
30...2000 ...20 11 < 5 < 75 OID251
30...2000 ...20 OID25011
< 5*
< 5* < 5 < 75 cm / inch
cm
PNP
24
Photoelectric sensor with
PMD technology, easily and
quickly configurable
Time of flight technology as standard sensor
The OID with time of flight technology (PMD = Photonic
Mixer Device) combines the following advantages:
Long range, reliable background suppression, visible
red light, high excess gain and all that also combined
with either laser class 1 or 2. In the same price range
as standard sensors, it is a clever alternative.
IO-Link for easy parameter setting
The switch point can be easily set via a controller or a
PC. Unintentional maladjustment directly on the sensor
is thus excluded and increases the protection against
tampering. The laser beam can be switched off via IO-
Link or pin 5 on the M12 connector.
Any surface and any mounting position
Shiny, matt, dark or light objects of any colour:
The OID features reliable background suppression and
allows any angle of incidence and thus flexible mounting
positions. This simplifies installation and saves costs.
Compact housing length of only 70mm
Convenient setting of all parameters
via IO-Link 1.1
Long range of 30 mm up to 2,000 mm
High protection rating IP 69K enables
applications with high requirements
Versions with laser protection class 1 or 2
available
PMDLine M30 compact: time of
flight technology and IO-Link
Position sensors
25
(04.2015)
Laser sensors / distance measurement sensors
Common technical data
Operating voltage [V DC] 10...30
Dimensions M30 x 70 mm
Type of light
Visible laser light
650 Nm,
can be switched off via
pin 5 or IO-Link
Extraneous light on the object [klx] Max. 8
Switching status indication LED Yellow
Switch point
(set)
via IO-Link 1.1
Protection rating,
protection class
IP 65, IP 67, IP 68, IP 69K
III
Short-circuit protection, pulsed •
Reverse polarity protection /
overload protection
• / •
Ambient temperature [°C] -25...60
Current rating [mA] 2 x 100
Output function
OUT1: NO
OUT2: NC
For further technical details please visit: www.ifm.com
Position sensors
Connection technology
Type Description Order
no.
Socket, M12, 5-pole,
2 m black, PUR cable
EVC073
Socket, M12, 5-pole,
5 m black, PUR cable
EVC074
Socket, M12, 5-pole,
5 m black, PVC cable
EVT013
Photoelectric distance sensor · M12 connector, complementary
Measuring
range
[mm]
Background
suppression
[m]
Switching
frequency
[Hz]
Spot Ø at
max. range
[mm]
Current
consumption
[mA]
Order
no.
30...2000 ...20 11 < 5 < 75 OID254
Laser
protection
class
30...2000 ...20 OID20411
Hysteresis
[%]
< 2.5...5*
< 1.5...3* < 5 < 75 2
1
Material Housing
Front pane
Stainless steel
PMMA
Cube for mounting on an aluminium
profile, M10 thread, diecast zinc
E20951
Type Description Order
no.
Accessories
Angle bracket for type M30,
stainless steel
E10737
Mounting clamp for types M30, PTB E10077
Mounting clamp, with end stop
for types M30, PC
E11049
Memory plug, parameter memory
for IO-Link sensors
E30398
IO-Link interface,
current consumption from USB port
E30396
LINERECORDER SENSOR,
software for parameter setting and
setting up IO-Link sensors
QA0001
* at max. range
PNP
Hysteresis
500 1000 1500 20000
0
25
50
75
100
125
150
175
200
y
x
2 b
1 b
2 a
1 a
x: Distance in [mm], y: Hysteresis in [mm]
1. Background black (6 % remission)
2. Background white (90 % remission)
Laser protection class 1
Laser protection class 2
26
Sensors for motion control
Motion controller: Encoder,
speed / direction monitor
and counter all in one
No compromises
The magnetic sensing principle provides the accuracy of
photoelectric encoders and the robustness of magnetic
systems.
Simple
Resolution and signal level can be programmed. The
encoders have a wide voltage range of 4.5...30 V DC
and are therefore suited for universal use.
Multifunctional
Performance Line encoders have an integrated signal
evaluation for speed monitoring, counter functions
and detection of the direction of rotation.
Intuitive
The encoders provide easy setting, position indication
by means of display and operating keys and intuitive
menu navigation.
Networked
Diagnostic and parameter data are reliably transferred
via IO-Link. Ready for Industry 4.0.
Resolution of 2...10,000 and signal level
(TTL / HTL) freely programmable
Display: Two-colour electronic rotatable
display of the process values
Versatile: M12 connector can be used
radially or axially
Standard fitting: Solid shaft (clamp /
synchro flange) or hollow shaft design
Transmission of process and diagnostic
data via IO-Link
Intelligent incremental encoder
with display and IO-Link
27
(04.2015)
Encoders
For further technical details please visit: www.ifm.com
Sensors for motion control
Flange IO-LinkResolution
[pulse/revolution]
Order
no.
Hollow shaft with integrated stator coupling· 4-digit display · Integrated pulse evaluation
direct •max. 10,000 (adjustable) ROP52012
Operating voltage
[V DC]
4.5...30
Shaft Ø
[mm]
Solid shaft · 4-digit display · Integrated pulse evaluation
servo •max. 10,000 (adjustable) RUP5006 4.5...30
clamp flange •max. 10,000 (adjustable) RVP51010 4.5...30
Protection IP 65, IP 67
Connection
M12 connector
(rotatable)
Further technical data
58
58
58
Housing Ø
[mm]
Switching frequency [kHz] 300
Accessories
Type Description Order
no.
Spring disc coupling,
Ø 6 mm / 10 mm, die-cast zinc; PA
E60117
Spring disc coupling,
Ø 10 mm / 10 mm, die-cast zinc; PA
E60118
Flexible coupling with clamp connection,
Ø 6 mm / 10 mm, aluminium
E60066
Flexible coupling with clamp connection,
Ø 10 mm / 10 mm, aluminium
E60067
Flexible coupling with adjusting screws,
Ø 10 mm / 10 mm, aluminium
E60022
Flexible coupling with adjusting screws,
Ø 6 mm / 10 mm, aluminium
E60028
Measuring wheel,
Ø 159.15 mm / 10 mm, Hytrel TPE-E
E60110
Measuring wheel,
Ø 159.16 mm / 10 mm, aluminium, PU
E60076
Measuring wheel,
Ø 63.66 ± 0.1 mm / 10 mm, Hytrel TPE-E
E60138
Measuring wheel,
Ø 63.6 mm, 10 mm, aluminium
E60095
Measuring wheel,
Ø 63.66 ± 0.1 mm / 6 mm, aluminium
E60137
Measuring wheel,
Ø 63.6 mm, 6 mm, aluminium
E60006
Angle bracket for RUP design,
aluminium, black anodised
E60033
Angle bracket for RUP design,
aluminium, black anodised
E60035
Fastening clamp for
synchro flange, steel
E60041
Memory plug, parameter memory
for IO-Link sensors
E30398
LINERECORDER SENSOR,
Software for parameter setting and
set-up of IO-Link sensors
QA0001
Accessories
Type Description Order
no.
Connection technology
Type Description Order
no.
M12 socket, shielded,
5 m black , PUR cable, 8 poles
E12403
M12 socket, shielded,
10 m black , PUR cable, 8 poles
E12404
M12 socket, shielded,
2 m black , PUR cable, 8 poles
E12402
USB IO-Link master for parameter setting
and analysis of units
Supported communication protocols:
IO-Link (4.8, 38.4 and 230 Kbits/s)
E30390
Adapter cable for the connection
between USB IO-Link master E30390
and 4-pole / 8-pole encoder
E12432
28
Reduce stock without
compromise
No compromises
The magnetic sensing principle provides the accuracy of
photoelectric encoders and the robustness of magnetic
systems.
Select the right encoder in just 2 minutes
The days of confusing type variety and encoders with
complicated programming are finally over! The new
incremental encoders from ifm electronic can be used
universally due to the intelligent product and function
design, and stand out thanks to a superb price /
performance ratio:
• Set the resolution individually
• Choose between TTL or HTL logic
• Use the rotatable M12 connector or the cable entry
radially or axially
Now select a flange and shaft – that’s it!
IO-Link communication
Process values, parameter setting and diagnostic data
can now be transmitted via IO-Link. So, settings can be
simply made prior to installation.
Flexible: Resolution of 2...10,000 freely
programmable
Simple: Signal level can be set in TTL
or HTL logic
Universal: M12 connector or radial or
axial cable entry
Standard fitting: Solid shaft (clamp /
synchro flange) or hollow shaft design
Communicative: Transfer of process
and diagnostic data via IO-Link
Programmable incremental
encoder with IO-Link
Sensors for motion control
29
(04.2015)
Encoders
For further technical details please visit: www.ifm.com
Accessories
Type Description Order
no.
Spring disc coupling,
Ø 6 mm / 10 mm, die-cast zinc; PA
E60117
Spring disc coupling,
Ø 10 mm / 10 mm, die-cast zinc; PA
E60118
Flexible coupling with clamp connection,
Ø 6 mm / 10 mm, aluminium
E60066
Flexible coupling with clamp connection,
Ø 10 mm / 10 mm, aluminium
E60067
Flexible coupling with adjusting screws,
Ø 10 mm / 10 mm, aluminium
E60022
Flexible coupling with adjusting screws,
Ø 6 mm / 10 mm, aluminium
E60028
Measuring wheel,
Ø 159.15 mm / 10 mm, Hytrel TPE-E
E60110
Measuring wheel,
Ø 159.16 mm / 10 mm, aluminium, PU
E60076
Measuring wheel,
Ø 63.66 ± 0.1 mm / 10 mm, Hytrel TPE-E
E60138
Measuring wheel,
Ø 63.6 mm, 10 mm, aluminium
E60095
Measuring wheel,
Ø 63.66 ± 0.1 mm / 6 mm, aluminium
E60137
Measuring wheel,
Ø 63.6 mm, 6 mm, aluminium
E60006
Sensors for motion control
Flange IO-LinkResolution
[pulse/revolution]
Order
no.
Hollow shaft with integrated stator coupling
direct •max. 10,000 (adjustable) RA31006
Connection
M12
direct •max. 10,000 (adjustable) RA35006 cable, 2 m
direct •max. 10,000 (adjustable) RO310012 M12
direct •max. 10,000 (adjustable) RO350012 cable, 2 m
Shaft Ø
[mm]
Solid shaft
universal •max. 10,000 (adjustable) RB31006 M12
universal •max. 10,000 (adjustable) RB35006 cable, 2 m
servo •max. 10,000 (adjustable) RU31006 M12
servo •max. 10,000 (adjustable) RU35006 cable, 2 m
clamp flange •max. 10,000 (adjustable) RV310010 M12
clamp flange •max. 10,000 (adjustable) RV350010
36.5
36.5
58
58
Housing Ø
[mm]
36.5
36.5
58
58
58
58 cable, 2 m
Angle bracket for RB and RU design,
aluminium, black anodised
E60033
Angle bracket for RV design,
aluminium, black anodised
E60035
Switching frequency [kHz] 300
Operating voltage [V DC] 4.5...30
Protection IP 65, IP 67
Further technical data
Memory plug, parameter memory
for IO-Link sensors
E30398
LINERECORDER SENSOR,
software for parameter setting and
set-up of IO-Link sensors
QA0001
Accessories
Type Description Order
no.Fastening clamp for
synchro flange, steel
E60041
USB IO-Link master for parameter setting
and analysis of units
Supported communication protocols:
IO-Link (4.8, 38.4 and 230 Kbits/s)
E30390
Connection technology
Type Description Order
no.
M12 socket, shielded,
5 m black, PUR cable, 5 poles
EVC545
M12 socket, shielded,
10 m black, PUR cable, 5 poles
EVC546
M12 socket, shielded,
2 m black, PUR cable, 5 poles
EVC544
30
With analogue and switching
outputs as well as vibration
monitoring
Precision counts
The 2-axis inclination sensors are designed for high
measurement accuracies over the whole angular range.
All functions can be configured via IO-Link.
Thanks to an active temperature compensation and high
protection rating they operate reliably even at extreme
ambient temperatures and rough environments.
Vibration monitoring
Alternatively, JN2200 can also be used for 3-axis vibra-
tion monitoring. Up to 3 axes can be included into the
calculation of the characteristic value.
Typical applications are the detection of structural
vibration or tower vibration to ISO 4866, or machine
monitoring to ISO 10816.
High accuracy across the whole 2-axis
angular range up to 360°
Very low temperature drift due to active
temperature compensation
Visualisation of the operating and
switching states by clearly visible LEDs
Configurable current and voltage output
functions
Adjustable filter functions for different
applications.
Robust and precise inclination
sensors – Now with IO-Link
Sensors for motion control
31
(11.2015)
90
75
22
45
62
5,3
36
4,5
Operating voltage [V DC]
with:
Switching and current outputs
Voltage output
IO-Link connection
9.2...30
12...30
18...30
Reverse polarity protection •
Angular range
Absolute accuracy
Repeatability
Resolution
JN2200
±180°/± 90°
≤ ± 0.5°
≤ ± 0.1°
≤ ± 0.05°
JN2201
± 45°
≤ ± 0.1°
≤ ± 0.05°
≤ ± 0.01°
Ambient temperature [°C] -40...85
Temperature coefficient [°/K] ≤ ± 0.002
Protection rating
IP 65 / IP 67 / IP 68 /
IP 69K
Number of measurement axes
with inclination
2
Frequency range [Hz] 0.1...400
Measuring range [g] ± 2, ± 4, ± 8
2
0.5...50
± 2
Number of measurement axes
with vibration
3 –
Housing material
diecast zinc
nickel-plated
Connection
2 x
M12 connector
(4 poles; A-coded)
Technical data
JN2200, JN2201
Inclination sensors
Connection technology
Type Description Order
no.
Socket, M12,
2 m black, PUR cable
EVM039
Socket, M12,
10 m black, PUR cable
EVM041
Socket, M12,
2 m black, PUR cable
EVM036
Socket, M12,
10 m black, PUR cable
EVM038
Jumper, M12,
5 m black, PUR cable
EVC069
Jumper, M12,
5 m black, PUR cable
EVC059
Accessories
Description Order
no.
Dimensions
Type
For further technical details please visit: www.ifm.com
Sensors for motion control
The products
Description Order
no.
Angular range ± 180° / ± 90°,
IO-Link
JN2200
Angular range ± 45°,
IO-Link
JN2201
Type
Communication interface
IO-Link 1.1,
COM 2,
38.4 kbaud
LINERECORDER SENSOR
Software for parameter setting and
set-up of IO-Link sensors
QA0001
USB IO-Link master for parameter setting
and analysis of units
Supported communication protocols:
IO-Link (4.8, 38.4 and 230 kBit/s)
E30390
Memory plug, parameter memory
for IO-Link sensors
E30398
32
2-axis inclination
measurement and 3-axis
vibration monitoring
Precise in all positions
The new ifm type JN inclination sensors provide high
measurement accuracy across the whole angular range
with angles of inclination in X and Y axes.
The 2-axis inclination sensors with CANopen interface
and bus capability are designed for levelling of mobile
machinery (2-axis position detection and zero-point
levelling for mobile applications) or automatic adjustment
of solar panels, for example.
Vibration monitoring
Alternatively, JN2100/JN2300 can also be used for 3-axis
vibration monitoring. Up to 3 axes can be included into
the calculation of the characteristic value.
Typical applications are the detection of structural
vibration or tower vibration to ISO 4866, or machine
monitoring to ISO 10816.
High precision across the total angular
range in two axes
Zero point, counting direction and limit
frequency adjustable
Active temperature compensation
(very low temperature drift)
Vibration monitoring in 3 axes
(only JN2100/JN2300)
Full CAN integration possible, CAN-In
and CAN-Out
Precision for all inclinations
Sensors for motion control
33
(11.2014)
Operating voltage [V DC] 9.2...30
Reverse polarity protection •
Angular range
Resolution
Repeatability
JN2100
JN2300
± 180°
0.05°
≤ ± 0.1°
JN2101
JN2301
± 45°
0.01°
≤ ± 0.05°
Ambient temperature [°C]
Temperature coefficient [°/K] ≤ ± 0.002°
Protection
IP 65 / IP 67 / IP 68 /
IP 69K
Data interface
CANopen
Device profile
CiA DSP-410 /
SAE J1939
Limit frequency inclination [Hz]
adjustable:
10, 5, 1, 0.5
Filter for [Hz]
vibration monitoring
0.1...1, 0.1...10, 1...10,
2...400, 10...400
Housing material
Diecast zinc
nickel-plated
Connection
2 x
M12 connector
Technical data
JN2100, JN2101,JN2300, JN2301
Inclination sensors
Connection technology
Type Description Order
no.
Socket, M12,
2 m black, PUR cable
EVM039
Socket, M12,
10 m black, PUR cable
EVM041
Socket, M12,
2 m black, PUR cable
EVM036
Socket, M12,
10 m black, PUR cable
EVM038
Accessories
Description Order
no.
Adapter cable for CAN devices with
M12 connector (5 pole)
EC2062
Dimensions
36
4,5
90
75
22
45
60
5,3
Flexible, precise, reliable
Since zero point, direction of counting and limit
frequency can be set for a stable output signal, the
sensors can be adapted precisely to your application.
Very low temperature drift across the whole tempera-
ture range provides unrivalled reliability.
Ideal for different applications
The sensors allow complete CAN integration
according to the CANopen communication profiles,
CiA DSP-410 and CiA DS-301 profiles.
They are connected via an M12 connector. The
terminating resistor can be enabled.
The sensors provide the signals either as perpendicular
angle, Euler angle or Gimbal angle.
Type
Sensors for motion control
For further technical details please visit: www.ifm.com
Jumper, M12,
5 m, black, PUR cable
EVC069
Jumper, M12,
5 m, black, PUR cable
EVC059
-40...85
Number of measurement axes
for inclination
2
Number of measurement axes
for vibration
3 –
The products
Description Order
no.
Angular range ± 180°,
CANopen
JN2100
Angular range ± 45°,
CANopen
JN2101
Angular range ± 180°,
SAE J1939
JN2300
Angular range ± 45°,
SAE J1939
JN2301
Type
34
Evaluation units for
level control with one or two
sensors
Favourably priced and effective level control for tanks
Application
The evaluation units control levels in tanks by means
of sensors thus protecting against overflow, running
dry and leakage, for example.
Level control with a sensor
The DL0201 evaluation unit uses a sensor that is
installed at the tank at the height of the limit level to
be monitored. When the level has been reached, the
evaluation unit switches for an adjustable period of
time to stop pumps, for example, as overflow or run-dry
protection.
Level control with two sensors
The DL0203 evaluation unit is a typical 2-point control
that controls an upper and a lower limit on pumps and
valves by means of two sensors.
Direct control of pumps and valves
Adjustable switch-on and switch-off delays
and damping
Integrated wide-range power supply for
the sensor supply
Small design requiring only very little
space
Plug-in screw terminals simplify
installation
Easy level control
Sensors for motion control
35
(04.2015)
Further technical dataOperating principle DL0201
The DL0201 evaluation unit is actually a timer. When it
receives a signal from the connected sensor, it switches
the relay change-over contact for a certain period of
time. By means of two scaled potentiometers the user
can set the time between 0 and 60 seconds or 0 and
60 minutes. Adjustable switch-on and switch-off delays
act as damping. This suppresses brief fluctuations
around the sensor switch.
In addition the evaluation unit has an enable function
by means of which control can be bridged manually. A
leakage sensor can also be integrated into the control
function by means of the enable input.
Application example
The upper level in a tank is monitored via a capacitive
sensor. When the level has been reached, the sensor
provides a signal to the evaluation unit. It closes the
supply valve for the time set to prevent overfilling. The
damping function prevents, for example, one single
wave generating a switching signal.
Operating principle DL0203
It is a typical two-point control. When a sensor provides
a signal, the relay change-over contact switches until
the second sensor provides a signal for switch-off.
A switch-on delay is available that acts as damping and
suppresses short-term fluctuations around the sensor
switch point.
Application example
To protect a pump against running dry two capacitive
sensors are installed on the storage tank. When the
lower minimum level has been reached, the sensor
provides a signal to the evaluation unit. With the relay
output it switches off the pump that is normally used
to empty the tank.
When the upper level has been reached, the second
sensor installed there switches, the relay in the evaluation
unit switches on again and the pump is started.
Systems for pulse evaluation
Sensors for motion control
Nominal voltage
[V]
Outputs
Relays / transistors
Auxiliary energy
for sensors
Order
no.
Limit level monitoring (overflow, running dry, leakage)
110...240 AC
(50...60 Hz) / 27 DC
(typ. 24 DC)
1 / 1
typ. 18.5...30 V DC /
≤ 100 mA
short circuit /
overload protected
DL0201
Relay outputs
1 x changeover contact
4 A
(240 V AC, 24 V DC);
resistive load
Transistor outputs
1 x PNP /
externally supplied
10...30 V DC SELV /
≤ 100 mA
Ambient temperature [°C] -25...60
Storage temperature [°C] -25...70
Protection
housing / terminals
IP 20 / IP 20
Connection
4-pole connector
with screw connection,
5.0 mm pitch
For further technical details please visit: www.ifm.com
Type Inputs
Signal / enable
Input
frequency
[Hz]
1 x PNP / 1 x PNP
(type 2
acc. to IEC 61131-2)
≤ 5
Two-point control of levels
110...240 AC
(50...60 Hz) / 27 DC
(typ. 24 DC)
1 / 1
typ. 18.5...30 V DC /
≤ 100 mA
short circuit /
overload protected
DL0203
2 x PNP / –
(type 2
acc. to IEC 61131-2)
≤ 5
Display DL0201 LED
Power supply
Input
Output
Enable
Green
Yellow
Green (lights if
relay energised
and transistor
switched)
Green (lights if
enable signal is present)
Display DL0203 LED
Power supply
Input
Output
Green
2 x yellow
Green (lights if
relay energised
and transistor
switched)
Accessories
Type Description Order
no.
Connector,
4 poles with screw terminals,
pack of 5
(supplied)
E40173
Connector,
4 poles with cage clamps,
pack of 5
E40171
36
Sensors for motion control
Switching amplifier for
converting sensor signals in
AC networks
Relay for high load currents
The transistor outputs of conventional sensors are
designed for small load currents. If the user wants to
switch higher currents or even alternating currents,
he must use a switching amplifier.
It uses the sensor signal to control an output relay.
Flexible and space-saving
ifm offers switching amplifiers in one and two-channel
design. They have an integrated wide-range power
supply (110...240 V AC) to supply the connected sensors
with voltage (24 V DC). The new switching amplifiers
are distinguished by their slim design so that they only
need little space in the control cabinet.
Integrated wide-range power supply
for the sensor supply
Small design requiring only very
little space
Plug-in screw terminals simplify
installation
PNP or NPN control selectable
One or two-channel design
Sensor signals switch relay
37
(04.2015)
25,4 109,1
93
LEDs
3
2
4
35,5
112,6
1
Sensors for motion control
For further technical details please visit: www.ifm.com
Systems for pulse evaluation
Dimensions
DN0220
1) plug-in screw terminals
2) panel for labelling
3) potentiometer
4) DIN rail mounting
Type Ub
[V]
Pulse
input
Inputs Auxiliary energy
for sensors
Input
frequency
[Hz]
Order
no.
Application: power supply and signal evaluation (e.g. for sensors)
110...240 AC
50...60 Hz
PNP / NPN1
24 V DC,
300 mA
≤ 10 DN0210
110...240 AC
50...60 Hz
PNP / NPN2
24 V DC,
2 x 150 mA
≤ 10
Outputs
Relay
1
2 DN0220
Relay output
Contact rating [A]
4 (240 V AC, 24 V DC);
resistive load
Auxiliary energy for sensors [V]
24 DC SELV, ± 10 %,
300 mA,
short-circuit and
overload protected
Protection
housing / terminals
IP 20 / IP 20
Ambient temperature [°C] -20...60
Display DN0210 LED
Power supply
Output
Fault
1 x green
1 x yellow (lights,
if output relay
is energised)
1 x red
Display DN0220 LED
Power supply
Output
Fault
1 x green
2 x yellow (light,
if output relay
is energised)
1 x red
Potentiometer
Selection
PNP / NPN
Housing material
Plastic:
PC GF20
Mounting
Rail TH35
(according to EN 60715)
Connection
Unit:
4-pole terminal blocks
with 5.0 mm pitch;
Connector:
4 poles with
screw connection
Further technical data
Setting range:
selectable for PNP and NPN switching sensors
Wiring diagram
Accessories
Type Description Order
no.
Connector,
4 poles with screw terminals,
pack of 5
(supplied)
E40173
Connector,
4 poles with cage clamps,
pack of 5
E40171
Power
21 22 23 24
AC
L L N N
In
12
9 Sensor
supply
10 pnp/npn
Out7
6
5
8
Power
21 22 23 24
AC
L L N N
In
2
16
13 Sensor
supply
14 pnp/npn
In
1
12
9 Sensor
supply
10 pnp/npn
Out
2
19
18
17
20
Out
1
7
6
5
8
DN0210 (1-channel) DN0220 (2-channel)
38
Safe speed monitor uses
standard sensors as pick-ups
Applications
The speed monitor DU110S has been developed for
safety-related minimum-speed monitoring required, for
example, for slip or V-belt monitoring.
An application example is the industrial thermo-
processing equipment according to EN 746-2. In this
case, safety-related monitoring of the air exchange is
required. To do so, monitoring is done via the rotational
speed monitoring of the fans.
Special features
The speed monitor is certified to EN 62061 / SIL 3 and
EN ISO 13849-1 cat. 4 / PL e – even though non-safety-
related sensors are used as pulse pick-ups.
When the safety output has been triggered, it can be
reset again manually or automatically.
Easy parameter setting via rotary switch
No restrictions for the design of the
cam disc
Monitoring functions can be enabled /
disabled
Reliable operation at extreme ambient
temperatures down to -40 °C
Housing width only 25 mm
Safe monitoring of underspeed
Sensors for motion control
39
(04.2015)
Easy setting of the limit speed
The speed is determined via the interval measurement
on the inputs where for example two inductive sensors
are used as pulse pick-ups.
The user can set the limit speed easily and effectively
via three rotary switches (x 1, x 10, multiplier) – either
in rpm or Hz. It was decided not to use any complicated
setting menus.
An easy and intuitive setting algorithm prevents
unintentional change or manipulation of the set values.
More functions
Automatic or manual reset of underspeed is possible.
This function is set via wire links.
The monitoring function can be enabled and disabled
via a switching input.
Besides the 2-pole safety relay, transistor outputs can
also be used as output for the status and error indication.
For further technical details please visit: www.ifm.com
Dimensions
22,5
99
108
1
LED
2
114,5
3
35,5
Systems for pulse evaluation
Sensors for motion control
1) Screw terminals
2) Rotary switch
3) DIN rail mounting
Wiring diagram
L- L+ S33 S34 S35 S44 S43 S45 13 23
(GND) (GND)
Y3 Y4 Y2 Y1 Y5 Y6 Y7 Y8 14 24
VCC = 24 V DC
24 V DC
Sensor 2Sensor 1
K1
K2K1
K2
Enable 1
Enable 2
Fault Overspeed
24 VRestart
Accessories
Type Description Order
no.
Plastic housing,
24 V DC, 2.5 A
DN1031
Metal housing,
24 V DC, 3.3 A
DN4011
Power supplies
Safety speed monitor
DU110S
Evaluation system for safe speed monitoring
Operating voltage [V DC]
19.2...28.8;
incl. 5 %
residual ripple
Nominal voltage [V DC] 24
Current consumption [mA] ≤ 125
Sensor supply 24 V DC / ≤ 70 mA
Protection IP 20 / II
Input characteristics
Pulse inputs
S34, S43:
“1”: 6 mA / 24 V DC
Adjustable speed range [rpm] 10...49500
Adjustable frequency range [Hz] 0.1...990
Input frequency [Hz] ≤ 5000
Output function
2 safety-related switching
outputs (floating contacts)
1 fault output “Fault”
(positive switching)
1 diagnostic output
“Overspeed”
(positive switching)
Output characteristics
Fault output “Fault” Y7
and diagnostic output
“Overspeed” Y8
≤ 20 mA, 24 V DC,
voltage drop ≤ 2 V DC,
short-circuit proof,
non safe
Contact rating
6 A,
250 V AC / 24 V DC
(≥ 6 mA);
resistive load
Ambient temperature [°C] -40...55
Storage temperature [°C] -40...75
Max. permissible relative [%]
humidity
95,
non condensing
Housing materials
PA
(polyamide)
Mounting
Rail TH35
(according to EN 60715)
Connection
Screw terminals;
0.5...2.5 mm²
(AWG 12...30)
Technical data
40
True 3D vision sensor with
intelligent functions
Mobile 3D smart sensor O3M151
The 3D detection of scenes and objects, already a
standard on the factory floor, is ready for mobile
machines. Apart from new possibilities for vehicle
automation (AGV, automatic guided vehicles) this
results in new assistance functions for automation tasks.
Different integrated functions configurable via the
Windows software are available as standard.
The simple connection of the 3D smart sensor is carried
out via the CAN bus for mobile applications using the
CANopen or SAE J 1939 protocol and/or via the fast
Ethernet interface using UDP.
Simple application solutions thanks to
preprocessed 3D data
Easy integration via predefined CODESYS
function blocks
Patented pmd time-of-flight technology
for quick distance detection
Optimised for reliable outdoor use
with IP 67 and IP 69K
Enormous range up to 35 m
3D Smart Sensor – Your assistant
on mobile machines
Industrial imaging
41
(11.2014)
Camera systems for
mobile machines
Description Order
no.
IR system illumination unit (850 nm) for mobile
3D sensors
O3M950
Further technical data
Smart sensor O3M151
Accessories
Housing material diecast aluminium
Device connection M12 connector
Protection rating,
protection class
IP 67 / IP 69K,
III
Operating voltage [V DC] 9...32
Functions and advantages
Powerful 3D time-of-flight measurement (ToF)
The principle of this 3D sensor is based on ifm’s patented
and award-winning pmd technology. It was specifically
designed for outdoor use and difficult ambient light
situations. Even interference such as sunlight or materials
with different reflective characteristics do not influence
the repeatability of the measured data.
Powerful electronics
The integrated 2 x 32-bit processor architecture ensures
a rapid and reliable calculation of the 3D data and
functions directly integrated in the system with up to
50 fps. The complete electronics of the mobile 3D smart
sensor is optimised and adapted to the demands and
requirements of mobile machines.
Besides shock and vibration resistance self-diagnostic
functions from the sensor to the IR system illumination
unit are of course also available.
Smart functions
The mobile 3D smart sensor integrates some functions
which enable to solve a multitude of applications.
A highly developed algorithm from the automotive
industry is used ensuring, for example, reliable automatic
object recognition of up to 20 objects. This function
can, for example, be used as collision warning.
For simple distance tasks typical functions such as
minimum / maximum / average distance are available.
System parameter setting and monitoring
The parameter setting of the system and live monitoring
of the 3D data are carried out via the easy-to-use ifm
vision wizard for Windows. As an alternative, parameter
setting can also be carried out via function blocks using
the software CODESYS.
Communication interfaces
The preprocessed function data is output via the CAN
bus using CANopen or SAE J 1939. If needed, the
complete 3D information can be processed at the same
time via Ethernet UDP and an external process unit.
Current consumption sensor [mA] < 400
Current consumption [A]
system illumination unit
< 5
Ambient temperature [°C] -40...85
Interfaces
1x CAN,
1 x fast Ethernet
Supported CAN protocols
CANopen,
SAE J 1939
Standards and tests
(extract)
CE,
E1 (UN-ECE R10)
For further technical details please visit: www.ifm.com
Industrial imaging
CAN/RS232 USB interface CANfox EC2112
Adapter cable set for CANfox EC2114
Operating software for vision sensors E3D300
U-shaped holder,
suitable for sensor or illumination unit
E3M100
Mounting set for clamp mounting,
Ø 14mm, stainless steel
E3M103
Connection technology
MCI cable, connection
sensor / system illumination unit, 1 m
E3M121
MCI cable, connection
sensor / system illumination unit, 2 m
E3M122
Type Description Order
no.
M12 socket, voltage supply system
illumination unit, 2 m,
PUR cable, 4 poles
E3M131
M12 socket, voltage supply system
illumination unit, 10 m,
PUR cable, 4 poles
E3M133
Ethernet, cross-over patch cable,
2 m, PVC cable, M12 / RJ45
E11898
Ethernet, cross-over patch cable,
10 m, PVC cable, M12 / RJ45
E12204
Type of sensor Resolution
pixels
[pixel]
IlluminationAngle of aperture
horizontal x vertical
[°]
Order
no.
PMD 3D sensor · Type O3M · M12 connector
PMD 3D chip 64 x 16
ext. illumination
required
70 x 23 O3M151
Max.
sampling rate
[Hz]
25/33/50
42
True 3D vision sensor
Mobile 3D sensor O3M150
The 3D detection of scenes and objects, already a
standard on the factory floor, is ready for mobile
machines. Apart from new possibilities for vehicle
automation (AGV, automatic guided vehicles) this
results in new assistance functions for automation tasks.
Besides position data at pixel level the respective
distance to the sensor system or an adjustable reference
point (world coordinate system) is provided. Thanks to
the permanent output of the entire 3D information via
Ethernet UDP optimum conditions for customer-specific
application solutions are provided to system integrators.
Support for system integrators with
data output via Ethernet UDP
Patented pmd time-of-flight technology
for quick distance detection
Optimised for reliable outdoor use
Robust design with IP 67 and IP 69K
Enormous range up to 35 m
3D sensors for mobile machines
Industrial imaging
43
(11.2014)
Camera systems for
mobile machines
Further technical data
O3M150
Housing material diecast aluminium
Device connection M12 connector
Protection rating,
protection class
IP 67 / IP 69K,
III
Operating voltage [V DC] 9...32
Functions and advantages
Powerful 3D time-of-flight measurement (ToF)
The principle of this 3D sensor is based on ifm’s patented
and award-winning pmd technology. It was specifically
designed for outdoor use and difficult ambient light
situations. Interference such as sunlight or materials
with different reflective characteristics which occurs in
the area of mobile machines does not influence the
repeatability of the measured data.
Powerful electronics
The integrated 2 x 32-bit processor architecture ensures
a rapid and reliable calculation of the distance image to
be output with up to 50 fps. The complete electronics
of the mobile 3D sensor is optimised and adapted to the
demands and requirements of mobile machines.
Besides shock and vibration resistance self-diagnostic
functions from the sensor to the IR system illumination
unit are of course also available.
High system uptime
The system has various features to ensure uninterrupted
operation. They include, among others, a temperature-
controlled front lens heating, soiling indication as well
as different status information which can be fetched
from CAN.
System parameter setting and monitoring
The parameter setting of the system and live monitoring
of the 3D data are carried out via the easy-to-use ifm
vision wizard for Windows. As an alternative, parameter
setting can also be carried out via function blocks using
the software CODESYS.
Communication interfaces
The mobile 3D sensor features a fast Ethernet interface
(100 Mbit) as well as a CAN interface. The data output
of the complete 3D information is carried out via
Ethernet UDP and can be processed using a process
unit at the customer’s end. For this version the CAN in-
terface is only intended for parameter setting and
status output.
Current consumption sensor [mA] < 400
Current consumption [A]
system illumination unit
< 5
Ambient temperature [°C] -40...85
Interfaces
1x CAN,
1 x fast Ethernet
Supported CAN protocols
CANopen,
SAE J 1939
Standards and tests
(extract)
CE,
E1 (UN-ECE R10)
For further technical details please visit: www.ifm.com
Industrial imaging
Description Order
no.
IR system illumination unit (850 nm) for mobile
3D sensors
O3M950
Accessories
CAN/RS232 USB interface CANfox EC2112
Adapter cable set for CANfox EC2114
Operating software for vision sensors E3D300
U-shaped bracket,
suitable for sensor or illumination unit
E3M100
Mounting set for clamp mounting,
Ø 14mm, stainless steel
E3M103
Connection technology
MCI cable, connection
sensor / system illumination unit, 1 m
E3M121
MCI cable, connection
sensor / system illumination unit, 2 m
E3M122
Type Description Order
no.
M12 socket, voltage supply system
illumination unit, 2 m,
PUR cable, 4 poles
E3M131
M12 socket, voltage supply system
illumination unit, 10 m,
PUR cable, 4 poles
E3M133
Ethernet, cross-over patch cable,
2 m, PVC cable, M12 / RJ45
E11898
Ethernet, cross-over patch cable,
10 m, PVC cable, M12 / RJ45
E12204
Type of sensor Resolution
pixels
[pixel]
IlluminationAngle of aperture
horizontal x vertical
[°]
Order
no.
PMD 3D sensor · Type O3M · M12 connector
PMD 3D chip 64 x 16
ext. illumination
required
70 x 23 O3M150
Max.
sampling rate
[Hz]
25/33/50
44
Innovative operating concepts
for intuitive handling
Incomplete shipments – never again
If a pallet with only one incomplete handling unit
reaches the customer, he often returns all goods.
This does not only lead to dissatisfaction but also to
additional costs. Completeness monitoring provides the
remedy. Often individual sensors are installed above
each individual handling unit position. This is, however,
not very flexible if the handling unit type or size changes.
Then changes become necessary. If colour or texture of
the handling units change, conventional sensors reach
their limits.
All these problems are unknown to completeness
monitoring on the basis of 3D sensors: The 3D sensor
looks at the handling unit from above and compares
it with the models taught in by the user. It signals any
deviation via a switching output.
Continuous exchange with users and extensive hand-
ling tests have lead to extraordinarily simple operation
and integrability of the sensor.
Different handling units can be taught
Reliable detection of underfill or overfill
Automatic position tracking
Colour-independent and extraneous-light
resistant due to time-of-flight technology
(PMD).
Switching outputs and Ethernet process
data interface
Completeness monitoring for the
packaging technology
Industrial imaging
45
(11.2015)
3D sensors
Mounting set for O3D E3D301
Further technical data
Accessories
Operating voltage [V DC] 20.4...28.8
Current consumption [mA]
< 2400 peak current
pulsed;
typ. mean value
420
Current rating [mA]
(per switching output)
100
Real chip resolution
25,000 /
100,000
Resulting resolution
176 x 132
pixels
Function display LED
2 x yellow,
2 x green
Illumination
850 nm,
infrared
Ambient light [lux]
Max. 10,000
(indoor)
Trigger
External;
24 V PNP/NPN
according to
IEC 61131-2 type 3
Switching inputs
2
(configurable),
24 V PNP/NPN
according to
IEC 61131-2 type 3
Switching outputs
3
(configurable),
24 V PNP/NPN,
according to
IEC 61131-2
Ambient temperature [°C] -10...50
For further technical details please visit: www.ifm.com
Industrial imaging
Connection technology
Type Description Order
no.
Ethernet, cross-over patch cable,
2 m, PVC cable, M12 / RJ45
E11898
Ethernet jumper,
2 m, PVC cable, M12 / M12
E21138
Type of sensor Material
front pane /
LED window
Angle of aperture
[°]
Protection rating,
protection class
Order
no.
PMD 3D sensors · Type O3D · M12 connector
PMD 3D ToF chip
Gorilla glass /
polyamide
Material
housing
Aluminium 40 x 30
IP 65 / IP 67,
III
O3D300
Max.
field of view size
[m]
2.61 x 3.47
PMD 3D ToF chip
Gorilla glass /
polyamide
Aluminium 60 x 45
IP 65 / IP 67,
III
O3D3023.75 x 5.00
PMD 3D ToF chip
Polycarbonate /
polyamide
Stainless steel 40 x 30
IP 66 / IP 67,
III
O3D3102.61 x 3.47
PMD 3D ToF chip
Polycarbonate /
polyamide
Stainless steel 60 x 45
IP 66 / IP 67,
III
O3D3123.75 x 5.00
Socket, M12,
2 m black, PUR cable, 8 poles
E11950
Type Description Order
no.
Short-circuit protection, pulsed •
Overload protection •
Parameter setting interface
Ethernet
10 Base-T /100 Base-TX
Possible parameter settings
Via PC /
notebook
Dimensions (H, W, D) [mm] 72 x 65 x 85
Technical data
Completeness monitoring
Operating distance [m] 0.3...5
Max. handling unit size 64 objects
Sampling rate / [Hz]
switching frequency
The image repetition frequency is
reduced by using the position tracking
function
10
Minimum size of objects [mm]
Object speed: 0...0.2 m/s
Object speed: > 0.2 m/s
25
45
46
Flexible and universal use for
stationary or moving objects
The revolution in intralogistics
Whether pallets, post room, storage building, logistics
or distribution centre: The storage volume that can be
used defines the capacity and the costs.
A good reason to ensure the best-possible use of the
space requirement during feeding.
The new 3D sensor detects the dimensions of the
goods via innovative time-of-flight technology. It signals
via threshold values if e.g. package parameters are out-
side the defined areas.
For automated storage space planning via WMS
(Warehouse Management System) or ERP system
(Enterprise Resource Planning) it provides the size, ori-
entation and position of the objects. The data is also
used for controlling robots, sorting equipment and
distribution gates. Besides robustness the sensor is
also distinguished by user-friendly handling and simple
integration.
Non-contact dimensioning of
rectangular objects such as cardboard
packages or parcels
Determination and comparison of
dimensions, orientation and position
Provides height, width and length to
calculate strap length and volume
Quality parameters help with the
detection of damaged or deformed objects
Switching outputs and Ethernet process
data interface
Volume determination for
storage and conveyor technology
Industrial imaging
47
(11.2015)
3D sensors
Mounting set for O3D E3D301
Further technical data
Accessories
For further technical details please visit: www.ifm.com
Industrial imaging
Connection technology
Type Description Order
no.
Ethernet, cross-over patch cable,
2 m, PVC cable, M12 / RJ45
E11898
Ethernet jumper,
2 m, PVC cable, M12 / M12
E21138
Type of sensor Material
front pane /
LED window
Angle of aperture
[°]
Protection rating,
protection class
Order
no.
PMD 3D sensors · Type O3D · M12 connector
PMD 3D ToF chip
Gorilla glass /
polyamide
Material
housing
Aluminium 40 x 30
IP 65 / IP 67,
III
O3D300
Max.
field of view size
[m]
2.61 x 3.47
PMD 3D ToF chip
Gorilla glass /
polyamide
Aluminium 60 x 45
IP 65 / IP 67,
III
O3D3023.75 x 5.00
PMD 3D ToF chip
Polycarbonate /
polyamide
Stainless steel 40 x 30
IP 66 / IP 67,
III
O3D3102.61 x 3.47
PMD 3D ToF chip
Polycarbonate /
polyamide
Stainless steel 60 x 45
IP 66 / IP 67,
III
O3D3123.75 x 5.00
Socket, M12,
2 m black, PUR cable, 8 poles
E11950
Type Description Order
no.
Technical data
Dimensioning of the object
Operating distance [m] 0.3...5
Object type Rectangular
Min. object size [mm] 100 x 100 x 100
Typical accuracy [°]
for angle of rotation
± 1
Sampling rate / switching frequency [Hz] 1
Typical accuracy [mm]
for object position
± 5
Object speed [m/s] < 0.2
Typical accuracy [mm]
for object size
± 10
Operating voltage [V DC] 20.4...28.8
Current consumption [mA]
< 2400 peak current
pulsed;
typ. mean value
420
Current rating [mA]
(per switching output)
100
Real chip resolution
25,000 /
100,000
Resulting resolution
176 x 132
pixels
Function display LED
2 x yellow,
2 x green
Illumination
850 nm,
infrared
Ambient light [lux]
Max. 10,000
(indoor)
Trigger
External;
24 V PNP/NPN
according to
IEC 61131-2 type 3
Switching inputs
2
(configurable),
24 V PNP/NPN
according to
IEC 61131-2 type 3
Switching outputs
3
(configurable),
24 V PNP/NPN,
according to
IEC 61131-2
Ambient temperature [°C] -10...50
Short-circuit protection, pulsed •
Overload protection •
Parameter setting interface
Ethernet
10 Base-T /100 Base-TX
Possible parameter settings
Via PC /
notebook
Dimensions (H, W, D) [mm] 72 x 65 x 85
48
Three-dimensional real-time
detection of any scene
Perspective and colour-coded images of the 3D
distance image.
Three-dimensional detection and evaluation
The 3D camera, on the basis of PMD technology, detects
scenes and objects at a glance in three dimensions.
In contrast to laser scanners it does not require moving
components and is thus robust and wear-free.
The function principle, the time of flight technology
(ToF), can be compared to a laser scanner. However,
instead of one there are 23,000 receiving elements
arranged on the chip as a matrix. That means that not
only one point but a complete scene is measured in
only one capture. Besides the distance image the
camera also provides a grey-scale image of the scene.
Intuitive parameter setting software allows easy setting
of the camera-specific parameters. Furthermore a soft-
ware development kit with example program code in
different languages is available.
New digital image chip with 23,000 pixels
Provides distance image and
grey-scale image
Evaluation with common image
processing libraries
Industrially compatible housing
Connection to MATLAB, HALCON, PCL
(Point Cloud Library) and ROS (Robot
Operating System)
High-resolution 3D camera for
innovative vision integration
Industrial imaging
49
(11.2015)
3D cameras
Mounting set for O3D E3D301
Further technical dataAccessories
Operating voltage [V DC] 24
Current consumption [mA] < 1000 (max. 2500)
Current rating [mA]
(per switching output)
100
Range [m] Typically 5
Unambiguous range [m] 0...30
Sampling rate / [Hz]
switching frequency
Max. 20,
adjustable
Resolution
176 x 132
pixels
Function display LED
2 x yellow,
2 x green
Illumination
850 nm,
infrared
Ambient light [lux]
Max. 10,000
(indoor)
Trigger
Internal or external:
24 V PNP / NPN selectable,
according to
IEC 61131-2 type 2
Switching inputs
Max: 2 (configurable),
24 V PNP / NPN selectable,
according to
IEC 61131-2 type 2
Switching outputs
Max: 2 (configurable),
24 V PNP / NPN selectable
or 1 analogue output (con-
figurable) scalable, 4...20
mA according to
IEC 61131-2,
max. load 300 Ω,
0...10 V according to
IEC 61131-2,
min. load 10 kΩ
Ambient temperature [°C] -10...50
For further technical details please visit: www.ifm.com
Industrial imaging
Connection technology
Type Description Order
no.
Ethernet, cross-over patch cable,
2 m, PVC cable, M12 / RJ45
E11898
Ethernet jumper,
2 m, PVC cable, M12 / M12
E21138
PMD 3D camera · Type O3D · M12 connector
Socket, M12,
2 m black, PUR cable, 5 poles
EVC070
socket, M12,
5 m black, PUR cable, 5 poles
EVC071
Type Description Order
no.
Short-circuit protection •
Overload protection •
Parameter setting interface
Ethernet
10 Base-T /100 Base-TX
Possible parameter settings
Via PC /
notebook
Type of sensor Material
front pane /
LED window
Angle of
aperture
[°]
Protection rating,
protection class
Order
no.
Infineon® 3D
Image Sensor
Gorilla glass /
polyamide
Material
housing
Aluminium 40 x 30
IP65 / IP67,
III
O3D301
Max.
field of view size
[mm]
2.61 x 3.47
Infineon® 3D
Image Sensor
Gorilla glass /
polyamide
Aluminium 60 x 45
IP65 / IP67,
III
O3D3033.75 x 5.00
Infineon® 3D
Image Sensor
Polycarbonate /
polyamide
Stainless steel 40 x 30
IP66 / IP67,
III
O3D3112.61 x 3.47
Infineon® 3D
Image Sensor
Polycarbonate /
polyamide
Stainless steel 60 x 45
IP66 / IP67,
III
O3D3133.75 x 5.00
50
Pressure transmitters with
DEUTSCH or AMP connector
for mobile applications
Miniaturisation for mobile applications
The DEUTSCH or AMP connectors of the new PT/PU
pressure sensors allow fast and easy installation in
mobile machines.
The sensors also feature a thin-film measuring cell
directly welded with the process connection.
This technology guarantees high accuracy in a very
compact housing with only 19 mm across flats at a
cost-optimised price/performance ratio.
Applications
The PT/PU type sensors are suited for mobile applica-
tions and especially for hydraulic and pneumatic appli-
cations with high operating pressure.
The high vibration and shock resistance, the high
protection rating, the excellent EMC resistance and the
E1 conformity make the PT/PU sensors particularly
suitable for use in mobile machines.
Compact design (AF19) with
process connection G 1/4 male
Fast reaction:
2 milliseconds response time
Measuring accuracy < ± 0.8 %,
repeatability < ± 0.05 %
Easy connection via
DEUTSCH or AMP connector
Robust low-cost solution with
welded stainless steel housing
Small and cost-optimised for
mobile machines
Process sensors
51
(11.2015)
Pressure sensors
Accessories
Type Description Order
no.
Operating voltage PT [V DC]
PU [V DC]
8...32
16...32
Common technical data
Medium temperature [°C] -40...125
Materials wetted parts 1.4542 (17-4 PH / 630)*
Protection IP 67 / IP 69K
Step response time [ms] 2
Restrictor •
EMC
Compliant with UN-ECE10
Rev. 4
ISO 11452: 100 V/m
EN61326
Reverse polarity protection •
Adapters; G 1/4 - G 1/2,
high-grade stainless steel (316Ti/1.4571)
E30135
For further technical details please visit: www.ifm.com
Process sensors
Measuring range
relative pressure
[bar]
Poverload
max.
[bar]
Pburst
min.
[bar]
Order
no.
Output function 0...10 V, DEUTSCH connector
0...10 25 300 PU5704
0...25 65 600 PU5703
0...100 250 1000 PU5702
0...250 625 1200 PU5701
0...400 1000 1700 PU5700
0...600 1500 2400 PU5760
Output function 0...10 V, AMP connector
0...10 300 PU5604
0...25 600 PU5603
0...100 1000 PU5602
0...250 1200 PU5601
0...400 1700 PU5600
0...600 2400 PU5660
Accuracy / deviation
(in % of the span)
Linearity error
Linearity
Hysteresis
Repeatability
Long-term stability
Temperature coefficients (TEMPCO)
in the temperature range 0 ... 80 °C
(in % of the span per 10 K)
TEMPCO of zero
TEMPCO of the span
Temperature coefficients (TEMPCO)
in the temperature ranges
-40...0 °C and 80...125 °C
(in % of the span per 10 K)
TEMPCO of zero
TEMPCO of the span
< ± 0.8
< ± 0.25 BFSL / < ± 0.5 LS
< ± 0.2
< ± 0.05
< ± 0.1
< ± 0.1
< ± 0.1
< ± 0.2
< ± 0.2
25
65
250
625
1000
1500
A
B
OUT
+L
Wiring diagram
1
3
L +
OUT
Dimensions
71,5
51,4
12
G 41
19
1
19
21,825,4
51,9
72
25,8
12
G 41
19
1
21,8
19
14,35
Type PT57/PU57
Type PT56/PU56
1) FKM seal / DIN 3869
Type PT56Type PT57
A
C
B
OUT
L -
L +L +
1
2
3
OUT
L +
L -
Type PU56Type PU57
Measuring range
relative pressure
[bar]
Poverload
max.
[bar]
Pburst
min.
[bar]
Order
no.
Output function 4…20 mA, DEUTSCH connector
0...10 25 300
0...25 65 600
0...100 250 1000
0...250 625 1200
0...400 1000 1700
0...600 1500 2400
Output function 4…20 mA, AMP connector
0...10 300
0...25 600
0...100 1000
0...250 1200
0...400 1700
0...600 2400
25
65
250
625
1000
1500
PT5704
PT5703
PT5702
PT5701
PT5700
PT5760
PT5604
PT5603
PT5602
PT5601
PT5600
PT5660
* Characteristics similar to stainless steel (e.g. 304/1.4301)
but higher strength
52
Process sensors
High-grade stainless steel
submersible pressure transmit-
ter of different cable materials
Level measurement in a water treatment plant
Application areas
The PS series submersible pressure transmitters are
used for level measurement in containers, tanks, wells,
flowing water, bore holes and wastewater plants. The
accuracy of 0.5 % and the long-term stability of 0.2 %
per year contribute to the reliable operation of the
transmitter.
Robust, reliable and flexible
All submersible pressure transmitters have a robust
high-grade stainless steel housing. For standard applica-
tions the favourably priced PUR cable can be used.
For applications where a high resistance to media is
requested (e.g. slurry, oils or fuels) the FEP cable is
available.
The ATEX submersible pressure transmitters of the
PS3xxA series are designed for level measurement in
areas subject to explosion. The sensors can be used in
zone 0, 1, 2 or zone 20, 21, 22 as well as in mining.
The GL approval allows an application in the maritime
sector.
PUR or FEP cable for high resistance
to media
Version with ATEX approval for group I
cat. M1 and group II cat. 1G and 1D.
Good overall accuracy and long-term
stability
Pressure compensation via internally
vented cable
Hydrostatic level measurement
for a wide range of applications
53
(04.2015)
Process sensors
For further technical details please visit: www.ifm.com
Pressure sensors
Splitter box *
with vent and terminal block
E30401
Additional weight, approx. 500 g E30402
Filter element * E30400
Cable fixing clamps * E30399
Submersible pressure transmitters with PUR cable for standard applications
0.6
0.6
0.6
4
4
4
1000 N
1000 N
1000 N
Measuring range
Relative pressure
[bar]
Approvals
CE / EX / GL
Overload pressure
[bar]
Pull force cable
1
1
5
5
1000 N
1000 N
Cable length
[m]
PS3407
PS3427
PS3607
Order
no.
PS3417
PS3617
0.25 2 1000 N
10
15
30
15
30
5
• / – / –
• / – / –
• / – / –
• / – / –
• / – / –
• / – / – PS3208
Operating voltage [V DC] 18...30
Analogue output [mA] 4...20
Accuracy / deviation
(in % of the span)
Accuracy (BFSL)
Accuracy incl. non-linearity
Non-linearity (BFSL)
Long-term stability per year
≤ 0.25 (PS3: 0.5)
≤ 0.5 (PS3: 1)
≤ 0.2
≤ 0.2
Design PS3
Ambient temperature / [°C]
Medium temperature
-10...50
Design PS4
Ambient temperature / [°C]
Medium temperature
-10...85
Design PS3
ATEX approval
Ambient temperature / [°C]
Medium temperature
1G, 1/2G, 2G:
T6 -10...60, T5: -10...80,
T4: -10...85
1D, 1/2D, 2D:
-10...40 (750 mW) / -
10...70 (650 mW) / -
10...85 (550 mW)
Housing material
High-grade stainless steel
(316Ti / 1.4571)
Further technical data
Accessories
Type Description Order
no.
* use only outside the hazardous area
Submersible pressure transmitters with FEP cable for high resistance to media
0.6
1
3
5
500 N
500 N
PS4407
PS4417
0.25 2 500 N
10
15
5
• / – / –
• / – / –
• / – / – PS4208
Submersible pressure transmitters with FEP cable for hazardous areas
0.6
1
4
5
500 N
500 N
PS307A
PS317A
0.25 2 500 N
10
15
5
• / • / •
• / • / •
• / • / • PS308A
Temperature coefficients (TEMPCO)
(in % of the span per 10 K)
Greatest TEMPCO of zero
Greatest TEMPCO of the span
≤ 0.2
≤ 0.2
100
27
Example PS3208
Dimensions
54
Process sensors
Even easier to use and with
improved visualisation
The overall package makes the difference
After 20 years of successful ifm pressure sensor history,
the new generation of PN sensors was developed in
close coordination with the users. Its modern and user-
friendly design stands out. High overload protection,
IP 67 and the captive laser labelling make the new
PN sensors your perfect partner even in the most harsh
environments.
Everything at a glance
Although the housing size has remained unchanged,
the display size has been increased once again and the
switching status LEDs on the sensor head can be clearly
seen from all sides. The display can be switched from
the indication of “red” to an alternating indication of
“red - green”. So, switching states can be highlighted
or an independent colour window can be created.
Flexible
Once fitted, rotate the sensor in any direction: The new
PN allows free rotation as well as any mounting position
using angle brackets as an accessory.
Clearly indicate the acceptable ranges:
programmable red / green display
The process connection can be rotated for
optimum alignment
Fast switch point setting by using three
pushbuttons
Visualisation of the switching states by
clearly visible LEDs
Can still be identified after many years:
captive laser labelling on stainless steel
housing
An update for the bestseller: PN
pressure sensor with a new look
55
(04.2015)
Process sensors
For further technical details please visit: www.ifm.com
Pressure sensors
Accessories
Type Description Order
no.
Memory plug,
parameter memory for IO-Link sensors
E30398
IO-Link interface, current consumption
from USB port
E30396
Operating voltage [V DC] 18...30
Current rating [mA]
200
(up to 60 °C environment)
Accuracy / deviation
(in % of the span) turn down 1:1
Deviation of the switch point
Linearity error
Repeatability
Temperature coefficients (TEMPCO)
in the temperature range 0 ... 80 °C
(in % of the span per 10 K)
Greatest TEMPCO of zero
Greatest TEMPCO of the span
< ± 0.5 / (0.4 PN2)
< ± 0.25 (BFSL)
< ± 0.5 (LS)
< ± 0.1
< ± 0.2
< ± 0.2
Communication interface
IO-Link 1.1
COM2 slave;
38.4 kbaud
Medium temperature [°C] -25...80
Switching frequency [Hz] ≤ 170
Protection IP 67
Shock resistance [g] 50
Vibration resistance [g] 20
Type of pressure: relative pressure
Liquids and gases
Common technical data
Connection technology
Type Description Order
no.
Socket, M12,
2 m black, PUR cable
EVC004
Socket, M12,
5 m black, PUR cable
EVC005
Tag clip E30422
Damping screw, G 1/4 female E30419
Damping screw, G 1/4 male E30057
Protective cover, new generation E30420
Angle bracket, PA66 E30421
Siphon, G 1/4,
steel (1.0345)
E30140
LINERECORDER SENSOR,
software for parameter setting
and set-up of IO-Link sensors
QA0001
M12 connector
output function programmable
NO/NC
+ analogue:
4...20 mA/0...10 V
2 x NO/NC or
1 x NO/NC + 1 x analogue
(4...20 mA/0...10 V;
scalable)
0...400 bar
0...250 bar
0...100 bar
Ceramic-
capacitive
Measuring range
relative pressure
Order no.
G 1/4
male
Measuring cell
0...25 bar
-1...10 bar
0...2,5 bar
0...1000 mbar
-12,5...250 mbar
-1000...1000 mbar
Order no.
G 1/4
female
PN2570
PN2571
PN2592
Order no.
G 1/4
male
PN2593
PN2594
PN2596
PN2070
0...600 bar
Metal
(thin film)
PN2560PN2160
PN2071
PN2092
PN2093
PN2094
PN2096
PN2597
PN2598
PN2097
PN2098
PN2599PN2099
Order no.
G 1/4
female
PN7570
PN7571
PN7592
Order no.
G 1/4
male
PN7593
PN7594
PN7596
PN7070
PN7071
PN7092
PN7093
PN7094
PN7096
PN7597
–
PN7097
–
PN7599PN7099
-1000...0 mbar
-500...500 mbar
––
PN2569PN2169
––
––
Order no.
G 1/4
female
PN7560PN7160
PN3570
PN3571
PN3592
PN3593
PN3594
PN3596
PN3070
PN3560PN3160
PN3071
PN3092
PN3093
PN3094
PN3096
PN3597
–
PN3097
–
––
PN3529PN3129
––
2 x NO/NC
56
More plant transparency and
service information on site
More plant transparency
The IO-Link display is a flexible solution to display process
values, texts and messages in a plant. It displays up to
four assigned process values, alarms and warnings.
Clear text and as an option a colour change of text and
background can be used for a quick overview.
By means of buttons the user can trigger control actions
of the PLC or acknowledge messages.
Easy integration
The IO-Link display is connected to an IO-Link master
and controlled via PLC. No special software is required
for configuration.
Texts and settings can be predetermined via an IO-Link
device tool such as LINERECORDER SENSOR. Texts and
settings can be adapted even during operation via the
PLC.
Four measured values / text displays and
four message windows for free text
Colour change for text and background
Flexible adaptation of the display, also
during operation
IO-Link 1.1 compatible
Easy integration into each IO-Link
structure
IO-Link display:
process values at a glance
Process sensors
57
(11.2015)
IO-Link display
For further technical details please visit: www.ifm.com
Process sensors
Resolution
pixels
Display type Display
illumination
Order
no.
1.44“ colour display
128 x 128 TFT LED E30391
Wiring
Dimensions
Technical data
IO-Link display
E30391
Operating voltage [V DC] 18...30
Current consumption [mA] < 47
Protection rating /
protection class
IP 65, IP 67 /
III
Reverse polarity protection •
Ambient temperature [°C] 0...60
EMC
EN 61000-6-2
EN 61000-6-4
Shock resistance [g] 20 (11 ms)
Vibration resistance [g] 20 (10...50 Hz)
Housing materials
Stainless steel
(303/1.4305);
PC; PBT-GF 30;
PPS; PA 6.6; FKM
Connection M12 connector
Communication interface
IO-Link device
Type of transmission
IO-Link revision
SDCI standard
COM2 (38.4 kbaud)
1.1
IEC 61131-9
Connection technology
Type Description Order
no.
M12 jumper
1 m black, PUR cable
EVC042
M12 jumper
2 m black, PUR cable
EVC043
M12 jumper,
3 m black, PUR cable
EVC102
M12 jumper,
5 m black, PUR cable
EVC044
M12 jumper,
10 m black, PUR cable
EVC493
BN1
BK4
BU3
L+
L
OUT
45
34
86
101
39,5
11
M12x1
58
Calorimetric flow meter for
liquids and gases
Measurement technique
The SA volumetric flow sensor operates using the
calorimetric measuring principle. Two measuring
elements as well as a heat source are located on the
measuring tip. The physical effect that a flowing
medium absorbs heat energy and conducts it away is
used. The resulting temperature change is an indication
of flow.
Device function
The new SA-type sensor has been designed to detect
and measure flow and temperature even in large internal
pipe diameters up to 400 mm.
Therefore it serves different applications. Switching
outputs, analogue signals and IO-Link provide various
options to further process the signals. That means that
the user is best-equipped for Industry 4.0.
Optimised for water, oils, glycol and air
Fast response time and integrated
temperature measurement
Red/green colour change for process
values
Internal pipe diameter selectable from
15...400 mm
The process connection can be rotated for
optimum alignment
New benchmark in thermal flow
measurement
Process sensors
59
(11.2015)
Flow sensors / flow meters
For further technical details please visit: www.ifm.com
Common technical data
Operating voltage [V] 18...30 DC
Current consumption [mA] < 100
Current rating [mA] 250
Housing materials
High grade stainless steel
(1.4404/316L);
PBT-GF 20;
PBT-GF 30
Connection M12 connector
Accuracy temperature measurement ± 1 K
Type
SA
Protection rating, protection class IP 65 / IP 67, III
BN
WH
BK
BU
4
1
3
2
OUT2
L+
L
OUT1
Wiring
Measuring range
liquid / gaseous
[cm/s]
Medium
temperature
[°C]
Response
time
[s]
Order
no.
M12 connector · electrical design DC PNP
5...300 / 200...10000 -20...90 0.5 SA5000
Probe length
[mm]
45
5...300 / 200...10000 -20...100 0.5 SA4100100
5...300 / 200...10000 -20...100 0.5 SA4300200
Pressure
resistance
[bar]
100
50
50
Process sensors
Accessories
Type Description Order
no.
Adapter M18x1.5 – G 1/2
Progressive ring fitting G 1/2,
flat seal
E40258
Type
M18
Progressive ring
Progressive ring
Connection technology
Type Description Order
no.
M12 socket,
2 m black, PUR cable
EVC001
M12 socket,
5 m black, PUR cable
EVC002
M12 socket,
2 m black, PUR cable
EVC004
M12 socket,
5 m black, PUR cable
EVC005
M12 socket,
2 m orange, PVC cable
EVT064
M12 socket,
5 m orange, PVC cable
EVT001
USB IO-Link master for parameter setting
and analysis of units
Supported communication protocols:
IO-Link (4.8, 38.4 and 230 Kbits/s)
E30390
Dimensions
Accuracy flow measurement
± (5 % MW
+ 2 % VMR)
at reference
conditions
E40096
Adapter M18x1.5 – G 1/4 E40099
40
48
M12x1
34
3
2
1
4
814515
8
22
Example SA5000
1) LEDs (display unit / switching status)
2) 4-digit alphanumeric display / alternating indication of red and green
3) Programming buttons
4) Upper part of the housing can be rotated by 345°
60
Vortex inline volumetric
flow sensors with user-friendly
display
Monitoring the cooling circuits at a welding gun
Turbulence as a measure for the flow
Behind a blunt body (or shedder) integrated in the
measuring pipe, the flowing medium generates swirling
vortices depending on the velocity. These vortices are
detected by a piezoceramic sensor. If the cross-section is
known, the number of the vortices allows to determine
the flow rate.
This flow rate measurement principle, known as vortex
(or vortex shedding) principle, is almost independent of
pressure and temperature fluctuations of the medium.
It allows a simple design and thus a low-cost production
of sensors for flow rate measurement.
The current flow and temperature are output as stan-
dardised current signal (4...20 mA), as frequency signal,
switching output or via IO-Link as option.
Integrated temperature measurement
Electronically rotatable multi-colour
display
Rotatable G and R process connections
as option
Red/green colour change for process
values adjustable
Can be used for water with and without
conductivity (deionised water)
The alternative: Vortex sensor
instead of vane
Process sensors
61
(04.2015)
Flow sensors / flow meters
For further technical details please visit: www.ifm.com
Common technical data
Operating voltage [V] 18...30 DC
Current consumption [mA] typ. 25 (at 24 V)
Accuracy flow measurement
± (2 % MV
+ 2 % VMR)
Output 1
(for DC PNP / NPN version)
IO-Link,
switching output
or
frequency output flow
Output 2
(for DC PNP / NPN version)
Switching output
flow / temperature
or
frequency output flow /
temperature
Accuracy temperature monitoring ± 1 K
Type
SV4, SV5, SV7
Protection rating, protection class IP 65 / IP 67, III
BN
WH
BK
BU
4
1
3
2
OUT2
L+
L
OUT1
Wiring diagram
Measuring range
[l/min]
Response time
T90
[s]
Medium
temperature
[°C]
Max. operating
pressure
[bar]
Order
no.
M12 connector · electrical design DC PNP / NPN · frequency · IO-Link
1.0...20 -10...90 12 SV4200
Process
connection
G 1/2
1.0...20 -10...90 12 SV4500Rc 1/2
2.0...40 -10...90 12 SV5200G 1/2
2.0...40 -10...90 12 SV5500Rc 1/2
5.0...100 -10...90 12 SV7200G 3/4
5.0...100
Nominal
diameter
[Ø]
-10...90 12 SV7500Rc 3/4
Connection technology
Type Description Order
no.
Socket, M12,
2 m black, PUR cable
EVC001
Socket, M12,
5 m black, PUR cable
EVC002
Socket, M12,
2 m orange, PVC cable
EVT064
Socket, M12,
5 m orange, PVC cable
EVT001
Process sensors
Accessories
Type Description Order
no.
Mounting plate E40249
Adjustment valve, G 1/2 E40250
Adjustment valve, G 3/4 E40251
< 1
< 1
< 1
< 1
< 1
< 1
DN8
DN8
DN10
DN10
DN20
DN20
M12 connector · electrical design DC 2 x analogue 4...20 mA
1.0...20 < 1-10...90 12 SV4204G 1/2
1.0...20 < 1-10...90 12 SV4504Rc 1/2
2.0...40 < 1-10...90 12 SV5204G 1/2
2.0...40 < 1-10...90 12 SV5504Rc 1/2
5.0...100 < 1-10...90 12 SV7204G 3/4
5.0...100 < 1
DN8
DN8
DN10
DN10
DN20
DN20-10...90 12 SV7504Rc 3/4
IO-Link interface, current consumption
from USB port
E30396
62
Compact mechatronic inline
flow meter with backflow
prevention
Mechatronic flow sensor
The new mechatronic flow sensor of the SBY series
functions using the principle of a spring-mounted piston.
The piston, located in the valve seat in the housing,
is lifted by the flowing medium against the spring
resistance.
For binary signal output the piston position is detected
by an inductive sensor. The spring resistance leads to
reliable reset of the piston to its initial position with
decreasing flow. This ensures position-independent
installation of the flow sensor preventing backflow.
The switch points can be easily set and fixed via a
setting screw. The robust mechanical design ensures
use in harsh environments.
The units are maintenance-free.
Measuring range from 0.2...4 l/min
Compact design
Very fast response time of ≤ 10 ms
No inlet and outlet pipe lengths required
Independent of pressure and temperature
fluctuations
New flow sensor now also for
smallest quantities
Process sensors
63
(11.2015)
Flow sensors / flow meters
For further technical details please visit: www.ifm.com
Current consumption [mA] < 15
Ambient temperature [°C] 0...60
Protection rating, protection class IP 65 / IP 67, III
Housing materials
Brass
chemically nickel-plated;
anodised aluminium;
PA
Materials in contact
with the medium
High-grade stainless steel
(301/1.4310);
high-grade stainless steel
(316/1.4401);
PBT; brass chemically
nickel-plated; PPS;
O-ring: FKM Polyolefin
Short-circuit protection •
Further technical data
Overload protection •
L+
L
BN1
4 BK
3 BU
Wiring
Process
connection
Pressure
resistance
[bar]
Measuring range
[l/min]
Response time
[ms]
Order
no.
M12 connector · electrical design DC PNP
Rp 1/2 800.2...4 ≤ 10 SBY321
Operating voltage
[V]
24 DC
Type
Connection technology
Type Description Order
no.
M12 socket,
2 m black, PUR cable
EVC001
M12 socket,
5 m black, PUR cable
EVC002
M12 socket,
2 m black, PUR cable
EVC004
M12 socket,
5 m black, PUR cable
EVC005
M12 socket,
2 m orange, PVC cable
EVT064
M12 socket,
5 m orange, PVC cable
EVT001
Process sensors
Connection M12 connector
M12
94...99
27
Rp½
Rp½
66,5
18
107...113
13 13
Dimensions
64
New mechatronic inline
volumetric flow sensors with
display
Mechatronic flow sensor
The flow sensor works on the principle of spring-
supported piston: The piston, located in the valve seat
in the housing, is lifted by the flowing medium against
the spring.
The piston position is monitored via a magnetic field
sensor and is output as an analogue signal. The spring
forces the piston to return to its original position with
decreasing flow. This ensures position-independent
installation of the flow sensor preventing backflow.
The sensor head can be rotated by 360° so that it can
be read in any position.
Optimised for water and oils
Integrated temperature measurement
No inlet and outlet pipe lengths required
Red/green colour change for
process values
Very fast response time of < 10 ms
The smart float-type flow meter
Process sensors
65
(04.2015)
Flow sensors / flow meters
For further technical details please visit: www.ifm.com
Common technical data
Operating voltage [V DC] 18...30
Current consumption [mA] < 50
Accuracy flow measurement
± (4 % MV
+ 1 % VMR)
Output 1
IO-Link,
switching output,
frequency output
flow / temperature
Output 2
Switching output flow,
analogue output
4...20 mA flow
or temperature
Accuracy temperature monitoring ± 3 K
Type
SBY, SBG
Protection rating, protection class IP 65 / IP 67, III
BN
WH
BK
BU
4
1
3
2
OUT2
L+
L
OUT1
Wiring diagram
Measuring range
[l/min]
Response time
[ms]
Medium temperature
[°C]
Max.
operating pressure
[bar]
Order
no.
M12 connector · electrical design DC PNP / NPN
< 10-10...100 40 SBY232
Process connection
Rp 3/4
< 10-10...100 40 SBY233Rp 3/4
< 10-10...100 40 SBY234Rp 3/4
< 10-10...100 25 SBY246Rp 1
Type
< 10-10...100 25 SBY257Rp 1 1/2
< 10-10...100 40 SBG232G 1/2
< 10-10...100 40 SBG233G 1/2
< 10-10...100 40 SBG234G 1/2
< 10-10...100 25 SBG246G 3/4
< 10-10...100 25 SBG257G 1 1/4
Connection technology
Type Description Order
no.
Socket, M12,
2 m black, PUR cable
EVC001
Socket, M12,
5 m black, PUR cable
EVC002
Socket, M12,
2 m orange, PVC cable
EVT064
Socket, M12,
5 m orange, PVC cable
EVT001
Process sensors
Socket, M12,
2 m black, PUR cable
EVC004
Socket, M12,
5 m black, PUR cable
EVC005
0.3...15
0.5...25
1.0...50
2.0...100
4.0...200
0.3...15
0.5...25
1.0...50
2.0...100
4.0...200
IO-Link interface, current consumption
from USB port
E30396
Accessories
Type Description Order
no.
66
Reliable level detection – LMT
Level detection in explosive atmospheres
LMT sensors reliably detect levels in storage tanks in
explosive areas. They can be used in zones 2 and 22.
Food-grade
The sensor with its high-quality housing materials such
as high-grade stainless steel (316L / 1.4404) and PEEK
meets all requirements for hygienic areas. This includes
approvals such as EHEDG and FDA.
Versatile sensor for all media
The LMT can be adjusted to almost all liquid and
viscous media as well as powders.
The distinction between two media in the same applica-
tion is possible due to the two switching outputs which
can be set independently. Convenient parameter setting
is made via IO-Link.
Approved for ATEX areas of category
3D/3G
“Plug & Play“ – factory preset to oil-based
media
Can be set to other media such as alcohol
using IO-Link
Hygienic design with maintenance-free
sealing concept
Shock and vibration resistant in a robust
stainless steel housing
Hygienic point level sensor
especially for hazardous areas
Process sensors
67
(11.2015)
Level sensors
Process
connection
Installation
length
[mm]
Approval Protection
[hazardous areas]*
Order
no.
Application: liquids, viscous media and powders
M12 connection · output function 2 x NO/NC programmable · 4-wire DC PNP · IO-Link 1.1
Medium temperature
oils, oil-based media,
powder
G 1/2 12 EHEDG, FDA -20...85 °C IP 67 / III LMT01A
G 1/2 153 EHEDG, FDA -20...85 °C IP 67 / III LMT03A
G 1/2 253 EHEDG, FDA -20...85 °C IP 67 / III LMT04A
Accessories
Type Description
High-grade stainless steel
Order
no.
Current rating [mA] 100
Housing materials
high-grade stainless steel
(1.4404 / 316L),
(1.4571 / 316Ti),
PEEK; PEI; FKM
Materials in contact
with the medium
high-grade stainless steel
(1.4404 / 316L),
(1.4571 / 316Ti),
PEEK; FKM
Shock resistance [g] 50
Vibration resistance [g]
(LMT03A, LMT04A)
8
Vibration resistance [g]
(LMT01A)
20
Ambient temperature [°C] -20...60
EMC (LMT03A, LMT04A)
Closed tanks
EN 61000-6-2
EN 61000-6-4
EMC (LMT01A)
Open tanks
Closed tanks
EN 61000-6-2
EN 61000-6-4
EN 61000-6-3
Operating voltage [V] 18...30 DC
Current consumption [mA] < 50
Further technical data
Clamp adapter
G 1/2 female – Clamp 1“–1.5“
E33401
Clamp adapter
G 1/2 female – Clamp 2“
E33402
Welding adapter ball, G 1/2 E30055
Welding adapter collar, G 1/2 E30056
Welding adapter,
cylindrical, for tanks, G 1/2
E43300
Welding adapter,
cylindrical, for pipes, G 1/2
E43301
Screw-in adapter
G1/2 female – G 3/4 male
E43302
Screw-in adapter
G1/2 female – G 1 male
E43303
Screw-in adapter
G1/2 female – 3/4 NPT
E43313
Clamp adapter,
G 1/2 female – Varivent D50
E43306
Clamp adapter,
G 1/2 female – Varivent D68
E43307
Accessories
Type Description Order
no.
IO-Link interface for parameter setting
and analysis of units with
DTM specification, current consumption
from USB port: max. 500 mA
E30396
Memory plug, parameter memory
for IO-Link sensors
E30398
T-piece, DN 25 E43316
T-piece, DN 40 E43317
T-piece, DN 50 E43318
For further technical details please visit: www.ifm.com
Welding adapter, long design
for deeper installation, G 1/2
E43319
Process sensors
ATEX approval
group II,
category 3D / 3G
Communication interface IO-Link 1.1
Connection M12 connector
LINERECORDER SENSOR,
Software for parameter setting and
setting up IO-Link sensors
QA0001
USB IO-Link master for parameter setting
and analysis of units
Supported communication protocols:
IO-Link (4.8, 38.4 and 230 Kbits/s)
E30390
*IP 68, IP 69K outside the hazardous area
Connection technology
Type Description Order
no.
Socket, M12,
2 m black, PUR cable
EVC04A
Socket, M12,
5 m black, PUR cable
EVC05A
Socket, M12,
10 m black, PUR cable
EVC06A
68
LR level sensor in a
new design with
extended functions
Application
Harsh environment conditions or high temperatures
leave the LR2050 cold. Installation in confined spaces
or detection of oils using a coaxial pipe is no problem
for LR, either. LR flexibly adapts to any application
thanks to the installation adjustment and the modular
concept.
Successful thanks to modular concept
The probes can be shortened, or changed, so the LR
reduces stock-keeping and simplifies replacement.
User-friendly setting
Even before installation the user can set the sensor
parameters via pushbuttons or IO-Link on the PC.
Installation adjustment is made on site via pushbutton,
if required.
Mounting adjustment enables position-
independent installation
Medium temperature up to 100 °C
Simulation function facilitates testing of
the plant software
Automatic detection of the rod length
Probe lengths of 15...200 cm
Continuous level measurement in
harsh environments
Process sensors
69
(11.2015)
Level sensors
Protection rating/
protection class
Max.
tank pressure
[bar]
-1...4 IP 68, IP 69K / III
Accessories (to be ordered separately)
Type Description Order
no.
For further technical details please visit: www.ifm.com
Process sensors
Process connection Medium temperature
[°C]
Order
no.
M12 connector · IO-Link 1.1
G 3/4 -20...100 LR2050
Current consumption [mA]
Dielectric constant medium
Ambient temperature [°C]
Metals in contact
with the medium
Housing materials
Power-on delay time [s]
Operating voltage [V] 18...30 DC
Current rating [mA] 200
Further technical data
IO-Link device type of transmission
Rods stainless steel (303 / 1.4305)
Coaxial pipes stainless steel (303 / 1.4305)
Flange plates stainless steel (303 / 1.4305)
Application: aqueous media, coolants, cleaning agents, oils. *
Flange plate, LR 73-90 E43201
Flange plate, LR 73 - 90 / NPT E43206
Flange plate, LR 65-80 E43202
E43203240 mm
E43204450 mm
E43226300 mm
E43205700 mm
E43227500 mm
E432071000 mm
E432081200 mm
E432091400 mm
E432101600 mm * A coaxial pipe is required for the unit to function correctly in low
dielectric media.
E43211240 mm
E43212450 mm
E43213700 mm
E432141000 mm
E432151200 mm
E432161400 mm
E432171600 mm
E43228300 mm
E43229500 mm
G 3/4
Connection technology
Type Description Order
no.
Socket, M12, 4-pole
2 m black, PUR cable
EVC004
Socket, M12, 4-pole
5 m black, PUR cable
EVC005
Socket, M12, 4-pole
2 m black, PUR cable, LED
EVC007
Socket, M12, 4-pole
5 m black, PUR cable, LED
EVC008
IO-Link interface for parameter setting
and analysis of units with
DTM specification, current consumption
from USB port: max. 500 mA
E30396
Memory plug, parameter memory
for IO-Link sensors
E30398
LINERECORDER SENSOR,
software for parameter setting and
setting up IO-Link sensors
QA0001
IO-Link accessories
Type Description Order
no.
< 50
1.8...5*
> 5
-40...80
high-grade stainless steel
(316L / 1.4404,
316S12 / 14435),
PTFE, FKM
high-grade stainless steel
(316L / 1.4404),
PEI, PBT, PTFE, FKM
≤ 3
1.1
E43351210 mm
E43352265 mm
E433532000 mm
Coaxial pipes, slotted stainless steel (304S15 / 1.4301)
700 mm E43333
1200 mm E43334
E43354210 mm
E43355265 mm
E433562000 mm
E43218450 mm
E43219700 mm
E432201000 mm
E432211600 mm
3/4" NPT
70
Reliable and fast alternative
to tuning forks
In spite of harsh conditions such as foam or deposits
LMT194 reliably prevents overflow of the tank.
Reliable and flexible
The LMTx9x sensor family provides dependable overflow
protection. Different lengths and process connections
allow versatile and position-independent installation.
IO-Link creates transparency
The sensors can be adjusted to all liquids that are
hazardous to water. Parameters are conveniently set
on the PC or via IO-Link and USB interface. The digital
transmission of measured values creates maximum
transparency.
Robust
The high-quality high-grade stainless steel housing is
shock and vibration resistant.
Flexible installation independent of the
orientation
Shock and vibration resistant in a robust
stainless steel housing
Plug & Play – Factory default setting to
hydrous media
Can be set to other media such as oil
using IO-Link
Suppression of deposits
Maintenance-free overflow
protection to WHG*
Process sensors
* German Federal Water Act
71
(04.2015)
Level sensors
Process connection Installation length
[mm]
Medium temperature
oils, fats, bulk materials
[°C]*
Order
no.
Medium: Aqueous media · Can be set to other media using IO-Link 1.1
M12 connector · 4-wire DC PNP
Medium temperature
water-based media
[°C]
G 1/2 12 0...85 0...100 LMT191
G 1/2 153 0...85 0...100 LMT194
G 1 38 0...85 0...100 LMT392
G 3/4 28 0...85 0...100 LMT292
G 1/2 38 0...85 0...100 LMT192
G 1/2 253 0...85 0...100 LMT195
Accessories
Type Description
High-grade stainless steel
Order
no.
Max. medium temperature [°C]
(WHG)
100
Housing materials
PEEK;
high-grade stainless steel
(316L/1.4404),
PA12, FPM
Protection IP 68 / IP 69K, III
Materials in contact
with the medium
PEEK;
high-grade stainless steel
(316L/1.4404), FPM
Shock resistance [g] 50
Vibration resistance [g] 20
Max. ambient temperature [°C]
(WHG)
0...85
EMC
Closed tanks:
Open tanks:
EN 6100-6-2:2005
EN 6100-6-3:2006
EN 6100-6-4:2006
Operating voltage [V] 18...30 DC
Current rating [mA] 100
Further technical data
Clamp adapter,
G 1/2 female – Clamp 1"–1.5"
E33401
Clamp adapter,
G 1/2 female – Clamp 2"
E33402
Welding adapter ball, G 1/2 E30055
Welding adapter collar, G 1/2 E30056
Welding adapter,
cylindrical, for tanks, G 1/2
E43300
Welding adapter,
cylindrical, for pipes, G 1/2
E43301
Screw-in adapter,
G 1/2 female – G 3/4 male
E43302
Screw-in adapter,
G 1/2 female – G 1 male
E43303
Screw-in adapter,
G 1/2 female – 3/4 NPT
E43313
Accessories
Type Description Order
no.
IO-Link interface for parameter setting
and analysis of units with
DTM specification, current consumption
from USB port: max. 500 mA
E30396
For further technical details please visit: www.ifm.com
Welding mandrel, G 1/2 E43314
Sealing plug, G 1/2 E43308
Welding adapter, long design
for deeper installation, G 1/2
E43319
Process sensors
LINERECORDER SENSOR,
software for parameter setting and
setting up IO-Link sensors
QA0001
* For operation to WHG
72
Reliable and precise
medium detection in hygienic
applications
Versatile use
Whether smaller storage tanks, compensating tanks,
separators or in filling processes: There are no limits to
applications for LR. Even adverse operating conditions
such as foam or high temperature do not affect precise
level detection.
Successful thanks to modular concept
The probes can be shortened, or changed, so the LR
reduces stock-keeping and simplifies replacement.
IO-Link means the fiddly parameter setting on the
device is a matter of the past.
Resistant materials
High-quality materials such as PEEK and EPDM as sealing
material or the high-grade stainless steel housing are
suitable for internal and external cleaning and resist the
most adverse operating conditions.
Installation adjustment for optimum
setting to the installation situation
Aseptoflex Vario thread for a multitude
of process adapters
Probe lengths of 15...200 cm
Suitable for medium temperatures up
to150 °C
Level sensor with modular
probe concept
Process sensors
73
(04.2015)
Level sensors
Protection rating/
protection class
Max.
tank pressure
[bar]
-1...40 IP 69K, III
Accessories
Type Description Order
no.
0.15 m,
high-grade stainless steel (316L/1.4404)
E43345
0.3 m,
high-grade stainless steel (316L/1.4404)
E43346
0.5 m,
high-grade stainless steel (316L/1.4404)
E43340
0.7 m,
high-grade stainless steel (316L/1.4404)
E43347
1.0 m,
high-grade stainless steel (316L/1.4404)
E43341
1.5 m,
high-grade stainless steel (316L/1.4404)
E43348
2.0 m,
high-grade stainless steel (316L/1.4404)
E43342
IO-Link interface for parameter setting
and analysis of units with
DTM specification, current consumption
from USB port: max. 500 mA
E30396
Memory plug, parameter memory
for IO-Link sensors
E30398
For further technical details please visit: www.ifm.com
Process sensors
LINERECORDER SENSOR,
software for parameter setting and
setting up IO-Link sensors
QA0001
Process connection Medium temperature
[°C]
Order
no.
M12 connector · IO-Link 1.1
Aseptoflex Vario -40...150 LR2750
Current consumption [mA] < 80
Dielectric constant medium > 5
Ambient temperature [°C] -40...80
Metals in contact
with the medium
high-grade stainless steel
(316L/1.4404),
PEEK, EPDM
Housing materials
high-grade stainless steel
(316L/1.4404),
PEI, PFA, PBT, FKM
Power-on delay time [s] ≤ 3
Operating voltage [V] 18...30 DC
Current rating [mA] 200
Further technical data
IO-Link device type of transmission 1.1
Probes for hygienic LR processes
Pipe fitting,
DN40 (1.5")
E33212
Clamp adapter,
Clamp 2"
E33202
Pipe fitting,
DN50 (2")
E33213
Clamp adapter,
Clamp 1-1.5"
E33201
Aseptoflex Vario adapter
IO-Link
Connection technology
Type Description Order
no.
Socket, M12, 4-pole,
5 m orange, PVC cable
EVT001
Socket, M12, 4-pole,
2 m orange, PVC cable
EVT064
Socket, M12, 4-pole,
5 m orange, PVC cable
EVT004
Socket, M12, 4-pole,
2 m orange, PVC cable
EVT067
Welding adapter,
Ø 50 mm
E30122
74
LR9020 level transmitter with
ingress-resistant housing and
IO-Link parameter setting
Robust and reliable
The LR9020 reliably resists harsh environmental conditions
or high-pressure cleaning. Its small design allows installa-
tion in restricted spaces.
The digital IO-Link communication prevents disturbance
in measured value transfer.
Successful thanks to modular concept
The probes can be shortened, or changed, so the LR
reduces stock-keeping and simplifies replacement.
User-friendly setting
Even before installation the user can set the sensor
parameters via IO-Link on the PC. The data record of
parameter setting can be copied to other sensors,
e.g. for installations of identical design.
Analogue output, switching output and
process value transfer via IO-Link
User-friendly parameter setting via IO-Link
by means of PC or IO-Link master
Probe lengths of 10...160 cm
The probe can be cut to length, if needed
Small design for limited space
Continuous level measurement
with analogue output and IO-Link
Process sensors
75
(04.2015)
Level sensors
Accessories (to be ordered separately)
Type Description
Stainless steel (303/1.4305)
Order
no.
For further technical details please visit: www.ifm.com
Process sensors
Rods stainless steel (303 / 1.4305)
Coaxial pipes stainless steel (303 / 1.4305)
Flange plates
Connection technology
Applications: aqueous media, coolants, cleaning agents, oils. *
Type Description Order
no.
Socket, M12, 4-pole
2 m black, PUR cable
EVC004
Socket, M12, 4-pole
5 m black, PUR cable
EVC005
Socket, M12, 4-pole
2 m black, PUR cable, LED
EVC007
Socket, M12, 4-pole
5 m black, PUR cable, LED
EVC008
Socket, M12, 8-pole
2 m black, PUR cable
E11231
Socket, M12, 8-pole
5 m black, PUR cable
E11232Flange plate, LR 73-90 E43201
Flange plate, LR 73 - 90 / NPT E43206
Flange plate, LR 65-80 E43202
E43203240 mm
E43204450 mm
E43226300 mm
E43205700 mm
E43227500 mm
E432071000 mm
E432081200 mm
E432091400 mm
E432101600 mm
E43211240 mm
E43212450 mm
E43213700 mm
E432141000 mm
E432151200 mm
E432161400 mm
E432171600 mm
E43218450 mm
E43228300 mm
E43219700 mm
E43229500 mm
E432201000 mm
E432211600 mm
* A coaxial pipe is required for the unit to function correctly in low
dielectric media.
Process connection Set point
accuracy
[cm]
Repeatability
[cm]
Max.
tank pressure
[bar]
Protection rating/
protection class
Order
no.
M12-connector
Output function 1 x IO-Link / 1 x analogue 4...20 mA / 0...10 V · 4-wire DC PNP
G 3/4 ± 1.5 ± 0.5 -1...4 IP 69K, III LR9020
Current consumption [mA] < 80
Dielectric constant medium
2...20*
> 20
Ambient temperature [°C] 0...60
Medium temperature [°C] 0...80 / (90 peak)
Metals in contact
with the medium
stainless steel
(303/1.4305), PTFE, NBR
Housing materials
FKM, NBR, PBT, PC, TPE-V,
stainless steel
(1.4301/304), PTFE, PEI
Power-on delay time [s] 3
Operating voltage [V] 18...30 DC
Current rating [mA] 200
Further technical data
IO-Link device type of transmission COM2 (38.4 kbaud)
G 3/4
3/4" NPT
76
Improved display and
evaluation unit for
Pt100 / Pt1000 sensors
One unit for many sensors
The TR evaluation unit is a universal control and display
unit for connection of PT100 / PT1000 sensors (TT, TM
and TS series)
Automatic detection of the probe
The evaluation unit automatically detects whether two-
wire, three-wire or four-wire Pt100 or Pt1000 sensors
are connected.
Wide measuring range
Thanks to the extended measuring range of
-100...600 °C, an enormous number of common
temperature measurement and monitoring tasks in the
manufacturing and process industries can be solved.
And, of course, ifm also offers the corresponding
temperature sensors.
Clearly indicate the acceptable ranges:
programmable red/green display
Quick and easy handling via 3 pushbuttons
with VDMA menu
Visualisation of the switching states by
clearly visible LEDs
Flexible installation thanks to modular
concept
Versions with analogue (4...20 mA /0...10 V)
or switching output (2 x PNP/NPN)
Evaluates temperatures up to
600 °C: the TR with a new look
Process sensors
77
(11.2015)
Temperature sensors
For further technical details please visit: www.ifm.com
Process sensors
Dimensions
64
48
M12x1
34
104
3
16,5
2
1
30
Connection technology
Type Description Order
no.
Socket, M12,
2 m black, PUR cable
EVC001
Socket, M12,
5 m black, PUR cable
EVC002
Socket, M12,
2 m black, PUR cable
EVC004
Socket, M12,
5 m black, PUR cable
EVC005
Mounting clamp, Ø 34 mm,
PBT
E10017
Mounting clamp, Ø 34 mm,
PA
E10193
Protective cover for fluid sensors with
M12 connector,
polypropylene homopolymer
E30420
Accessories
Type Description Order
no.
Response dynamics
T05 / T09
[s]
Pressure resistance
[bar]
depends on the connected sensor
Measuring range
[°C]
Factory setting
[°C]
Order
no.
Output function 1 x NO / NC programmable · 1 x analogue output 4…20 mA or 0…10 V programmable
-100...600 -40...300
Process connection
G 1/2 A TR2439
depends on the connected sensor
Output function 2 x NO / NC programmable
-100...600 -40...300 G 1/2 A TR7439
Accuracy [K] ± 0,3 + (± 0,1 % MS)
Electrical design PNP / NPN
Protection IP 67
Communication interface IO-Link
Resolution display [K] 0,1
Operating voltage [V] 18...32 DC
Current rating [mA] 250
Further technical data
IO-Link accessories
Type Description Order
no.
Temperature sensors for connection
to the TR type
Version
High-temperature cable sensor
Order
no.
2 m,
PFA / PTFE cables
TS2451
2 m,
PFA / PTFE cables
TS2452
2 m,
PFA / PTFE cables
TS2453
2 m,
PFA / PTFE cables
TS2454
IO-Link interface for parameter setting
and analysis of units with
DTM specification, current consumption
from USB port: max. 500 mA
E30396
Memory plug, parameter memory
for IO-Link sensors
E30398
LINERECORDER SENSOR,
software for parameter setting and
setting up IO-Link sensors
QA0001
USB IO-Link master for parameter setting
and analysis of units
Supported communication protocols:
IO-Link (4.8, 38.4 and 230 Kbits/s)
E30390
Installation
length
[mm]
100
150
200
250
1) LEDs (display unit / switching status)
2) 4-digit alphanumeric display / alternating indication of red and green
3) Programming buttons
78
Even easier to use and with
improved visualisation
Quick and resistant
The compact TN type temperature sensors are
distinguished by excellent response times, high pressure
resistance and adaptive process connections. The
sensors easily resist applications with temperatures up
to 150 °C and high pressure loads up to 300 bar. The
measuring range is freely scalable.
Updating a classic
What is new is the quick and easy handling via three
pushbuttons. The display can be switched from the
indication of ”red“ to an alternating indication of
“red - green“.
So, switching states can be highlighted or an independent
colour window can be created. The sensor head can
be rotated and offers optimum readability from any
position. Thanks to captive laser labelling on the stainless
steel housing, the units can still be identified after years.
Measuring range of -50...150 °C,
response time T05 / T09 = 1s / 3s.
Clearly indicates the acceptable ranges:
programmable red/green display
Quick and easy handling via 3 pushbuttons
with VDMA menu
Versions with analogue (4...20 mA /0...10 V)
or switching output (2 x PNP/NPN).
Visualisation of the switching states by
clearly visible LEDs
Modern classic:
new TN temperature sensor
Process sensors
79
(11.2015)
Temperature sensors
Dimensions
34
140
4
3
1445
2
1 10048
M12x1
30
6
22
For further technical details please visit: www.ifm.com
Process sensors
Connection technology
Type Description Order
no.
Socket, M12,
2 m black, PUR cable
EVC001
Socket, M12,
5 m black, PUR cable
EVC002
Socket, M12,
2 m black, PUR cable
EVC004
Socket, M12,
5 m black, PUR cable
EVC005
Mounting clamp Ø 34 mm,
PBT
E10017
Mounting clamp Ø 34 mm,
PA
E10193
Progressive ring T-piece
Stainless steel (320S17)
E40102
Adapter, M18 x 1.5 - L18, high-grade
stainless steel (316L/1.4404), FKM
E40104
Adapter, M18 x 1.5 - G 1/2
High-grade stainless steel (316L/1.4404)
E40096
Adapter, M18 x 1.5 - G 1/4
High-grade stainless steel (316L/1.4404)
E40099
Protective cover for fluid sensors with
M12 connector,
polypropylene homopolymer
E30420
Accessories
Type Description Order
no.
Response dynamics
T05 / T09
[s]
Pressure resistance
[bar]
300 1 / 3
Measuring range
[°C]
Factory setting
[°C]
Order
no.
Output function 1 x NO / NC programmable · 1 x analogue output 4…20 mA or 0…10 V programmable
-50...150 -40...150
Process connection
M18 x 1.5 I TN2511
300 1 / 3
Output function 2 x NO / NC programmable
-50...150 -40...150 M18 x 1.5 I TN7511
Accuracy [K] ± 0.3 + (± 0.1 % MS)
Electrical design PNP / NPN
Protection IP 67
Communication interface IO-Link
Resolution display [K] 0.1
Operating voltage [V] 18...32 DC
Current rating [mA] 250
Further technical data
IO-Link interface for parameter setting
and analysis of units with
DTM specification, current consumption
from USB port: max. 500 mA
E30396
Memory plug, parameter memory
for IO-Link sensors
E30398
LINERECORDER SENSOR,
software for parameter setting and
setting up IO-Link sensors
QA0001
IO-Link accessories
Type Description Order
no.
USB IO-Link master for parameter setting
and analysis of units
Supported communication protocols:
IO-Link (4.8, 38.4 and 230 Kbits/s)
E30390
1) LEDs (display unit / switching status), 2) 4-digit alphanumeric
display / alternating indication of red and green, 3) Programming
buttons, 4) Upper part of the housing can be rotated by 345°
80
Process sensors
Compact design with excellent
response time and extended
measuring range
Analogue and IO-Link
The temperature transmitter has an analogue output
with 4...20 mA. The parameters are set via the integrated
IO-Link interface.
Fast and precise
The Pt1000 measuring element of class A achieves a
high precision with the factory-internal calibration.
The innovation besides the wide measuring range is the
excellent response time. Therefore the sensor is suitable
for all highly-precise and fast processes in hygienic
environments.
Transparent and flexible
An LED clearly signals the readiness for operation.
Compact design, integrated process connections and
different probe lengths enable easy and flexible installa-
tion.
Measuring range of -50...200 °C, scalable
via IO-Link 1.1
Very fast response time:
T05 / T09 = < 0.5 s / < 2 s
LED for visualisation of the operating
status
Versions with different hygienic process
connections
Different installation lengths from
25...150 mm
200° below 2 s: fast, hygienic
temperature transmitter
81
(04.2015)
Process sensors
For further technical details please visit: www.ifm.com
Temperature sensors
Installation length
[mm]
Order
no.
Process connection Clamp 3/4“
Temperature range (scaled 4...20 mA) -50...200 °C
Process connection Clamp 1.5“
Temperature range (scaled 4...20 mA) -50...200 °C
Operating voltage [V DC] 18...32
Protection IP 67, IP 68, IP 69K / lll
Materials in contact
with the medium
High-grade stainless steel
(316L/1.4404)
Further technical data
Reverse polarity / overload protection • / •
Measuring element Pt1000, class A
Response dynamics T05 / T09 < 0.5 s / < 2 s
Accuracy [K] ± 0.3 + (± 0.1 % MS)
Measuring range [°C] -50...200
Ambient temperature [°C] -25...80
IO-Link revision 1.1
IO-Link interface for parameter setting
and analysis of units with
DTM specification, current consumption
from USB port: max. 500 mA
E30396
Memory plug, parameter memory
for IO-Link sensors
E30398
LINERECORDER SENSOR,
software for parameter setting and
setting up IO-Link sensors
QA0001
Accessories
Type Description Order
no.
Dimensions
6
M12x1
18,7
15,9 50,4 EL
LED 2 x 180° 1
L+
L
3
1
4
2
IO-Link
L+
L
1
2
Wiring diagram
Example TA2002
Connection technology
Type Description Order
no.
TA2002
TA2012
TA2802
TA2812
TA2832
TA2842
G 1/2 process connection with sealing cone
Temperature range (scaled 4...20 mA) -50...200 °C
TA2502
TA2512
TA2532
TA2542
Process connection ø 6 mm
Temperature range (scaled 4...20 mA) -50...200 °C
TA2212
TA2232
TA2242
1) 3/4" Clamp
Socket, M12, 4-pole,
5 m orange, PVC cable
EVT001
Socket, M12, 4-pole,
10 m orange, PVC cable
EVT002
Socket, M12, 4-pole,
5 m orange, PVC cable
EVT004
Socket, M12, 4-pole,
10 m orange, PVC cable
EVT005
25
60
30
50
100
150
30
50
100
150
50
100
150
82
Process sensors
Compact temperature
transmitter with excellent
response time and IO-Link 1.1
Versatile
The TA type temperature sensor is a universal transmitter
with a 4...20 mA current output which can be scaled
over the -50 to 150 °C measuring range. Scaling is done
simply via the integrated IO-Link interface
Flexible
The compact design, the integrated process connections
and a multitude of probe lengths enable particularly
simple installation.
Transparent
An integrated LED clearly signals the readiness for
operation.
Fast and precise
A high level of accuracy is achieved using a class A
accuracy Pt1000 sensor and factory calibration.
In addition, ifm’s tried and tested film technology ensures
excellent dynamic response times. So this sensor is suited
for all highly precise and rapid processes.
Space-saving in all installation positions
LED for visualisation of the operating
status
Fast response time: T05 / T09 = 1 s / 3 s
Pressure resistant up to 400 bar
Different installation lengths from
25...150 mm
Small but effective: temperature
transmitter in compact housing
83
(11.2014)
Process sensors
For further technical details please visit: www.ifm.com
Temperature sensors
Operating voltage [V DC] 18...32
Protection IP 67, IP 68, IP 69K / lll
Materials (wetted parts)
high-grade stainless steel
(316L/1.4404)
Further technical data
Reverse polarity / overload protection • / •
Measuring element Pt1000, class A
Response dynamics T05 / T09 1 s / 3 s
Accuracy [K] ± 0.3 + (± 0.1 % MS)
Measuring range [°C] -50...150
Ambient temperature [°C] -25...80
IO-Link revision 1.1
IO-Link interface for parameter setting
and analysis of units with DTM
specification, current consumption
via USB port: max. 500 mA
E30396
Memory plug, parameter memory for
IO-Link sensors
E30398
LINERECORDER SENSOR,
software for parameter setting and
set-up of IO-Link sensors
QA0001
Accessories
Type Description Order
no.
Dimensions
Wiring diagram
Connection technology
Type Description Order
no.
Socket, M12,
2 m black, PUR cable
EVC001
Socket, M12,
5 m black, PUR cable
EVC002
Socket, M12,
2 m black, PUR cable
EVC004
Socket, M12,
5 m black, PUR cable
EVC005
6
M12x1
18,7
15,9 48 14
26LED G ½
EL
L+
L
3
1
4
2
IO-Link
L+
L
1
2
TA24
6
M12x1
18,7
15,9 48
19
13
G ¼LED
EL
TA21
Nominal length
[mm]
Order no.
Factory setting
Pressure resistance
[bar]
Process connection G 1/2
Analogue output scalable 4...20 mA
30 300
50 300
100 160
150 160
Process connection G 1/4
Analogue output scalable 4...20 mA
25 400
50 400
100 160
150 160
TA2405
TA2415
TA2435
TA2445
TA2105
TA2115
TA2135
TA2145
Thermowells
G 1/2 E37600
G 1/2 E37610
G 1/2 E37620
G 1/2 E37640
27
74
124
224
50
100
150
250
Screw-in thermowell, process connection G 1/2
-50...150 °C
-50...150 °C
Process connection G 1/2
Analogue output scalable 4...20 mA
50 300
100 160
150 160
TA2417
TA2437
TA2447
0...100 °C
27
G ½
G ½
28 EL
BL
1
9
7
Dimensions
Device
connection
Installation depth EL [mm]
Sensor Thermowell
Order
no.
84
Process sensors
Thermowells for all
common process connections
and installation depths
Why is a thermowell required?
Aggressive media, high pressures and flow speeds
make the use of thermowells necessary.
Thermowells protect temperature sensors from such
influences and make it possible to replace sensors in
the running process. So, a calibration of the sensors
is possible at any time.
Universal
The ifm thermowells are suited for all temperature
probes with a diameter of 6 mm. Market common
process connections are designed for use in hygienic
and industrial applications.
Convenient: sensor calibration without
process interruption
Special: for industrial and hygienic
applications
Robust: sensor protection in harsh
applications
Suited: for all Ø 6 mm temperature
probes
Flexible: installation depths of
30...330 mm
Extra protection for
temperature sensors
85
(11.2014)
Process sensors
For further technical details please visit: www.ifm.com
Temperature sensors
Device
connection
Installation depth EL [mm]
Sensor Thermowell
G 1/2 E37810100
G 1/2 E37820150
G 1/2 E37830250
G 1/2 E37850350
Order
no.
G 1/2 E37910
G 1/2 E37920
G 1/2 E37930
G 1/2 E37950
G 1/2 E37430250
G 1/2 E37450350
Ø 6 mm E37603
Ø 6 mm E37613
Ø 6 mm E37623
Ø 6 mm E37643
Ø 6 mm E37663
G 1/2 conical E37511
G 1/2 conical E37521
G 1/2 conical E37411
G 1/2 conical E37421
G 1/2 conical E37431
G 1/2 E37600
G 1/2 E37610
G 1/2 E37620
G 1/2 E37640
64
115
191
267
191
267
33
83
128
233
333
68
118
49
99
149
27
74
124
224
50
100
150
250
350
100
150
50
100
150
50
100
150
250
Process connection Tri-Clamp 1.5" for type: TA24, TT12, TT32, TM44, TD22
Process connection Tri-Clamp 2" for type: TA24, TT12, TT32, TM44, TD22
Welding thermowell, weld-in process connection for type: TT32, TD22
Clamp fitting, process connection G 1/2 for type: TT92, TT02, TT12, TT22, TT32, TD22
Hygienic thermowell, process connection G 1/2 conical for type: TM45, TD25
Welding clamp adapter, ball process connection 34 mm Ø for type: TM45, TD25
Screw-in thermowell, process connection G 1/2 for type: TA24, TT02, TT12, TT22, TT32, TM44, TD22
63
EL
BL
6,4
44,5
12,7
6,6
19
38,1 1
26,7
½" NPS
63
EL
BL
6,4
44,5
12,7
6,6
19
38,1
1
26,7
½" NPS
38,1
44,5 EL
BL
6,4
6,6
16
½" NPS
7
9
27 G ½
EL
BL
13
1M4
27
G ½
G ½
9
7
18
72 EL
BL
2,5
37
2,5
41 EL
BL
G ½
7
9
30
34
16,6
27
G ½
G ½
28 EL
BL
1
9
7
1) 1.5" Clamp (ISO 2852)
1) 2" Tri-Clamp (ISO 2852)
100
150
250
350
64
115
191
267
86
Safe automation system
includes PLC and gateway
functions
All-in-one: more than just a PLC
Just as a smartphone is more than just a phone, the
new SmartPLC is more than just a simple PLC.
It has the flexibility for different tasks, even in safety-
related applications up to SIL 3, PL e.
For example as:
– fail-safe PLC
– standard PLC
– AS-i gateway
– visualisation system
– protocol converter
– data logger
– intelligent evaluation unit (ifm system solutions)
Two integrated PLCs (1 x fail-safe, 1 x standard),
powerful processors, a large memory and a multitude of
supported protocols allow the control of sophisticated
systems – and this at an unbeatable price!
Quick and easy set-up
Flexible and future-proof thanks to
connective hardware and CODESYS V3
High machine uptime due to sophisticated
diagnostics
Unbeatable price/performance ratio
Safe up to SIL 3, PL e
Safety 4.0:
the safe SmartPLC
Industrial communication
87
(11.2015)
Products
Order
no.
AS-i Profinet gateway
with safe preprocessing
AC402S
AS-i EtherNet/IP gateway
with safe preprocessing
AC422S
Dimensions
106,293
135,5
128,2
AS-Interface Safety at Work
Industrial communication
Type Description
AS-i gateway
For further technical details please visit: www.ifm.com
Accessories
Order
no.
AS-i data decoupling module AC1250
Type Description
Safe PLC
Certified up to SIL3, PL e. Eight safe local inputs and
four safe local outputs. Convenient diagnostic functions,
e.g. status indication for safe I/Os and error memory
with time stamp for up to 2,000 messages.
Programming is done via CODESYS V3. Simplified
replacement of slaves using automatic teach function.
Standard PLC
The PLC can be freely programmed using CODESYS V3.
Its software and hardware operates independently of
the fail-safe PLC, but it can of course communicate
with it and exchange data. The PLC has access to all
interfaces of the system.
AS-i gateway
Without programming, the SmartPLC can be used
directly as a gateway for AS-i on the one side, and
Profinet or EtherNet/IP on the other side. The integrated
display and the convenient web interface display all the
available status information for the user and support
diagnostics in case of a fault.
Data logger
Operational system data can be recorded via AS-i,
EtherCAT, Modbus TCP, Profinet, EtherNet/IP, TCP/IP,
UDP/IP and stored on the SD card or in the internal
flash memory.
If needed, the integrated real-time clock provides a
time stamp for each recorded data block. This simplifies
the documentation and diagnostics of processes.
Visualisation system
A freely programmable web visualisation based on
HTML5 provides maximum transparency. An internet
browser with HTML5 capability is sufficient on the final
unit (PC, tablet, smartphone). No further software is
required. Even the full graphic display of the SmartPLC
is freely programmable for visualisation tasks.
Platform ifm system solutions
With the new ifm system solution apps, the process
data of different sensors is transmitted to common
fieldbus systems and their parameters are easily made
accessible. These tailored apps can be loaded onto the
SmartPLC without programming software. This makes
your installation fit for Industry 4.0.
Protocol converter
Connect your sensors and Ethernet based devices to
your fieldbus: the SmartPLC can be used as protocol
converter between Profinet, EtherNet/IP on the one
side and AS-i, EtherCAT, Modbus TCP, TCP/IP, UDP/IP
and IO-Link on the other side.
All-in-one
The new SmartPLC combines two separate PLCs in
one compact housing. While the one PLC solves safety-
related applications, the second PLC either works as a
standard PLC or as platform for other tasks.
Both PLCs communicate with each other, so that entire
plant controls can be implemented including safety
functions and visualisations with only one SmartPLC.
88
Safe bus connection for light guards
Safe AS-i input module
especially for light guard
applications
Module for light grids
Using this new, safe input module, light guards and
other safety-related sensors with electronic OSSD out-
puts can be connected to AS-i Safety at Work.
Control muting lamp
The integrated outputs ensure the connection of two
signal lamps.
Quick mounting without tools
The tried-and-tested quick mounting avoids wiring
faults. There is one M12 connecting socket each for the
transmitter, the receiver and the two signal outputs.
Two alternatives for the voltage supply
Depending on the design, the light guard and the
signal lamps can be completely supplied via AS-i or an
external auxiliary voltage.
Optimised M12 socket connection for
light guard applications
Muting lamp can be controlled by PLC
Precise and flexible quick mounting
Supply of the light guards from AS-i
High safety due to certification to
EN 62061/SIL3 and EN ISO 13849-1/ PL e
With signal effect: AS-i module
for OSSD inputs
Industrial communication
89
(11.2015)
The products
Order
no.
Advantages and customer’s benefits
Fail-safe sensors with a current consumption below
200 mA can be operated on AC507S without auxiliary
voltage. Connection is only made via the yellow AS-i
flat cable.
AS-i quick connection
The quick-connection technology provides a high degree
of installation reliability and flexibility. The AS-i flat cable
can be connected from three different directions.
Diagnosis on site
The LEDs indicate the status of the inputs and outputs
and the communication.
Safety
The module meets the requirements up to SIL3 according
to EN 62061 and PL e to EN 13849-1. In the event of a
fault, the integrated communication monitoring switches
the signal outputs off.
Applications
The module is designed for the connection of electro-
sensitive protective equipment (ESPE) with electronic
outputs to EN 61496-1. It is particularly suited for the
connection of safe inductive sensors such as GM705S.
Pulse pick-ups for the display of muting functions can
be connected via M12 sockets.
Operating voltage (AS-i) [V DC] 26.5...31.6
Short-circuit protection •
Overload protection •
AS-i profile S-7.B.E
AS-i specification 2.11 + 3.0
Extended addressing mode –
Ambient temperature [°C] -25...55
Protection IP 67
Safe AS-i input modules
AC507S, AC508S
Technical data
Type Description Order
no.
Safe AS-i input module
Sensor supply
Inputs / outputs: via AS-i
Current rating inputs / outputs:
200 mA in total
Total current consumption: ≤ 280 mA
AC507S
Sensor supply
Inputs / outputs: 24 V external, PELV
Current rating inputs / outputs:
inputs 200 mA, outputs 500 mA
Total current consumption: < 80 mA
AC508S
AS-Interface Safety at Work
For further technical details please visit: www.ifm.com
Dimensions
45
103
40,2
44,7
25,8
Industrial communication
Adapter cable,
from 8 poles to 5 poles,
M12 plug / M12 socket,
configured for automatic operation
EY3090
Adapter cable,
5 poles,
M12 plug / M12 socket,
configured for "short range"
EY3092
Adapter cable
90
Connection of IO-Link sensors
to all field buses
PLC
Fieldbus modules for all controllers
The 8-port IO-Link masters are field-compatible input /
output modules for the connection of up to 8 IO-Link
devices, for example sensors, valves or binary input /
output modules. Process signals, events and parameters
are transferred to the controller via PROFINET, EtherCat,
Ethernet/IP or PROFIBUS.
Connection of sensors and actuators
Up to 8 IO-Link sensors can be connected. Four of the
eight ports are designed as B ports and supply auxiliary
energy for the connection of IO-Link actuators.
The total current consumption per module can total up
to 12 A.
Robust field device
The modules allow use in a wide temperature range
of -25...60 °C. The high EMC and the robust mechanics
guarantee high availability even in difficult environments.
8 IO-Link ports with full V1.1 functionality:
COM1, COM2, COM3 and SIO mode
4 additional binary inputs
2 Ethernet ports 10/100 Mbits/s with
switch for the field bus connection
Protection IP 65 and IP 67 with full potting,
all connections via M12 plug-in
An integrated parameter memory
facilitates device replacement
8-port IO-Link master:
closing the gap in the field
Industrial communication
IO-Link: Data highway to the sensor
91
(04.2015)
The products
Fieldbus,
PROFINET
AL1000
Fieldbus,
PROFIBUS
AL1010
Fieldbus,
EtherNet/IP
AL1020
Fieldbus,
EtherCAT
AL1030
Total current consumption [A] 12
Operating voltage [V DC] 18...31.2
IO-Link version 1.1
Number of IO-Link ports 8
Number of binary inputs
4 + 8
(IO-Link in SIO mode)
Ambient temperature [°C] -25...60
Housing material
PA;
Socket:
Nickel-plated brass
Protection IP 65, IP 67
Parameter memory •
Port A /port B 4 / 4
IO-Link master field modules
IO-Link components
Industrial communication
Technical data
Unit versions
For further technical details please visit: www.ifm.com
Advantages and customer benefits
• 12 amperes on an M12 connector
The module supply and the auxiliary power are supplied
via the T-coded M12 connector. The energy can be
looped through the module (daisy chain).
• Easy sensor connection
The sensors and actuators are connected via standard
M12 connection cables without screening.
The cable may be up to 20 m long.
• Reliable digital data
The sensor data is transferred digitally. Contact
resistance and EMC interference cannot falsify the
signals.
Dimensions
Order
no.
Type Description
20
30,5
1,5
M12x1
LEDs
60
30
198,5
185
212
8,5
6
AL1000
92
Effective connection of binary
sensors to any IO-Link master
Field modules with IO-Link connection
Up to 8 or 16 conventional sensors can be connected
to these modules. IO-Link transfers the signals to any
IO-Link master / PLC via one unscreened M12 connection
cable. Wiring costs are reduced because there are no
longer any complex cable trees.
As opposed to bus systems IO-Link does not require any
configuration or addressing. This simplifies installation.
Two binary inputs per M12 socket
Pin 4 and pin 2 of each socket are used for one input.
That means that dual sensors, normally closed or
normally open, can be connected without any problem.
Robust field device
The modules allow use in a wide temperature range
of -25...70 °C. The high EMC and the robust mechanics
guarantee high availability even in difficult environments.
Up to 8 locations with two binary
inputs each
Unscreened standard M12 cable sufficient
for data and energy transmission
High protection rating IP 67
Robust due to full potting
IO-Link I/O module minimises
wiring costs for sensors
Industrial communication
Wire 16 signals with three wires.
93
(04.2015)
Dimensions
IO-Link version 1.1 and 1.0
Operating voltage [V DC] 18...30
Type of transmission COM2 (38 kBaud)
Ambient temperature [°C] -25...70
Short-circuit protection •
Overload protection •
Protection IP 67
Min. cycle time process data [ms] 2.3
IO-Link input modules
IO-Link components
Industrial communication
Technical data
For further technical details please visit: www.ifm.com
Advantages and customer benefits
• IO-Link replaces multi-pole cable
Multi-wire cables and connectors are a matter of
the past. Standard M12 connections between the
input module and an IO-Link master transfer up to
16 binary input signals.
• Support of interchangeable tools
The tree-wire connection minimises complex cabling
for interchangeable tools.
The input modules can store a tool number so that
the PLC can easily identify and differentiate tools.
M12 sockets 4
Number of binary inputs 4 x 2
Total current consumption [mA] ≤ 450
8
8 x 2
≤ 850
Current rating [mA]
for all inputs, total
400 800
Unit versions
Order no. AL2400 AL2401
23
27
54,5
M12x1
M12x1
X1.0
4,7107
118,2
28,5
39
7,5
60
X1.1
X1.2 X1.3
AL2400
23
27
4,7107
152
28,5
39
7,5
60
54,5
M12x1
M12x1
X1.0 X1.1
X1.2 X1.3
X1.4 X1.5
X1.6 X1.7
AL2401
94
Easy communication with the
PLC and in parallel to the LINE-
RECORDER SMARTOBSERVER*
Interface for factory networking
With the integrated LINERECORDER AGENT, this master
enables direct networking of all connected IO-Link
devices with a local server via an Ethernet network.
Using this connection, machine data, process parameters
and diagnostic data can be directly read and processed
by the IT. The easy-to-use server software LINERECORDER
SMARTOBVSERVER* enables data evaluation by means
of customer-specific cockpits.
Using the same communication mechanisms, it is possible
to directly couple machines and exchange production-
related data.
From sensor to SAP
For the first time, sensor data can be directly transmitted
to management software - and this on a factory-wide
or even worldwide level.
Evaluation of the obtained data in real time enables an
increase in production efficiency and energy savings in
the context of Industry 4.0.
The IO-Link master module for different applications:
from machine condition monitoring to remote
maintenance of wind parks.
*LINERECORDER SMARTOBSERVER is a server-based software
for data storage, predictive maintenance and quality monitoring.
8 IO-Link ports V1.1 with COM1, COM2,
COM3 and SIO support
10 extra binary inputs 24 V DC and
2 configurable binary inputs/outputs
2 Ethernet ports 10/100 Base-TX with
integrated switch
Slim housing for control cabinet mounting
Extended temperature range of 0...70 °C
8-port IO-Link master module with
LINERECORDER AGENT embedded
Industrial communication
95
(04.2015)
System solutions
Industrial communication
For further technical details please visit: www.ifm.com
Special features
Ethernet interface for PLC connection
This IO-Link master operates as an input/output card
with a total of 20 I/Os, of which 8 are for IO-Link devices
and the rest for binary signals.
All signals can be easily transmitted to compatible
controllers via the standard fieldbuses EtherNet/IP or
Profinet.
Two ways simultaneously = PLC and server in
parallel
So far, all sensor signals had to be sent by the PLC
to higher-level systems. This is now done via a parallel
communication path (Y path). The PLC program
remains unchanged.
Integrated web server for configuration and
diagnostics
No special software is required for configuration.
All IO-Link settings can be made via the integrated
web interface. To do so, a standard PC with Ethernet
connection and web browser is required.
Convenient IODD integration
Via the web interface, up to 8 different IODDs (IO-Link
device descriptions) can be loaded into the master. After
connection of the IO-Link devices, the corresponding
IODDs are automatically assigned to the connected
IO-Link devices and the corresponding ports.
Parallel sensor communication
IO-Link master IO-Link master
PLC
industrial fieldbus
LR agent communication (option)
LINERECORDER
web-based
user interface
IO-Link
sensors
···1 2 7 8
server
IO-Link
IO-Link
sensors
···1 2 7 8
Technical data
“Y“ path for PLC data exchange and a parallel
connection to the server via LINERECORDER AGENT
IO-Link master module for connection to fieldbuses
Fieldbus connection EtherNet/IP Profinet
Further protocols Modbus / TCP (slave)
Order no. AY1020 AY1000
Supply voltage [V] 18...30 DC
Current consumption [A] 2 (24 V)
IO-Link version 1.1
Number of IO-Link ports 8
Parameter memory •
IO-Link port A / port B up to 8, configurable
Inputs/outputs IO-Link / SIO configurable
IO-Link baud rates COM 1...3 4.8k, 38.4k, 230.4kBaud
Digital inputs max. DI 8 (16) +2
Digital outputs max. DO 8 + 2
IO-Link / DI / DO status LEDs 20
Ethernet connections 2x (10/100 BASE-Tx)
Module / Ethernet status LEDs 7
Ethernet sockets RJ45
Electrical connections screw terminals
Protection IP 20
Housing material polyamide plastics
Ambient temperature [°C] 0...70
Installation DIN rail
96
Short overview of the
most important ideas and
advantages of IO-Link
IO-Link = universal process data interface
IO-Link masters are universal input/output modules.
Different types of units can be operated on the same
port: IO-Link sensors, IO-Link actuators and units with
switching signal. Therefore, one IO-Link port can replace
several components: analogue (4...20 mA, 0...10 V)
and binary input and output cards.
IO-Link = smart sensor interface
In smart sensors, IO-Link is already integrated. So, data
can be exchanged bidirectionally with the controller,
e.g. diagnostics and maintenance messages or data for
remote parameter setting.
IO-Link = easy set-up
The easiest way to obtain sensor process values is as
easy as the connection to an analogue card. Connect
the sensor to the IO-Link master – done.
Replacement is just as easy. All sensor parameters are
stored in the master and transferred to the new unit.
Smart IO-Link sensors can be conveniently set using the
LINERECORDER SENSOR 4.0 software.
The sensor settings can be stored, copied, loaded or
cloned to other units.
The USB IO-Link interface establishes the connection
between IO-Link units and the LINERECORDER SENSOR.
It is compatible with most Windows PCs.
IO-Link masters are available for all major
PLCs and fieldbuses
Simple configuration via LINERECORDER
SENSOR (PC) or via web interface
IO-Link app for AS-i gateways with
automatic network scan of all sensors
A wide range of ifm sensors with IO-Link:
encoders, capacitive, photoelectric,
temperature, flow, pressure and level
sensors
IO-Link – The standard interface
for smart sensors
Industrial communication
97
(04.2015)
System solutions
Industrial communication
For further technical details please visit: www.ifm.com/gb/io-link
10 good reasons to use IO-Link
Fast and easy set-up and service:
1. Offline parameter setting of the sensors prior to
installation.
2. Automatic sensor detection online when using the
IO-Link app on the AS-i/fieldbus gateway.
3. Easy sensor replacement with automatic parameter
setting by the master.
Sensor identification included.
High machine uptime:
4. Avoidance of incorrect handling during operation
by deactivating the operating keys on the sensor.
5. Easy transmission of the measured values without
conversion losses; values on the sensor display
correspond to the values on the machine display.
6. Highly interference immune - because digital -
analogue value transmission in comparison with
conventional analogue technology. And this using
an unscreened cable without special grounding.
7. Machine diagnostics up to the sensor level
functions without disrupting the operation.
Less wiring saves installation costs:
8. Several analogue signals and switch points can be
transmitted using only one standard 3-wire cable.
This reduces the number of terminals and makes
space in the cable duct.
9. Sensors and actuators, analogue or binary, can be
connected via IO-Link ports. This replaces different
input/output modules.
Investment security:
10. IO-Link has been internationally standardised to
IEC 61131-9 and is therefore future-proof. The
acceptance of all leading automation suppliers
ensures investment security for OEMs and users.
IO-Link is the interface to Industry 4.0.
Typical plant configuration
IO-Link master
IP20
IO-Link master
IP67
sensor parameter settingPLC
industrial fieldbus
LINERECORDER
sensor 4.0
MODBUS-TCP
IO-Link
sensors
···1 2 7 8
IO-Link
sensor
with
IO-Link
IO-Link
IO-Link
sensors
···1 2 7 8
USB
adapter
Order data
Technical data
IO-Link service & maintenance tools
Characteristic IO-Link data
IO-Link USB master low power E30396
IO-Link USB master ext. power E30390
LR Sensor 4.0 parameter setting software
with IODD import
QA0001
Analogue converter -50...300 °C
Pt100/Pt1000 to IO-Link
TP3232
Analogue converter 0...100 °C
Pt100/Pt1000 to IO-Link
TP3237
IO-Link app for AS-i gateways AC14xx AP3001
Analogue converter -50...150 °C
Pt100/Pt1000 to IO-Link
TP3231
Memory plug - sensor-parameter memory E30398
Cable length [m] 20
Line physics type A
3-wire cable,
unscreened
Connection M12, M8, M5, terminals
Process data (PD) per device 1 bit ... 32 bytes
Cycle time for 2 bytes [ms] 2.3
Parameters, diagnostics and events acyclic transmission
Power supply type A
Power supply type B
sensors 200 mA
sensors + actuators
separated
M12 pin connection type A
pin 1: 24 V DC
pin 3: 0 V DC
pin 4: IO-Link /
binary input / output
Description Order
no.
98
Easy as using a smartphone!
Individual connection to a PLC
by means of reloadable apps
Until now:
complex programming
Modern sensors offer more and more intelligent
functions that can also be made available to the PLC
via interfaces like IO-Link or TCP/IP.
To use them, the PLC programmer has to individually
implement the functionalities in the PLC. This is very
time-consuming and costly, especially when it comes
to implementing the required user interfaces.
From now on:
fit for Industry 4.0 – ifm System Solutions
With the new ifm System Solution Apps ifm electronic
has developed a system which is easy to create. It allows
process data from different sensors to be transmitted to
common fieldbus systems, and their parameters are
easily accessible.
For this purpose, ifm now offers tailored apps which
can be loaded into the ifm fieldbus gateway without
any programming software.
Fast and easy integration of intelligent
sensors into the PLC world
No special PC software required, an
internet browser is sufficient
PLC connection via the fieldbus protocols
Profinet, Profibus, EtherNet/IP and others
Smart additional functions tailored to the
sensors selected
Straightforward web configuration
instead of time-consuming and costly
programming
Industry 4.0 made easy – Apps
instead of expensive programming
Industrial communication
99
(11.2015)
The products
Order
no.
System solutions
Industrial communication
ifm System Solution Apps
For further technical details please visit: www.ifm.com
ifm System Solution Apps
The centrepiece for using the ifm System Solution App
is the AC14 SmartPLC. On the one hand, the device
has a certified fieldbus interface (Profinet,
Profibus, EtherNet/IP) for the connection to a PLC.
On the other hand, the AC14 features excellent
communication possibilities via an additional EtherNet
interface and up to two AS-i masters for connection to
a variety of sensors and actuators.
Loading and configuration of the app is made via the
integrated web interface, i.e. all necessary settings can
be carried out conveniently via a device with an inter-
net browser.
System overview
Example: ifm System Solutions App for O3D camera
Web-based configuration
PLC
world
Sensor
world
www.ifm.com
System Solution Apps
AC14
analogue signals
binary signals
Ethernet
TCP/IP
UDP/IP
Web-based configuration
AC14 with App for O3D camera
PLC
world
Sensor
world
PLC TCP/IP
O3D camera
IO-Link scanner and configurator AP3002
Field bus connection of up to five type O2I
multi-code readers to Profibus, Profinet, EtherNet/IP
AP3022
Field bus connection of up to three type O3D200
multi-code readers to Profibus, Profinet, EtherNet/IP
AP3032
AS-i based DTA ID systems: user-friendly writing of
RFID tags, history data
AP3042
Data collector: up to 30 process data can be freely
named and scaled, history data with time stamp can
be stored on SD card, fieldbus connection to Profibus,
Profinet and EtherNet/IP
AP3052
Tool changeover: via the fieldbus
(Profibus, Profinet, EtherNet/IP) free selection of
predefined AS-i configurations
AP3062
100
All in one unit: antenna,
evaluation and CANopen
interface
RFID compact units suitable for mobile use
The robust RFID compact units with CANopen interface
have been developed for identification tasks in agricultural
machines, municipal vehicles and construction machines.
It automatically detects different attachments and
configures the corresponding settings in the controller.
This automatic identification simplifies the creation of
user-specific system set-ups.
Information on maintenance intervals and operating
times can automatically be generated and stored since
the controller automatically detects when and how
long a specific machine set-up runs.
Downtimes are minimised, productivity is increased.
Optimised for outdoor use with IP 67 and
IP 69K
Extended temperature range of
-40...85 °C
E1 type approval
Shock resistant to EN60068-2-27 and
vibration resistant to EN60068-2-64
Optimised for use with ifm ecomatmobile
controllers
RFID for mobile machines
Identification systems
101
(11.2015)
RFID 125 kHz / RFID 13.56 MHz
When competences complement each other
ifm develops and produces RFID evaluation units and
antennas for industrial applications.
These RFID systems are available for all common
frequency ranges.
Even the integration of different fieldbuses into the
RFID components has been successfully implemented.
Furthermore, ifm as an automation specialist has know-
how of many years in the area of mobile machines,
where control systems and sensors from ifm have been
established in the market.
The competences and experience of these both different
areas have now been combined in the RFID solution for
mobile machines.
For further technical details please visit: www.ifm.com
Identification systems
Description Order
no.
E80370
ID tag/30X2.8/03 – 13.56 MHz,
16 Kbits – FRAM
E80371ID tag/30X2.5/06 – 13.56 MHz, 896 bits
E80377
ID tag/R20X2.5/06 – 13.56 MHz,
896 bits
RFID evaluation unit / RFID antenna
The products
E80380ID tag/30X2.8/03 – 13.56 MHz, 64 Kbits
E80381
ID tag/4.35X3.6/03 – 13.56 MHz,
896 bits, 10 pcs
E80382
ID tag/label 65X30/03 – 13.56 MHz,
896 bits, 500 pcs
E80379
ID tag/label 80X50/03 – 13.56 MHz,
896 bits, 500 pcs
Further technical data
Operating voltage [V DC] 9...32
Current consumption sensor [mA]
< 50 at 24 V,
< 85 at 12 V
Ambient temperature [°C] -40...85
Protection rating,
protection class
IP 67 / IP 69K,
III
Housing material stainless steel
Interfaces 1 x CAN
Supported CAN protocols CANopen
Standards and tests
(extract)
CE,
radio approval
Connection M12 connectorJumper, M12,
5 m, black, PUR cable, LED
EVC039
Jumper, M12,
5 m, black, PUR cable
EVC069
Socket, M12,
2 m black, PUR cable
EVM036
Socket, M12,
10 m black, PUR cable
EVM038
Socket, M12,
5 m black, PUR cable
EVC492
RFID transponders
Accessories
BasicDisplay XL, 4,3",
CAN Interface
CR0452
Display
Connection technology
Type Description Order
no.
Type Description Order
no.
DTM424
M18 flush, 13.56 MHz,
CANopen interface
DTM425
M18 non flush, 13.56 MHz,
CANopen interface
DTM434
M30 flush, 13.56 MHz,
CANopen interface
DTM435
M30 non flush, 13.56 MHz,
CANopen interface
Process and dialogue unit PDM360 NG,
7" colour display
CR1081
102
More flexibility in
conveying due to extended
operating distances
Reliable identification
The new robust RFID antennas have been developed
especially for the requirements in automation and
conveying technology. In combination with the antenna
adapters, they ensure excellent operating distances for
more reading reliability even under adverse installation
conditions.
The industrially compatible connection technology
"ecolink" ensures quick and reliable connection of
antennas and sensors to the RFID evaluation units.
Ready for Industry 4.0
The ifm RFID evaluation units offer a wide range of
industrial fieldbus interfaces. RFID-based identification
tasks can easily be integrated into SAP/ERP systems.
Longer ranges with patented antenna
adapters
Antenna adapters for cylindrical M18
and rectangular KQ housings
Robust RFID antennas M18 for flush and
non flush installation
Extra flat antenna in rectangular KQ
design for limited space conditions
Easy integration into SAP/ERP systems
by means of evaluation units
Adapters to increase the ranges
of the new RFID antennas
Identification systems
103
(11.2015)
RFID 125 kHz / RFID 13.56 MHz
Different interfaces
New: DTE104 with TCP/IP and SAP / ERP
connectivity
This new RFID evaluation unit is ideal for direct
connection to PCs, industrial PCs or PLCs that have no
standardised fieldbus interface. Users can access all
connected antennas, sensors and actuators via TCP/IP
protocol.
DTE100 system with Profibus DP
RFID evaluation unit with integrated Profibus DP inter-
face.
DTE101 with Profinet
This evaluation unit is in particular intended for
customers with a Siemens controller.
DTE102 system with EtherNet/IP
This version is optimised for controllers from Schneider
Electric or Rockwell Automation.
Easy integration
Data access to the transponders is fast and simple, via
the provided function blocks as well as directly via the
process image of the controller.
Integrated web server
All evaluation units have an integrated web server.
Users can log in via an HTTP address to fully access the
device.
Antennas, digital I/O and sensors
Each evaluation unit offers four sockets to connect up
to four RFID antennas. Optionally, unused RFID antenna
inputs can also be used for the control of outputs or
the detection of digital input signals. Two digital sensors
can be connected to each socket set as an input; and
an actuator to each output.
Customer benefits
The integrated LINERECORDER AGENT simplifies the
integration into SAP/ERP systems. This system solution
facilitates the extension of the production process by
additional functions.
With this version of the DTE104 the user is provided
with the ASCII protocol.
Application examples
Traceability of products plays an essential role in industry.
By integrating LINERECORDER AGENT and SAP Connector
the LR functions "Product Trace" and "Order Manage-
ment" can be used.
With RFID, materials and products can be unambiguously
assigned within the production process.
Here, the functions "Product Trace", "Order Manage-
ment" and "Material Manager" are used.
For further technical details please visit: www.ifm.com
Identification systems
Description Order no.
DTE102
RFID evaluation unit,
EtherNet/IP interfac
DTE104
RFID evaluation unit,
Ethernet TCP/IP interface
DTE101
RFID evaluation unit,
Profinet interface
ANT512RFID antenna 125 KHz
ANT513
RFID antenna 13.56 MHz,
ISO 15693
E80370ID tag/30X2.8/03 – 13.56 MHz, 16 Kbits – FRAM
E80371ID tag/30X2.5/06 – 13.56 MHz, 896 bits
E80377ID tag/R20X2.5/06 – 13.56 MHz, 896 bits
RFID evaluation unit
RFID antennas
The products
DTE100
RFID evaluation unit,
Profibus DP interface
ANT515
RFID antenna 13.56 MHz,
1 m cable, M12 plug
ANT516
RFID antenna 13.56 MHz,
2 m cable, M12 plug
ANT410
RFID antenna 13.56 MHz,
M12 design, flush
ANT411
RFID antenna 13.56 MHz,
M12 design, non flush
ANT430
RFID antenna 13.56 MHz,
M30 design, flush
ANT431
RFID antenna 13.56 MHz,
M30 design, non flush
ANT420
RFID antenna 13.56 MHz,
M18 design, flush
ANT421
RFID antenna 13.56 MHz,
M18 design, non flush
E80380ID tag/30X2.8/03 – 13.56 MHz, 64 Kbits
E80381
ID tag/4.35X3.6/03 – 13.56 Mhz,
896 bits, 10 pcs
E80382
ID tag/label 65X30/03 – 13.56 Mhz,
896 bits, 500 pcs
E80379
ID tag/label 80X50/03 – 13.56 Mhz,
896 bits, 500 pcs
RFID transponders for:
ANT410, ANT411, ANT420, ANT421, ANT430, ANT431,
ANT513, ANT515, ANT516
Antenna adapters
E80390
Adapter to increase the ranges for
RFID antenna type M18
E80391
Adapter to increase the ranges for
RFID antenna type KQ
104
Identification systems
Extended functions for all
ifm multicode readers
Recognition of codes and text
Independent of orientation and number of codes the
multicode reader automatically decodes 1D and 2D
codes.
The new version also solves OCR tasks, e.g. for product
identification by means of type designations or series
numbers. All information such as expiry date or produc-
tion date can now be directly read.
Suitable for industrial applications
With its protection rating IP 67, integrated lighting,
different interfaces and large variety of operating
distances and field of view sizes, the ifm multicode
reader is suited for a large number of industrial applica-
tions.
Identification of 1D/2D codes and text
Optical character recognition (OCR) also
with position tracking
Variable character lengths
Easy handling
Compact industrially-compatible housing
Industrially-compatible multicode
reader with text recognition
105
(04.2015)
1D/2D code readers
Type of sensor:
CMOS image sensor, black/white,
VGA resolution 640 x 480
Readable 2D codes
ECC200, PDF-417, QR, Micro QR, Aztec
Readable 1D codes
Interleaved 2-of-5, Industrial 2-of-5, Code 39
Code 128, Pharmacode, Code 93, Codabar
EAN13, EAN13-Add-On 2, EAN13-Add-On 5
EAN8, EAN8-Add-On 2, EAN8-Add-On 5
UPC-A, UPC-A Add-On 2, UPC-A Add-On 5
UPC-E, UPC-E Add-On 2, UPC-E Add-On 5
GS1 DataBar Omnidirectional, GS1 DataBar Truncated
GS1 DataBar Stacked, GS1 DataBar Stacked Omni
GS1 DataBar Limited, GS1 DataBar Expanded
GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked
Wide range of applications
The ifm multicode reader is used in a wide range of
industrial applications. It provides product tracking,
production control or product identification in the most
varied areas: automotive, electronic and food industries,
conveyor technology or in machine tools and printing
machines.
The standardised process interfaces RS-232, Ethernet
TCP/IP and EtherNet/IP ensure fast and easy integration
in industrial control technology.
Type Description Order
no.
Accessories
For further technical details please visit: www.ifm.com
Identification systems
Operating software for multicode reader E2I200
OPC server for multicode reader E2I210
High-grade stainless steel mounting set
for rod mounting, Ø 12 mm
E2D110
High-grade stainless steel mounting set
for rod mounting, Ø 14 mm
E2D112
Clamp,
high-grade stainless steel, Ø 12 mm
E21110
Clamp,
high-grade stainless steel, Ø 14 mm
E21109
Clamp linking ring,
high-grade stainless steel
E21076
Protective cover/diffuser E21165
Protective plastic cover E21166
Protective glass cover E21168
Laser protection pane E21169
Connection technology
Type Description Order
no.
Socket, M12,
2 m PUR cable, 8 poles
E11950
Socket, M12,
5 m, PUR cable, 8 poles
E11807
Ethernet, cross-over patch cable,
2 m, PUR cable, M12 / RJ45
E11898
Ethernet, screened patch cable,
2 m, PUR cable, M12 / RJ45
E12090
Ethernet, cross-over patch cable,
10 m, PUR cable, M12 / RJ45
E12204
Ethernet, cross-over patch cable,
20 m, PUR cable, M12 / RJ45
E12205
Common technical data
Operating voltage [V] 24 DC ± 10 %
Current rating [mA] 100 (per switching output)
Current consumption [mA] < 300
Ambient temperature [°C] -10...50
Protection rating, protection class IP 67, III
Cover
Material Front lens
LED window
diecast zinc
glass
polycarbonate
Trigger
external,
24 V PNP internal,
RS-232 / TCP/IP,
EtherNet/IP
Switching outputs (configurable)
max. 2 (configurable),
100 mA
Connection external illumination 24 V DC PNP
Parameter /
process data interface
Ethernet 10Base-T /
100Base-TX, RS-232,
EtherNet/IP
Dimensions [mm] 80 x 42 x 53.5
Motion speed [m/s] ≤ 7
Field of view size [mm] red light
50 75 100
Operating distance [mm] Order
no.
20 x 14
46 x 32
28 x 20
61 x 44
36 x 26
77 x 56
200
68 x 50
140 x 100
Field of view size [mm] infrared
20 x 14
46 x 32
28 x 20
61 x 44
36 x 26
77 x 56
68 x 50
140 x 100
Field of view size [mm] red light
200 400 1000
Operating distance [mm] Order
no.
40 x 30 80 x 60 200 x 150
2000
400 x 300
Field of view size [mm] infrared
40 x 30 80 x 60 200 x 150 400 x 300
O2I350
O2I352
O2I351
O2I353
O2I354
O2I355
106
Offers more than
ISO monitoring
Compact vibration sensor
For the majority of rotating machines, such as motors,
fans and pumps, which are often monitored manually
or not at all, ifm electronic has a simple and interesting
alternative.
The latest member of the compact family type VN,
VNB211, monitors online not only the overall vibration
condition of machines and plants according to
ISO 10816, but also acceleration levels (factory setting).
In addition to vibration it is also possible to connect a
futher process value such as temperature to monitor
and measure machine health. The pushbuttons can be
used to configure the parameters e.g. limit values. To
change the basic configuration (factory setting) simply
use the parameter software VES004.
2 vibration values e.g. velocity and
acceleration or shock and bearing noise
Freely adjustable frequency bands e.g. for
monitoring according to ISO 10816
Dual measurement point capability,
additional process value e.g. temperature
On-board time-stamped history function
for data collecting and trending
Intelligent vibration sensor –
simply smart
Condition monitoring systems
107
(11.2015)
Vibration monitoring systems
Dimensions
M12x1
51
62,4
14
6
5,3
36
20
M5
37,6
5
10
4
5,3
M8x1
Accessories
Type Description Order
no.
USB / M8 cable E30136
Adapter UNF / M5
(pack quantity 10 pieces)
E30137
Power supply E30080
Wiring diagram
4
3
2
1
4
2 1
3
5
Pin 1: 5 V via USB interface
Pin 2: USB_D-
Pin 3: L-
Pin 4: USB_D+
Pin 1: L+ (9.6...30 V DC)
Pin 2: Out 1 switching output or
current output 0/4...20/22 mA (configurable)
Pin 3: L-
Pin 4: Out 2 switching output
Pin 5: In 0/4...20 mA
For further technical data please go to: www.ifm.com
Condition monitoring systems
Vibration sensor VN
• Process connection via M12 x 1 and
M8 x 1 connectors
• Parameter setting via PC software VES004
• Configuration via sensor pushbuttons
Connection technology
Type Description Order
no.
Socket, M12,
2 m black, PUR cable, screened
EVC535
Socket, M12,
2 m black, PUR cable, screened
EVC532
Technical data
Operating voltage [V]
9.6...30 DC
or using USB
(switching outputs not active)
Protection IP 67
Ambient temperature [°C] -30...60
Selftest •
Vibration sensor
VNB211
Data interface USB; 2.0
History memory
Ring memory,
686774 data records,
with real-time clock
Outputs
2 switching outputs or
1 switching output and
1 analogue output 4...20 mA
(can be set using the
sensor pushbuttons)
Input [mA] 1 analogue input 0/4...20
Display
4-digit
alphanumeric display
Measuring range [g] 0...25
Measurementmethod
Vibration acceleration /
vibration velocity
Y connection cable,
M12 plug / 2 x M12 socket
E12405
Parameter software VES004
108
Extended functionality –
6 configurable inputs
Diagnostic electronics with high performance
The flexible configuration of the 4 dynamic inputs now
makes it possible to connect and continually monitor
different types of sensors. This is valid for VSE units
with firmware version 11 or higher. The sensors can be
vibration sensors type VSA, IEPE or process sensors with
a 4...20 mA output. Two further analogue inputs can
be used to connect additional process sensors such as
for speed or temperature.
This functionality provides different possibilities for
machine and process monitoring. The on-board FIFO-
memory with up to 600,000 values provides a simple
method for data comparison and can be used for
trending.
Simple networking
The units can easily be connected to the company
network using the Ethernet interface and the OPC
server software type VOS. Vibration and process data
can thus be integrated into higher systems such as
SCADA or MES.
Either IEPE, vibration sensor type VSA,
or 4...20 mA can be configured on all
4 dynamic channels
2 analogue inputs for sensors
(4...20 mA/pulse)
Collection and monitoring of different ana-
logue process data
Large on-board memory
Flexible data logger for vibration
and process values
Condition monitoring systems
109
(04.2015)
Technical data
Operating voltage [V]
24 DC ± 20 %
IEPE input 24 DC + 20 %
Protection IP 20, III
Ambient temperature [°C] 0...70
Housing VSE002
VSE100
DIN rail 1"
DIN rail 2"
Diagnostic electronics
VSE002, VSE100
Dimensions
50 114
LEDs
2
1
105
35,5
Wiring diagram
18
17
20
19
14
13
16
15
22
21
24
23
6
5
8
7
2
1
4
3
10
9
12
11
Supply L- (GND)
OU 1: switch/analog
OU 2: switch
IN 1 (0/4...20 mA / pulse)
GND 1
IN 2 (0/4...20 mA / pulse)
GND 2
1
2
3
4
BN
WH
BU
BK
4
3
2
1
BK
BU
WH
BN
I/O 7
30
29
32
31
34
33
36
35
26
25
28
27
43
44
41
42
47
48
45
46
39
40
37
38
GND
I/O 8
GND
I/O 5
GND
I/O 6
GND
I/O 1
GND
I/O 2
GND
I/O 3
GND
I/O 4
GND
U-OUT (0...10 V)
GND
U-IN 1 (0...10 V)
GND 1
U-IN 2 (0...10 V)
GND 2
1
2
3
4
BN
WH
BU
BK
1
2
3
4
BN
WH
BU
BK
Supply L+ (24 V DC ±20 %)
Data interface
Ethernet TCP/IP,
(10 / 100 MBits)
History function integrated
1) Ethernet interface
2) Combicon connector with screw connectors (optional)
Inputs / Outputs
VSE002
4 dynamic inputs,
sensor type VSA/IEPE/4...20mA
in any combination
2 analogue inputs
(0/4...20 mA or pulse 24 V)
1x digital alarm output
(PNP 100 mA)
1x selectable digital
(PNP 100 mA) or
analogue (0/4...20 mA / 0...10 V)
alarm output
Inputs / Outputs
VSE100
4 dynamic inputs,
sensor type VSA/IEPE/4...20mA
in any combination
2 analogue inputs (0/4...20 mA
or 0...10 V or pulse 24 V)
1x digital alarm output
(PNP 100 mA)
1 x selectable digital
(PNP 100 mA) or
analogue (0/4...20 mA / 0...10 V)
alarm output
8 x digital outputs / inputs
(freely configurable)
(PNP 100 mA)
Parameter software VES004
octavis OPC server software
German / English
VOS001
Connection cable
Ethernet cross-over patch cable
2 m, PVC cable,
RJ45 plug / RJ45 plug
EC2080
Connection cable
Ethernet cross-over patch cable
5 m, PVC cable,
RJ45 plug / RJ45 plug
E30112
Example VSE100
Vibration monitoring systems
Condition monitoring systems
For further technical data please go to: www.ifm.com
Accessories
Type Description Order
no.
110
Software for diagnostic
electronics type VSE and
vibration sensors VN
Parameter setting
The new parameter software VES004 is used to set the
parameters for diagnostic electronics type VSE. With
the software it is possible to create a tree structure into
which the units and sensors are integrated. The user
can then see his own familiar structure with regards to
production sites, and machines and components.
The software contains wizard functions to simplify
creating parameter sets for vibration and process
monitoring. It is therefore possible to set up and define
simple monitoring with practically no previous expert
knowledge. Data administration such as parameter
sets, measurement data, recordings and history files
is carried out according to the pre-defined project
tree structure.
Visualisation of measurement data in
different diagramme types
Comparison of measurement values from
different sources in one diagramme
Visualisation of raw data resulting from
the VSE dynamic channels
Integrated wizard function for the creation
of parameter sets
Structured administration of units and
data as a tree structure
New parameter software with
data visualisation
Condition monitoring systems
111
(04.2015)
Visualisation (monitoring)
Different types of diagrammes are available for
visualising measurement values (column, tabular and
x-y diagrammes). The configuration of axes, scaling and
data sources is very flexible. For example for the x-y
diagrammes (such as history data or object measurement
values) it is possible to define several y-axes. You are
then able to easily compare the measurement values of
different sources (sensors) with different physical units
or scaling in one diagramme. The diagnostic electronic
type VSE can access all stages of the measurement
chain from the time signal (raw data) to the frequency
spectrum right through to the object values and alarm
display in order to visualise the measurement values.
The visualisation of the frequency spectrum contains
several signal analysis tools. For example measurement
lines or tools for order, harmonics and side-band analysis.
The measurement values can be recorded and stored in
the software as well as recalled and exported.
Firmware update
With the VES004 it is also possible to update the VSE
firmware. The software checks if the chosen firmware is
compatible with the unit connected and thus prevents
the use of an incorrect version.
System requirements
Windows XP (basic functions), Windows 7,
Windows 8.1
Minimum resolution 1024 x 768 pixel
256 MB RAM
The products
Type Description Order
no.
Parameter software VES004
octavis OPC server software
German / English
VOS001
Connection cable
Ethernet cross-over patch cable
2 m, PVC cable,
RJ45 plug / RJ45 plug
EC2080
Diagnostic electronics for
vibration sensors type VSA / VSP,
cabinet mounting; frequency selective
machine monitoring of up to 4
measurement points; Ethernet interface
TCP/IP, on-board time-stamped history
function, 2 switching outputs or
1 switching and 1 analogue output,
8 further freely configurable I/O,
counter function
VSE100
Object visualisation
Visualisation of the frequency spectrum
Visualisation of raw data monitoring
Vibration monitoring systems
Condition monitoring systems
For further technical data please go to: www.ifm.com
112
Modular mini controller with
high-current relay outputs
ecomatmobile Basic
In many small and compact mobile applications, the
requirements on control tasks are increasing.
Cost-optimised, modular mini controllers for mobile use
are in demand.
ifm offers ecomatmobile Basic consisting of the com-
ponents BasicRelay, BasicController and BasicDisplay
that are adapted to each other. This BasicController
family is now complemented by the BasicController relay.
Its special feature is made up of six protected power
relay outputs with diagnostic capability for the supply
of high-current consumers in mobile machines.
In addition it has multifunctional digital and analogue
inputs that can be configured via the application soft-
ware. The BasicController relay is freely programmable
via the IEC61131-3-compatible CODESYS software.
High-performance, protected relay outputs
with diagnostic function
Connection of sensors and actuators
without further external wiring
Powerful CAN interfaces for various
communication tasks
Easy installation due to adapted mechanical
ecomatmobile Basic concept
Programmable to IEC 61131-3 with
CODESYS
Power management in
mobile vehicles
Systems for mobile machines
113
(11.2015)
Mobile controllers
Functions and advantages
The compact, flexible and inexpensive mini controller
replaces the conventional relay logic and also demanding
and complex process controllers.
• Mechanical design
The control electronics integrated in a compact
plastic housing provides all the necessary connections
for the inputs and outputs, communication and pro-
gramming. The coded connectors for mobile use are
easy to handle and available all over the world. The
connection of sensors and actuators is carried out
without further external wiring. Due to an increase of
the protection rating through a cover and a pluggable
cable seal the BasicController can also be used in areas
that are exposed to splashing water.
• Powerful electronics
The integrated 32-bit processor and the electronics
are optimally tailored to the application. Inputs and
outputs can be configured to the application via the
user program. The powerful plug-in relay outputs
ensure the connection of high-current consumers.
All relay outputs are with diagnostic capability and
individually protected. Each output has a freely pro-
grammable status LED. Thanks to the additional
multi-functional inputs a flexible control module for
mobile machines is available.
• Programmable to IEC 61131-3
The CODESYS software enables a clear and easy
creation of the application software for the user.
The control module BasicController supports all
common CODESYS programming languages. Simple
and clearly structured function libraries are available
for communication and special device functions.
• Communication interfaces
The BasicController is equipped with two CAN inter-
faces to ISO 11898. These interfaces are used to
exchange data with the connected BasicDisplay,
further BasicController modules or the engine
controller. Among others, the interfaces support the
CANopen protocol and the J1939 protocol. The CAN
interfaces are also used for programming.
To do so, the unit electronics is directly and con-
veniently activated via the powerful PC-CAN interface
CANfox. In this way, operating system and application
program can be loaded or parameters changed.
Applications:
compact construction machines, attachments,
mini vehicles, special functions
Inputs (total):
Digital, analogue, frequency
Digital, resistance measurement
8
4
4
Outputs (total):
Micro relay ISO 7588-3,
15 A (total current max. 60 A)
Diagnostics via NO and NC contact of
the relay. Protected via mini controller
to DIN ISO 8820-3
6
Data memory SRAM [kB] 592
Data memory Flash [kB] 1536
Data memory (retain), FRAM [kB] 1
For further technical details please visit: www.ifm.com
Systems for mobile machines
Description Order
no.
BasicController relay 8 I / 6 O relay CR0431
Technical data
BasicController relay
The products
Housing
Plastic,
potted
Device connection
AMP blade male terminals
6.3 mm
Protection rating,
with cover EC0401, EC0402
IP 20
IP 54
Operating voltage [V DC] 8...32
Current consumption [mA] ≤ 45
Temperature range
Operation [°C]
Storage [°C]
-40...75
-40...85
Indicators LED Red / green
Processor PowerPC, 50 MHz
Supported CAN protocols
CANopen
(DS 301 V 4.1)
SAE J 1939
free CAN protocol
Standards and tests
(extract)
CE,
E1 (UN-ECE R10)
Starter set consisting of BasicController 12 I / 8 O,
BasicRelay, BasicDisplay incl. software, power supply,
cable and accessories
EC0400
Module cover IP 54
without display recess, with cable seal
EC0401
Plug set for BasicController relay EC0464
Mounting and contact set for
BasicController relay EC0465
Relay and fuse set for
12 V applications
EC0466
Relay and fuse set for
24 V applications
EC0467
CAN programming interface CANfox EC2112
Adapter set CAN/RS232 for CANfox EC2113
CODESYS programming software, German CP9006
CODESYS programming software, English CP9008
Programming software CODESYS V 2.3
114
ecolink –
a new dimension in connection technology.
ecolink M12 for demanding applications
Most applications require special solutions. Only high-
quality materials, safe production processes and fault-
less mounting lead to success in the long run.
The integrated end stop protects the O-ring against
destruction caused by tightening the nut too much.
Mounting and removal are carried out without tools.
The asymmetrically acting vibration protection holds
the nut tight in its position, guaranteeing an optimum
and permanent seal.
High-quality materials especially adapted to the applica-
tion and intensive monitoring during and after produc-
tion guarantee maximum quality standards.
Connection technology meets the M12
standard (EN 61076)
Optimum sealing even when mounted
without tools
The mechanical end stop protects the
O-ring against destruction
Permanent vibration protection with
saw tooth contour
LEDs clearly visible even under bright
lighting
Connection technology
From factory automation to
machine tool industry
ecolink M12 – The secure connection
even in difficult applications
115
(11.2015)
Applications:
Factory automation, machine tool industry, construction of machinery, hydraulics
For further technical data please go to: www.ifm.com
Sockets
Connection technology
Technical data:
Operating voltage:
without LED: 250 V AC / 300 V DC
with LED: 10...36 V DC
Nominal current: 4 A (cURus 3 A)
Protection: IP 67, IP 68, IP 69K
in locked condition
with the matching counterpart.
Tightening torque nut: 0.6...1.5 Nm
Ambient temperature: -25...90 °C
Vibration / shock: 750 g, 1 million cycles
Cable characteristics: drag chain > 5 million cycles
Materials:
Housing / moulded body: TPU
Contact carrier: TPU
Coupling nut: diecast zinc, nickel-plated
Contacts: gold-plated
Sealing ring: Viton
Cable: PUR, halogen-free, 4 x 0,34 mm2, Ø 4,9 mm
Approvals:
cURus
Dimensions
15,5
M12x1 45
14
Example EVC001
15,5
M12x1
36,5
26,5
14
Example EVC004
15,5
M12x1
36,5
26,5
143 LED
Example EVC007
Type Description Order no.LED
M12 sockets
2.0 m
5.0 m
10.0 m
2.0 m
5.0 m
10.0 m
2.0 m
5.0 m
10.0 m
2.0 m EVC644
5.0 m EVC645
10.0 m EVC646
•
•
•
EVC001
EVC002
EVC003
–
–
–
EVC004
EVC005
EVC006
–
–
–
EVC007
EVC008
EVC009
•
•
•
3 x LED
3 x LED
15,5
M12x1 45
14
Example EVC644
116
For hygienic and wet areas in
the food industry
ecolink –
The new dimension in connection technology.
ecolink M12 for standard applications
Most applications require special solutions. Only reliable
production processes and faultless assembly lead to
success in the long run.
The integrated end stop protects the O-ring against
destruction caused by over-tightening the nut. No tools
needed for installation and removal.
The asymmetrically acting vibration protection holds
the coupling nut tight in its position ensuring a low
contact resistance between the nut of the connector
and the housing of the connected device.
This is extremely important for permanently high
protection against strong noise interference.
Connection technology meets the M12
standard (EN 61076)
The mechanical end stop protects the
O-ring against destruction
Permanent vibration protection with saw
tooth contour
Continuously high EMC interference
protection
ecolink – The reliable connection even
with strong noise field interference
Connection technology
117
(04.2015)
Sockets
For further technical details please visit: www.ifm.com
Connection technology
Technical data:
Operating voltage:
4-pole: 50 V AC / 60 V DC
5-pole: 30 V AC / 36 V DC
Nominal current: 4 A
Protection: IP 65, IP 67, IP 68, IP 69K / III
In locked condition with the matching counterpart.
Tightening torque nut: 0.6...1.5 Nm
Note the maximum value of the counterpart.
Ambient temperature:
-25...100 °C, cable firmly laid
5...100 °C, cable moved
Cable characteristics:
drag chain, 1 million cycles
Materials:
Housing / moulded body: PVC
Coupling nut: high-grade stainless steel
(316L / (1.4404)
Contacts: gold-plated
Sealing ring: EPDM
Cable: PVC, shielded,
4 x 0.34 mm2, Ø 5.2 mm
5 x 0.25 mm2, Ø 5.2 mm
Approvals:
cULus in preparation
Dimensions
15,5
M12x1 45
14
Example EVT381
15,5
M12x1
36,5
26,5
14
Example EVT385
Type Connection /
cable
Order
no.
Number of
poles
Screen not connected
Shielding characteristics
Screen connected
x: Frequency in [MHz]
y: Shielding characteristics in [dB]
2.0 m EVT381
5.0 m EVT382
10.0 m EVT383
4
4
4
25.0 m
2.0 m
5.0 m
10.0 m
25.0 m
2.0 m
5.0 m
10.0 m
25.0 m
2.0 m
5.0 m
10.0 m
25.0 m
EVT3844
EVT385
EVT386
EVT387
4
4
4
EVT3884
EVT389
EVT390
EVT391
5
5
5
EVT3925
EVT393
EVT394
EVT395
5
5
5
EVT3965
2.0 m EVT397
5.0 m EVT398
10.0 m EVT399
4
4
4
25.0 m
2.0 m
5.0 m
10.0 m
25.0 m
2.0 m
5.0 m
10.0 m
25.0 m
2.0 m
5.0 m
10.0 m
25.0 m
EVT4004
EVT401
EVT402
EVT403
4
4
4
EVT4044
EVT405
EVT406
EVT407
5
5
5
EVT4085
EVT409
EVT410
EVT411
5
5
5
EVT4125
118
ecolink –
a new dimension in connection technology.
For hygienic and wet areas in
the food industry
ecolink M12 for demanding applications.
Most applications require special solutions. Only high-
quality materials, safe production processes and fault-
less mounting lead to success in the long run.
The integrated end stop protects the O-ring against
destruction caused by tightening the nut too much.
Mounting and removal are carried out without tools.
High-quality materials especially adapted to the applica-
tion and intensive monitoring during and after produc-
tion guarantee maximum quality standards.
Connection technology meets the M12
standard (EN 61076)
Optimum sealing even when mounted
without tools
The mechanical end stop protects
the O-ring against destruction
Visible and tactile marking of the ports
ecolink M12 – The secure connection
even in difficult applications
Connection technology
119
(11.2015)
Technical data
Operating voltage:
4-pole: 250 V AC / 300 V DC
5-pole: 60 V AC / DC
Nominal current: 4 A
Protection rating: IP 67, IP 68, IP 69K
in locked condition with the matching counterpart.
Tightening torque: 0.6...1.5 Nm
Ambient temperature: -25...100 °C
Materials:
Housing / moulded body: PA
Coupling nut (non-rotatable):
high-grade stainless steel (316L / (1.4404)
Contacts: gold-plated
Sealing ring: EPDM
Approvals:
cRUus in preparation
Applications:
For hygienic and wet areas in the food industry
Type Wiring diagram
No.
Order no.LED
T splitters
For further technical details please visit: www.ifm.com
Connection technology
Dimensions
1 x M12 male, 2 x M12 female
Wiring diagram
4
1 1
3
4
3
2
B
A
1
3
4
C
1 1
33
55
B
A
2
4
2
1
3
5
4
2
4
C
1 1
3
5
3
5
44
B
A
1
3
5
4
2
C
1 1
2
3
2
3
4
B
A
1
2
3
4
5
5
4
5
C
1
2
3
4
1 1
3
5
3
5
22
B
A
1
3
5
2
4
C
5
1 1
3
5
4
3
4
B
A
1
3
4
5
C
5
6
1 EBT006–
2 EBT007
3 EBT008
4 EBT009
–
–
–
5 EBT010
6 EBT011
–
–
M12x1
48,716
38
9
21
M12x1
C
B
A
M12x1
14
120
ecolink –
a new dimension in connection technology.
From factory automation to
machine tool industry
ecolink M8 and M12 for demanding applications
Most applications require special solutions. Only high-
quality materials, safe production processes and fault-
less mounting lead to success in the long run.
The integrated end stop protects the O-ring against
destruction caused by tightening the nut too much.
Mounting and removal are carried out without tools.
High-quality materials especially adapted to the applica-
tion and intensive monitoring during and after produc-
tion guarantee maximum quality standards.
Connection technology meets the M12
standard (EN 61076)
Optimum sealing even when mounted
without tools
The mechanical end stop protects
the O-ring against destruction
Visible and tactile marking of the ports
ecolink – The secure connection
even in difficult applications
Connection technology
M8x1
48,7
16
38
9
21
M8x1
C
B
A
4,3 M12x1
14
121
(11.2015)
Technical data
Operating voltage:
4-pole: 250 V AC / 300 V DC
5-pole: 60 V AC / DC
EBC112: 50 V AC / 60 V DC
Nominal current: 4 A (EBC112, 3A)
Protection rating: IP 67, IP 68, IP 69K
in locked condition with the matching
counterpart.
Tightening torque:
0.6...1.5 Nm (EBC112: 0.3...0.5 Nm)
Ambient temperature: -25...90 °C
Materials:
Housing / moulded body: PA
Coupling nut (non-rotatable): CuZn/Ni
Contacts: gold-plated
Sealing ring: Viton
Approvals:
cRUus in preparation
Applications:
Factory automation, machine tool industry, construction of machinery, hydraulics
Type Wiring diagram
No.
Order no.
NEW
Order no.
old
T splitters
For further technical details please visit: www.ifm.com
Connection technology
Dimensions
1 x M12 male, 2 x M12 female
1 EBC113
E11562
E12165
2 EBC114
3 EBC115
4 EBC116
E10803
E12265
–
5 EBC117
6 EBC118
–
–
Wiring diagram
M12x1
48,7
16
38
9
21
M12x1
C
B
A
4,3 M12x1
14
4
1 1
3
4
3
2
B
A
1
3
4
C
1 1
33
55
B
A
2
4
2
1
3
5
4
2
4
C
1 1
3
5
3
5
44
B
A
1
3
5
4
2
C
1 1
2
3
2
3
4
B
A
1
2
3
4
5
5
4
5
C
1
2
3
4
1 1
3
5
3
5
22
B
A
1
3
5
2
4
C
5
1 1
3
5
4
3
4
B
A
1
3
4
5
C
5
6
EBC112
1 x M12 male, 2 x M8 female
1 EBC112–
EBC113 – EBC118
122
Uniform parameter setting
and visualisation for all
IO-Link-enabled ifm sensors
Online parameter setting
Clear representation
Documentation and archiving
Transferable parameter sets
Automatic sensor identification
LINERECORDER SENSOR 4.0 –
Parameter setting software for IO-Link sensors
Features
• Online und offline parameter setting
• Supports all IO-Link devices from ifm
• Software and parameter description
in all supported languages
• Detailed description texts of all parameter contents
• Parameter sets grouped according to topics
Customer benefits
• Optimised validation by means
of graphic visualisation of the process values
• Paperless recording of parameter sets
• Shortened set-up time
• Optimised device replacement process
Automatic
sensor
detection
ERP
connect-
ivity
Trace-
ability
Software
123
(04.2015)
For further technical details please visit:
www.ifm-datalink.com
Parameter setting software
Enterprise Resource Planning,
e.g. SAP, INFOR, BaaN
Manufacturing Execution System
– Diagnosis
– Traceability
ERP
MES
SCADA
Machine PLC
IO-Link sensors
From sensor to ERP
Further processing of the sensor values with the
freely scalable LINERECORDER modules
The software framework LINERECORDER closes the
information circuit from the sensor signal to the world
of ME systems and ERP solutions (e.g. SAP).
Software
Graphic representation of the process values
• Graphic comparison of process values
with each other and with switching outputs
• Simple, clear representation of the process values
• Export of the process values to the table
Documentation and archiving
• Save / load parameter sets
• Archive parameter sets as PDF file
Device detection
• Automatic identification of the ifm IO-Link sensors
• Display of the characteristic sensor values
• Save correct parameter transfer by recognising
non-compatible devices
• Particularly easy adding of new and updated
IODD files
Features
• Help texts and value limits support parameter
entry at the input stage.
• Operational reliability by device detecton
and restoration of default values
• Display of the IO-Link communication quality
• Create and display equipment identification
(application-specific tag)
• Add and update existing ifm IODDs with
a mouse click *)
*) if internet connection available
System requirements:
– Windows XP SP3, Windows Vista SP2, Windows 7 SP1,
Windows 8, Windows Server 2008 SP2,
Windows Server 2008 R2 SP1, Windows Server 2012
– CPU Intel Dual Core 2.0 GHz
– 2 GB RAM
– 5 GB free hard disk space
– Web browser (Chrome, Firefox, Internet Explorer 9
upward)
LINERECORDER SENSOR
(supplied on USB flash drive)
Software for online and offline parameter setting
of ifm IO-Link sensors via USB adapter
QA0001
Technical data
Description Order
no.
124
*Some offered information is available country-specific.
www.ifm.com
Information around the clock and
around the globe in 23 languages on the internet.
• Information
- product innovations
- company news
- exhibition info
- locations
- jobs
• Documentation
- data sheets
- operating instructions
- manuals
- approvals
- CAD data
• Communication*
- request for documents
- recall service
- live advice
- newsletter
• Selection
- interactive product selection aids
- configuration tools
- data sheet direct
• Animation
- virtual product animations
- flash movies (video sequences)
• Application
- applications
- product recommendations
- calculation aids
• Transaction*
- e-shop processing
- e-procurement catalogues
125
Convenient order processing
via the e-shop** on the internet.
Secured authentication
Customer-related price
indication
Real time availability check
Personal product favourites
Online parcel tracking
Individual order history
Convenient quick input form
Simple order processing
Management of shipping
addresses
Confirmations by e-mail
**Already available in many countries.
Position sensors
Sensors for
motion control
Industrial imaging
Safety technology
Process sensors
Condition monitoring
systems
Industrial
communication
Identification systems
Systems for
mobile machines
Connection
technology
Overview
ifm product range:
Accessories
ifmarticleno.78001710·Wereservetherighttomaketechnicalalterationswithoutpriornotice.·PrintedinGermanyonnon-chlorinebleachedpaper.11/15
Cert no. IMO-COC-027827
Visit our website:
www.ifm.com
ifm electronic gmbh
Friedrichstraße 1
45128 Essen
Tel. +49 / 201 / 24 22-0
Fax +49 / 201 / 24 22-1200
E-mail info@ifm.com
Over 70 locations worldwide –
at a glance at www.ifm.com

Innovations 2015/2016

  • 1.
  • 2.
    Gesamtkatalog EN 2015_StilvorlageLK FrutigerOT_2010 DE_GB.qxd 17.11.14 12:50 Seite 3
  • 3.
    3 3D Smart Sensor– Your assistant on mobile machines True 3D vision sensor Camera systems for mobile machines (11.2014) (11.2014) Industrial imaging Sensors for factory automation with correction factor K=1 Electromagnetic field immune ”K=1“ sensors for welding applications Inductive sensors Photoelectric sensors for general applications When oil is all over – The new O6 coolant The new compact O6 photoelectric sensors with infrared light “O6 wetline” now with IO-Link (11.2015) (04.2015) (11.2014) (11.2015) (11.2015) Position sensors 6 - 7 8 - 9 Capacitive touch sensors in compact M22 design Capacitive sensors (04.2015) 10 - 11 New pressure-resistant position sensors Magnetic sensors (04.2015) 12 - 13 14 - 15 16 - 17 18 - 19 Laser sensors / distance measurement sensors PMD O5D – Now also with laser class 1 OID with time of flight measurement (PMD) and easy-turn, laser class 1 PMDLine M30 compact: time of flight technology and IO-Link (11.2014) (11.2014) (04.2015) 20 - 21 22 - 23 24 - 25 40 - 41 42 - 43 Intelligent incremental encoder with display and IO-Link Programmable incremental encoder with IO-Link Encoders (04.2015) (04.2015) Sensors for motion control 26 - 27 28 - 29 High-resolution 3D camera for innovative vision integration 3D cameras (11.2015) 48 - 49 Robust and precise inclination sensors – Now with IO-Link Precision for all inclinations Inclination sensors (11.2015) (11.2014) 30 - 31 32 - 33 Easy level control Sensor signals switch relay Safe monitoring of underspeed Pulse evaluation systems (04.2015) (04.2015) (04.2015) 34 - 35 36 - 37 38 - 39 TOP TOP TOP TOP TOP TOP TOP TOP TOP TOP Completeness monitoring for the packaging technology Volume determination for storage and conveyor technology 3D sensors (11.2015) (11.2015) 44 - 45 46 - 47 TOP TOP TOP TOP TOP
  • 4.
    4 Flow sensors /flow meters New benchmark in thermal flow measurement The alternative: Vortex sensor instead of vane New flow sensor now also for smallest quantities The smart float-type flow meter (11.2015) (04.2015) (11.2015) (04.2015) 58 - 59 60 - 61 62 - 63 64 - 65 Safety 4.0: the safe SmartPLC With signal effect: AS-i module for OSSD inputs AS-Interface Safety at Work (11.2015) (11.2015) Industrial communication 86 - 87 88 - 89 8-port IO-Link master: closing the gap in the field IO-Link I/O module minimises wiring costs for sensors IO-Link components (04.2015) (04.2015) 90 - 91 92 - 93 8-port IO-Link master module with LINERECORDER AGENT embedded IO-Link – The standard interface for smart sensors Industry 4.0 made easy – Apps instead of expensive programming System solutions (04.2015) (04.2015) (11.2015) 94 - 95 96 - 97 98 - 99 Temperature sensors Evaluates temperatures up to 600 °C: the TR with a new look Modern classic: new TN temperature sensor 200° below 2 s: fast, hygienic temperature transmitter Small but effective: temperature transmitter in compact housing Extra protection for temperature sensors (11.2015) (11.2015) (04.2015) (11.2014) (11.2014) Process sensors 76 - 77 78 - 79 80 - 81 82 - 83 84 - 85 Hygienic point level sensor especially for hazardous areas Continuous level measurement in harsh environments Maintenance-free overflow protection to WHG Level sensor with modular probe concept Continuous level measurement with analogue output and IO-Link (11.2015) (11.2015) (04.2015) (04.2015) (04.2015) Level sensors 66 - 67 68 - 69 70 - 71 72 - 73 74 - 75 Pressure sensors Small and cost-optimised for mobile machines Hydrostatic level measurement for a wide range of applications An update for the bestseller: PN pressure sensor with a new look IO-Link display: process values at a glance (11.2015) (04.2015) (04.2015) (11.2015) 50 - 51 52 - 53 54 - 55 56 - 57 RFID for mobile machines Adapters to increase the ranges of the new RFID antennas RFID 125 kHz / RFID 13.56 MHz (11.2015) (11.2015) Identification systems 100 - 101 102 - 103 Industrially-compatible multicode reader with text recognition 1D/ 2D code readers (04.2015) 104 - 105 TOP TOP TOP TOP TOP TOP TOP TOP TOP TOP
  • 5.
    5 Intelligent vibration sensor– Simply smart Flexible data logger for vibration and process values New parameter software with data visualisation Vibration monitoring systems (11.2015) (04.2015) (04.2015) Condition monitoring systems Power management in mobile vehicles Mobile controllers (11.2015) Systems for mobile machines 106 - 107 108 - 109 110 - 111 112 - 113 Parameter setting software for IO-Link sensors LINERECORDER SENSOR 4.0 (04.2015) Software 122 - 123 From factory automation to machine tool industry The reliable connection even with strong noise field interference Sockets (11.2015) (04.2015) Connection technology 114 - 115 116 - 117 For hygienic and wet areas in the food industry The secure connection even in difficult applications T splitters (11.2015) (11.2015) 118 - 119 120 - 121
  • 6.
    Gesamtkatalog EN 2015_StilvorlageLK FrutigerOT_2010 DE_GB.qxd 17.11.14 12:50 Seite 3
  • 7.
    6 Inductive sensors forfactory automation with correction factor K=1 Constant correction factor ”K=1“ sensors have the same sensing range for all types of metals. They are for example perfectly suited for the detection of aluminium, where conventional sensors show a considerably reduced sensing range. The high switching frequencies enable the monitoring of fast changing switching states. With the new sensor technology, these sensors are insensitive to magnetic fields and can for example be reliably used right next to electrical brakes. The wide temperature range as well as the high protection ratings enable universal use of the new ”K=1“ sensors. Uniform sensing range for the reliable detection of all metals Compact dimensions for use in the smallest of space Electromagnetic field immune sensor technology to prevent incorrect switching Wide temperature range for universal use High protection ratings up to IP 68 / IP 69K One sensing range for all metals Position sensors
  • 8.
    7 (11.2015) Inductive sensors Position sensors Dimensions ExampleIFS290 Example IFS285 Example IGS280 Example IFS277 Example IIS269 Example IIS268 Sensing range [mm] Current rating [mA] Switching frequency [Hz] Order number M12 connector · 3 wire DC PNP · Output function normally open 45 4 1002000 IFS289M12 M12 M12 M12 M18 M18 45 10 1002000 IFS290 60 4 1002000 IFS285 60 10 Installation flush non-flush flush non-flush 1002000 IFS286 45 8 1002000 IGS279 45 15 1002000 IGS280 flush non-flush M18 M18 60 8 1002000 IGS277 60 15 1002000 IGS278 flush non-flush M30 M30 45 15 1002000 IIS269 60 15 1002000 IIS267 flush flush M30 60 30 1002000 IIS268non-flush Type Total length [mm] Operating voltage [V DC] 10...30 Reverse polarity protection • Short-circuit protection • Overload protection • Protection rating IP 65 / IP 66 / IP 67 / IP 68 / IP 69K Protection class III Ambient temperature [°C] -40...85 Output status indication [LED] yellow (4 x 90°) Further technical data Connection technology Type Version Order number Socket, M12, 2 m black, PUR cable EVC001 Socket, M12, 5 m black, PUR cable EVC002 Socket, M12, 2 m black, PUR cable EVC004 Socket, M12, 5 m black, PUR cable EVC005 For further technical details please visit: www.ifm.com Housing materials brass plated with white bronze, sensing face LCP 34 25 M12x1 17 4 M12x1 45 LED 4 x 90° 5 49 45 M12x1 M12x1 60 LED 4 x 90° 17 4 LED 4 x 90° 45 34 30 1015 M12x1 4 M18x1 24 M18x1 M12x1 45 49 60 LED 4 x 90° 24 4 45 M30x1,5 49 60 M12x1 LED 4 x 90° 5 36 45 49 60 22,5 M30x1,5 M12x1 LED 4 x 90° 5 36
  • 9.
    8 Electromagnetic field immune ”K=1“sensors for welding applications Use in harsh welding applications The inductive ”K=1“ sensors withstand harsh operating conditions and reliably detect metal objects even in case of soiling. The sensor housing and the fixing nuts have a non-stick coating to prevent sticking of weld slag. Strong magnetic fields occur in welding processes. The new sensor technology prevents incorrect switching. The quick connection with the connector and matching cable from the ecolink range is the ideal basis for permanent use. Uniform sensing range for the reliable detection of all metals Robust design with non-stick coating Electromagnetic field immune sensor technology to prevent incorrect switching Wide temperature range for universal use High protection ratings up to IP 68 / IP 69K One sensing range for all metals Position sensors
  • 10.
    9 (11.2015) Inductive sensors Position sensors Dimensions IFW204 IGW202 IIW202 Sensingrange [mm] Current load [mA] Switching frequency [Hz] Order number M12 connector · 3 wire DC PNP · Output function normally open 65 4 1002000 IFW204M12 M18 M30 65 8 1002000 IGW202 65 15 1002000 IIW202 Installation flush flush flush Type Total length [mm] Operating voltage [V DC] 10...30 Current consumption [mA] < 20 Reverse polarity protection • Short-circuit protection • Overload protection • Protection IP 65 / IP 66 / IP 67 / IP 68 / IP 69K Protection class II Ambient temperature [°C] -40...85 Housing materials brass anti-spatter, sensing face LCP Switching status indication [LED] yellow (4 x 90°) Further technical data Connection technology Type Version Order number Socket, M12, 2 m grey, PUR cable EVW001 Socket, M12, 5 m grey, PUR cable EVW002 Socket, M12, 10 m grey, PUR cable EVW003 Socket, M12, 2 m grey, PUR cable EVW004 Socket, M12, 5 m grey, PUR cable EVW005 Socket, M12, 10 m grey, PUR cable EVW006 For further technical details please visit: www.ifm.com Accessories Type Version Order number M12 mounting sleeve with end stop, anti-spatter E12452 M18 mounting sleeve with end stop, anti-spatter E12453 M30 mounting sleeve with end stop, anti-spatter E12454 M12 washers, anti-spatter E12412 M18 washers, anti-spatter E12413 M30 washers, anti-spatter E12414 65 54 50 M12x1 M12x1 17 4 LED 4 x 90° 65 50 24 4 54 LED 4 x 90° M18x1 M12x1 65 50 54 M12x1 36 M30x1,5 5 LED 4 x 90°
  • 11.
    10 Capacitive touch sensorsin compact M22 design Functions and technology Capacitive touch sensors can be used, for example, as start and stop function on machines, as enable switch and for opening and closing gates. Compared to mechanical switches the sensors operate without wear. Dynamic touch sensors detect an approaching human hand and suppress interference such as water, layers of ice or foreign bodies to a large extent. However, a gloved hand will still trigger them. Static touch sensors detect hands and objects even through glass for as long as the sensing face is covered which provides, for example, protection against vanda- lism. With the latching operating principle it is possible to switch the sensor on by touching briefly and to switch it off again by touching briefly again. Furthermore, the housing is resistant to oils and it is also impact and scratch resistant. It offers the protection rating IP 69K. LEDs for optical feedback signal that the sensor has been activated. Latching, dynamic or static functions selectable High IP 69K protection rating and wide temperature range -40...85 °C Symbols on the sensing face can be selected separately Easy installation into housing with Ø 22.5 mm bore thanks to M22 x 1.5 thread Wear-free and maintenance-free thanks to switching without any mechanical pressure Touch sensor – start, stop and acknowledge Position sensors
  • 12.
    11 (04.2015) Operating voltage [VDC] 24 (12...30) Current consumption [mA] 30 Ambient temperature [°C] -40...85 Common technical data Capacitive sensors Mounting options The sensor can be installed in all housings with a Ø 22.5 mm hole. The supplied lock nut is used for fixing. Thanks to the M22 thread the sensor can be used for screw mounting without lock nut. Installation alignment of the sensor is not necessary since the clip showing the symbol for the sensing face is snapped in as the last step. Wiring is done via the tried-and-tested 3- or 4-wire technology. Position sensors Connection Current rating [mA] Protection Order no. Output function NO · DC PNP Housing material dynamic 0.3 m PUR cable with M12 plug 200IP 65, IP 67, IP 69K KT5102M22 PA static 0.3 m PUR cable with M12 plug 200IP 65, IP 67, IP 69K KT5106M22 PA latching 2 m PUR cable 200IP 65, IP 67, IP 69K KT5150M22 PA latching 0.3 m PUR cable with M12 plug 200IP 65, IP 67, IP 69K KT5151M22 PA latching 2 m PUR cable 200IP 65, IP 67, IP 69K KT5350M22 Stainless steel latching 0.3 m PUR cable with M12 plug 200IP 65, IP 67, IP 69K KT5351M22 Stainless steel Type Evaluation principle Accessories Socket, M12, 2 m black, PUR cable EVC001 Socket, M12, 5 m black, PUR cable EVC002 Socket, M12, 2 m black, PUR cable EVC004 Socket, M12, 5 m black, PUR cable EVC005 Symbol disc must be ordered separately For further technical data please go to: www.ifm.com Connection technology Type Description Order no. Symbol disc, lettering: START E12377 Symbol disc, lettering: STOP E12378 Symbol disc, symbol: on E12379 Symbol disc, symbol: off E12380 Symbol disc, transparent E12386 Type Description Order no. Plastic housing, 24 V DC, 2.5 A DN1031 Power supplies Output function NO · DC PNP · LED can be controlled separately Type Description Order no. static 2 m PUR cable 200IP 65, IP 67, IP 69K KT5110M22 PA dynamic 2 m PUR cable 200IP 65, IP 67, IP 69K KT5111M22 PA dynamic 0.3 m PUR cable with M12 plug 200IP 65, IP 67, IP 69K KT5112M22 PA dynamic 2 m PUR cable 200IP 65, IP 67, IP 69K KT5309M22 Stainless steel static 2 m PUR cable 200IP 65, IP 67, IP 69K KT5310M22 Stainless steel
  • 13.
    12 Sensors for pressureup to 500 bar for steel detection Operating principle The new operating principle is based on a magnetic- inductive technology that detects only ferromagnetic metals (e.g. tool steel). The sensor is flush-mountable. Even in case of overflush installation the sensor detects the steel target and shows reliable switching behaviour with a sensing range of 1.8 mm. A sealing ring and a supporting ring are used for sealing against the pressure zone. Application examples Besides use as a limit switch in hydraulic cylinders, the sensor can also be used on other hydraulic components such as valves or pumps. Furthermore, it is used in mechanical engineering processes, e.g. in plastic injection- moulding or process industry applications. The new MFH and M9H series sensors offer an impressive perfor- mance at an attractive price. Metal sensing face for heavy duty High burst pressure of 2,000 bar for the M12 housing Standard M12 and M14 housing types Best performance at an attractive price Resistant: withstands 10 million pressure cycles New pressure-resistant position sensors Position sensors
  • 14.
    13 (04.2015) M12x1 10 1527,8 4 17 M12x1 9,7 7,8 60 Magnetic sensors Position sensors Forfurther technical details please visit: www.ifm.com Connection technology Type Description Order no. Socket, M12, 2 m black, PUR cable EVC001 Socket, M12, 5 m black, PUR cable, LED EVC008 Cable socket, M12, shielded, 120 °C 5 m black, PUR cable E12339 Cable socket, M12, shielded, 120 °C 10 m black, PUR cable E12340 Type Sensing range [mm] Total length [mm] f [Hz] OutputAmbient temperature [°C] Order no. Operating principle: magnetically biased M12 1.8 f93 1000 PNP, normally open-25...120 M12 1.8 f93 1000 NPN, normally open-25...120 M12 1.8 f60 1000 PNP, normally open-25...120 M12 1.8 f60 1000 NPN, normally open-25...120 M12 1.8 f60 1000 PNP, normally closed-25...120 M14 1.8 f53 1000 PNP, normally open-25...85 Operating voltage [V] 10...36 DC Current rating [mA] 200 Short-circuit protection, pulsed • Reverse polarity / overload protection • / • Protection rating, protection class IP 65 / IP 68 / IP 69K, III Connection M12 connector Housing material stainless steel 316L / 1.4404 Common technical data Power supplies Type Description Order no. Plastic housing, 24 V DC, 2.5 A DN1031 Metal housing, 24 V DC, 3.3 A DN4011 Dimensions Example MFH202 L+ L 1 4 3 Wiring diagram L+ L 1 2 3 Two designs for many different requirements The MFH with its standard M12 housing can be installed and adjusted on many different hydraulic cylinders. That is why most cylinder types are covered by only one sensor. Due to its end stop the M9H allows quick mounting. The processing / installation time is reduced if always the same cylinder type is used. MFH200 MFH201 MFH202 MFH203 MFH204 M9H200
  • 15.
    14 Photoelectric sensor foruse with coolants / oils The optimum choice in metalworking The new high-performance O6 coolant sensors are especially suited for applications in metal working. Other applications are conveyor technology and the automotive industry. The potentiometers are fitted with a double seal. The front pane is embedded flush. Viton which is proven in demanding applications was chosen as the sealing material. The transparent black housing cover ensures that, even in bright lighting conditions, the LEDs are highly visible. Best optical performance The diffuse reflection sensors provide reliable back- ground suppression, even in cases of highly reflective backgrounds and objects like the oily and greasy metal surfaces of the parts to be worked. The sensing range is independent of the type and colour of the object to be detected. The new O6 coolant reliably performs its duty in applications with coolants / oils. Long life due to resistant materials Diffuse reflection sensor with reliable background suppression Range is independent of the object colour Design with 4-pole M8 connector Stainless steel housing with protection rating IP 68 / IP 69K When oil is all over – The new O6 coolant Position sensors
  • 16.
    15 (11.2015) Infrared sensors /red light sensors Position sensors For further technical details please visit: www.ifm.com Diffuse reflection sensor with background suppression · 3-wire DC Spot diameter [mm] Connection M8 connector 8* Range [mm] 2...200 4-pole Current consumption [mA] 22 Diffuse reflection sensor · 3-wire DC 15*5...500 4-pole 16 Retro-reflective sensor with polarisation filter · 3-wire DC 150**50...5000 4-pole 12 Through-beam sensor – transmitter · 2-wire DC 300*0...10000 4-pole 11 Through-beam sensor – receiver · 3-wire DC –0...10000 4-pole 7 Type of light, wave length [nm] Red light, 633 Red light, 633 Red light, 645 Red light, 645 Red light, 645 * at maximum range, ** referred to prismatic reflector Ø 80 mm Accessories Type Description Order no. Common technical data Operating voltage [V DC] 10...30 Switching status indication LED Yellow Operation LED Green Short-circuit protection, pulsed • Reverse polarity protection / overload protection • / • Ambient temperature [°C] -25...60 Voltage drop [V] < 2.5 Current rating [mA] 100 Materials Housing Lens Seal High-grade stainless steel (316L/1.4404), PPSU PMMA FKM Switching frequency [Hz] 1000 Protection rating, protection class IP 65, IP 67, IP 68, IP 69 K, III O6H400O6H401 Order no. Order no. PNPNPN O6T400O6T401 PNPNPN O6P400O6P401 PNPNPN O6S400 O6E400O6E401 PNPNPN Angle bracket for free-standing mounting, stainless steel E21271 Protective bracket, stainless steel E21273 Mounting accessories Plastic housing, 24 V DC, 2.5 A DN1031 Metal housing, 24 V DC, 3.3 A DN4011 Power supplies Connection technology Type Description Order no. Socket, M8, 4-pole 2 m black, PUR cable EVC150 Socket, M8, 4-pole 5 m black, PUR cable EVC151 Socket, M8, 4-pole 2 m black, PUR cable EVC153 Socket, M8, 4-pole 5 m black, PUR cable EVC154 Ø 50 mm, plastic E20956 Ø 80 mm, plastic E20005 48 x 48 mm, PMMA, ABS E20744 95 x 95 mm, plastic E20454 Prismatic reflectors Mounting set for clamp mounting, stainless steel, Ø 10 mm E21272 Mounting set for clamp mounting, stainless steel, Ø 12 mm E21275 Rod, 120 mm, Ø 10 mm, M8 thread, stainless steel E21081 Rod, 100 mm, Ø 12 mm, M10 thread, stainless steel E20938
  • 17.
    16 Powerful photoelectric sensors ina plastic housing Ideal for universal applications Whether in different types of access controls such as gate applications in airports or with escalators, – wherever people are to be detected, visible light is often not wanted. In such applications especially photoelectric sensors with non-visible infrared light find a wide range of applications. Best optical performance Infrared light allows longer ranges, in particular with dark (black) objects. In addition, the products feature high extraneous light immunity. Besides energetic diffuse reflection sensors the units are also available as through- beam sensors. All models are equipped with a 4-pole M8 connector. The sensors are distinguished by an excellent price/ performance ratio. Extensive mounting accessories complete the range. Precise detection with non-visible infrared light Increased operational safety in steam, fog and dust Easy setting via potentiometer or rotary switch In particular suitable for gate applications Not only available as energetic diffuse reflection sensor but also as through- beam sensor The new compact O6 photoelectric sensors with infrared light Position sensors
  • 18.
    17 (04.2015) Infrared sensors /red light sensors Diffuse reflection sensor · 3-wire DC Light spot diameter [mm] Connection Order no. 15* O6T215 Range [mm] 5...600 mm M8 connector, 4-pole Order no. O6T216 Position sensors PNPNPN Through-beam sensor - transmitter · 2-wire DC 300*0...15 m M8 connector, 4-pole O6S215 Through-beam sensor – receiver · 3-wire DC – O6E2150...15 m M8 connector, 4-pole O6E216 PNPNPN * at maximum range Light-on / dark-on mode • / • adjustable – / – • / • adjustable For further technical details please visit: www.ifm.com Accessories Type Description Order no. Mounting set for clamp mounting, stainless steel, Ø 10 mm E21272 Mounting set for clamp mounting, stainless steel, Ø 12 mm E21275 Angle bracket for free-standing mounting, stainless steel E21271 Protective bracket, stainless steel E21273 Rod, 120 mm, Ø 10 mm, M8 thread, stainless steel E21081 Rod, 100 mm, Ø 12 mm, M10 thread, stainless steel E20938 Cube for mounting on an aluminium profile, M8 thread, diecast zinc E20950 Cube for mounting on an aluminium profile, M10 thread, diecast zinc E20951 Mounting accessories Common technical data Operating voltage [V DC] 10...30 Type of light Infrared light 850 nm Switching status indication LED Yellow Switching frequency [Hz] 1000 Protection rating, protection class IP 65 / IP 67, III Indication stable operation LED Green Short-circuit protection, pulsed • Reverse polarity protection / Overload protection • / • Ambient temperature [°C] -25...60 Voltage drop [V] < 2.5 Current rating [mA] 100 Materials Housing Lens ABS PMMA Connection technology Type Description Order no. Socket, M8, 4-pole 2 m black, PUR cable EVC150 Socket, M8, 4-pole 5 m black, PUR cable EVC151 Socket, M8, 4-pole 2 m black, PUR cable EVC153 Socket, M8, 4-pole 5 m black, PUR cable EVC154 Plastic housing, 24 V DC, 2.5 A DN1031 Metal housing, 24 V DC, 3.3 A DN4011 Power supplies
  • 19.
    18 Small and compact photoelectricsensors now also as IO-Link versions! Best performance The diffuse reflection sensors distinguish themselves by reliable background suppression, even in case of highly reflective backgrounds. A special feature is the automatic switch point adjustment that guarantees reliable operation even in steam, smoke or highly reflective environments. The WetLine series features a particularly robust stain- less steel housing with protection rating IP 68 / IP 69K. The potentiometer with double sealing ensures maximum ingress resistance. The flush front lens ensures cleaning without residues. IO-Link The O6 WetLine sensors are now also available as versions with IO-Link. Via this interface, the user can set range, sensitivity, light-on / dark-on mode, switching delay or deactivation of the operating elements. Stainless steel housing with protection rating IP 68 / IP 69K Diffuse reflection sensors with reliable background suppression Well-defined light spot for precise object detection, no scattered light Also available as through-beam or retro-reflective system Many functions can be set via IO-Link, e.g. range and sensitivity O6 WetLine now with IO-Link! Position sensors
  • 20.
    19 (11.2014) Infrared sensors /red light sensors Position sensors For further technical details please visit: www.ifm.com Diffuse reflection sensor with background suppression · 3-wire DC · PNP Light spot diameter [mm] Connection M8 connector Order no. 8* O6H309 Range [mm] 2...200 4-pole Current consumption [mA] 22 Diffuse reflection sensor · 3-wire DC · PNP 15* O6T3095...500 4-pole 16 Retro-reflective sensor with polarisation filter · 3-wire DC · PNP 150** O6P30950...5000 4-pole 12 Through-beam sensor - transmitter · 2-wire DC 300*0...10000 4-pole 11 O6S305 Through-beam sensor – receiver · 3-wire DC · PNP – O6E3090...10000 4-pole 7 Communication interface IO-Link 1.1 IO-Link 1.1 IO-Link 1.1 IO-Link 1.1 IO-Link 1.1 * at maximum range ** referred to prismatic reflector Ø 80 mm Accessories Type Description Order no. Mounting set for clamp mounting, stainless steel, Ø 10 mm E21272 Angle bracket for free-standing mounting, stainless steel E21271 Rod, 120 mm, Ø 10 mm, M8 thread, stainless steel E21081 Memory plug, parameter memory for IO-Link sensors E30398 IO-Link interface, current consumption from USB port E30396 LINERECORDER SENSOR, software for parameter setting and set-up of IO-Link sensors QA0001 Common technical data Operating voltage [V DC] 10...30 Type of light red light 633 nm Switching status indication LED yellow Operation LED green Short-circuit protection, pulsed • Reverse polarity protection / overload protection • / • Ambient temperature [°C] -25...80 Voltage drop [V] < 2.5 Current rating [mA] 100 Materials housing lens high-grade stainless steel (316L/1.4404), PPSU PMMA Connection technology Type Description Order no. M8 socket, 4-pole, 2 m orange, PVC cable M8 socket, 4-pole, 5 m orange, PVC cable M8 socket, 4-pole, 2 m orange, PVC cable M8 socket, 4-pole, 5 m orange, PVC cable Adapter cable M12 plug to M8 socket 4-pole, 0.3 m orange, PVC cable EVT248 Switching frequency [Hz] 1000 Protection rating, protection class IP 65, IP 67, IP 68, IP 69K, III Light-on / dark-on mode adjustable 18 x 18 mm, Solidchem plastic E21267 56 x 38 mm, Solidchem plastic E21268 48 x 48 mm, Solidchem plastic E21269 96 x 96 mm, Solidchem plastic E21270 EVT134 EVT135 EVT138 EVT139
  • 21.
    20 PMD O5D –Now also with laser class 1 Time of flight measurement for standard sensors The O5D with time of flight measurement (PMD = photonic mixer device) combines the advantages of long range, reliable background suppression, visible red light, high excess gain and laser class 1. This makes it a clever alternative to standard sensors, which are equal in price and size. Easy handling The switch point is easily and precisely set via “+/-” buttons and display or IO-Link, which also allows read- out of the actual value. Any surface and any mounting position Shiny, matt, dark or light objects of any colour: the O5D features reliable background suppression. The unit allows any angle of incidence of the transmitted light and thus any mounting position. Precise time of flight measurement (PMD) in a compact housing Reliable background suppression and colour-independent detection Shiny surfaces are detected reliably (e.g. stainless steel) Switch point setting to the nearest centimetre via “+/-” buttons and display Laser class 1 – for more universal application First class PMDLine! Position sensors
  • 22.
    21 (11.2014) For further technicaldata please go to: www.ifm.com Laser sensors / distance measurement sensors Common technical data Operating voltage [V DC] 10...30 Dimensions [mm] 56 x 18,2 x 46,5 Type of light visible laser light 650 nm Extraneous light on the object [klx] max. 8 Switching status indication LED yellow Operation LED green Distance value 3-digit alphanumeric display Protection rating, protection class IP 65,IP 67 III Short-circuit protection, pulsed • Reverse polarity protection / overload protection • / • Ambient temperature [°C] -25...60 Current rating [mA] 2 x 100 Output function OUT1: NO OUT2: NC Position sensors Connection technology Type Description Order no. Socket, M12, 2 m black, PUR cable EVC001 Socket, M12, 5 m black, PUR cable EVC002 Socket, M12, 2 m black, PUR cable EVC004 Socket, M12, 5 m black, PUR cable EVC005 Photoelectric distance sensor, laser protection class 1 · M12 connector, complementary Material housing / plug adapter front pane / LED window bezel operator interface PA PMMA stainless steel TPU Accessories Type Description Order no. Mounting bracket for rod, complete set incl. clamp E21083 Protective bracket for rod, complete set incl. clamp E21084 Bracket for free-standing mounting E21087 Dovetail clamp E21088 Rod, 100 mm, Ø 12 mm, M10 thread, stainless steel E20938 Cube for mounting on an aluminium profile, M10 thread, diecast zinc E20951 Measuring range [mm] Background suppression [m] Switching frequency [Hz] Spot Ø at max. range [mm] Current consumption [mA] Order no. Unit of measurement Hysteresis [%] Memory plug, parameter memory for IO-Link sensors E30398 IO-Link interface, current consumption from USB port E30396 LINERECORDER SENSOR, software for parameter setting and set-up of IO-Link sensors QA0001 * in case of max. range Metal housing, 24 V DC, 3.3 A DN4011 Power supplies Type Description Order no. 30...2000 ...20 11 < 5 < 75 O5D151 30...2000 ...20 O5D15011 < 5 < 75 cm inch< 7.5* < 7.5* PNP
  • 23.
    22 Photoelectric sensor withtime of flight measurement (PMD), easy-turn concept, laser class 1 Time of flight measurement for standard sensors The OID with time of flight measurement (PMD = photonic mixer device) combines the following advan- tages: long ranges, reliable background suppression, visible red light, high excess gain and now also laser class 1. In the same price range as standard sensors, it is a clever alternative. Easy handling The switch point can be set easily by turning the setting ring (easy turn, lock function). A scale shows the distance set. The switch point can thus be set before installation. Any surface and any mounting position Shiny, matt, dark or light objects of any colour: the OID features reliable background suppression. The unit allows any angle of incidence and thus flexible mounting positions. This simplifies installation and saves costs. Reliable background suppression and colour-independent detection Simple switch point setting by rotatable setting ring (lock function) Shiny surfaces are detected reliably (e.g. stainless steel) Any sensor position, even an oblique angle to the object Laser class 1 – for more universal application PMDLine M30: Now also with laser class 1 Position sensors
  • 24.
    23 (11.2014) For further technicaldata please go to: www.ifm.com Laser sensors / distance measurement sensors Common technical data Operating voltage [V DC] 10...30 Dimensions M30 x 90 mm Type of light visible laser light 650 nm Extraneous light on the object [klx] max. 8 Switching status indication LED yellow Operation LED green Switch point (setting) radial setting ring Protection rating, protection class IP 65,IP 67 III Short-circuit protection, pulsed • Reverse polarity protection / overload protection • / • Ambient temperature [°C] -25...60 Current rating [mA] 2 x 100 Output function OUT1: NO OUT2: NC Position sensors Connection technology Type Description Order no. Socket, M12, 2 m black, PUR cable EVC001 Socket, M12, 5 m black, PUR cable EVC002 Socket, M12, 2 m black, PUR cable EVC004 Socket, M12, 5 m black, PUR cable EVC005 Photoelectric distance sensor, laser protection class 1 · M12 connector, complementary Measuring range [mm] Background suppression [m] Switching frequency [Hz] Spot Ø at max. range [mm] Current consumption [mA] Order no. Unit of measurement Hysteresis [%] Material housing front pane stainless steel, PBT, PC, FPM PMMA Rod, 100 mm, Ø 12 mm, M10 thread, stainless steel E20938 Cube for mounting on an aluminium profile, M10 thread, diecast zinc E20951 Type Description Order no. Accessories Angle bracket for type M30, stainless steel E10737 Mounting clamp for types M30, PTB E10077 Mounting set Ø 30.2 mm, clamp mounting, aluminium profile E20875 Mounting set Ø 30.2 mm, clamp mounting E20873 Mounting set Ø 30.2 mm, clamp mounting, high-grade stainless steel E20874 Mounting clamp, with end stop for types M30, PC E11049 Memory plug, parameter memory for IO-Link sensors E30398 IO-Link interface, current consumption from USB port E30396 LINERECORDER SENSOR, software for parameter setting and set-up of IO-Link sensors QA0001 * in case of max. range Metal housing, 24 V DC, 3.3 A DN4011 Power supplies Type Description Order no. 30...2000 ...20 11 < 5 < 75 OID251 30...2000 ...20 OID25011 < 5* < 5* < 5 < 75 cm / inch cm PNP
  • 25.
    24 Photoelectric sensor with PMDtechnology, easily and quickly configurable Time of flight technology as standard sensor The OID with time of flight technology (PMD = Photonic Mixer Device) combines the following advantages: Long range, reliable background suppression, visible red light, high excess gain and all that also combined with either laser class 1 or 2. In the same price range as standard sensors, it is a clever alternative. IO-Link for easy parameter setting The switch point can be easily set via a controller or a PC. Unintentional maladjustment directly on the sensor is thus excluded and increases the protection against tampering. The laser beam can be switched off via IO- Link or pin 5 on the M12 connector. Any surface and any mounting position Shiny, matt, dark or light objects of any colour: The OID features reliable background suppression and allows any angle of incidence and thus flexible mounting positions. This simplifies installation and saves costs. Compact housing length of only 70mm Convenient setting of all parameters via IO-Link 1.1 Long range of 30 mm up to 2,000 mm High protection rating IP 69K enables applications with high requirements Versions with laser protection class 1 or 2 available PMDLine M30 compact: time of flight technology and IO-Link Position sensors
  • 26.
    25 (04.2015) Laser sensors /distance measurement sensors Common technical data Operating voltage [V DC] 10...30 Dimensions M30 x 70 mm Type of light Visible laser light 650 Nm, can be switched off via pin 5 or IO-Link Extraneous light on the object [klx] Max. 8 Switching status indication LED Yellow Switch point (set) via IO-Link 1.1 Protection rating, protection class IP 65, IP 67, IP 68, IP 69K III Short-circuit protection, pulsed • Reverse polarity protection / overload protection • / • Ambient temperature [°C] -25...60 Current rating [mA] 2 x 100 Output function OUT1: NO OUT2: NC For further technical details please visit: www.ifm.com Position sensors Connection technology Type Description Order no. Socket, M12, 5-pole, 2 m black, PUR cable EVC073 Socket, M12, 5-pole, 5 m black, PUR cable EVC074 Socket, M12, 5-pole, 5 m black, PVC cable EVT013 Photoelectric distance sensor · M12 connector, complementary Measuring range [mm] Background suppression [m] Switching frequency [Hz] Spot Ø at max. range [mm] Current consumption [mA] Order no. 30...2000 ...20 11 < 5 < 75 OID254 Laser protection class 30...2000 ...20 OID20411 Hysteresis [%] < 2.5...5* < 1.5...3* < 5 < 75 2 1 Material Housing Front pane Stainless steel PMMA Cube for mounting on an aluminium profile, M10 thread, diecast zinc E20951 Type Description Order no. Accessories Angle bracket for type M30, stainless steel E10737 Mounting clamp for types M30, PTB E10077 Mounting clamp, with end stop for types M30, PC E11049 Memory plug, parameter memory for IO-Link sensors E30398 IO-Link interface, current consumption from USB port E30396 LINERECORDER SENSOR, software for parameter setting and setting up IO-Link sensors QA0001 * at max. range PNP Hysteresis 500 1000 1500 20000 0 25 50 75 100 125 150 175 200 y x 2 b 1 b 2 a 1 a x: Distance in [mm], y: Hysteresis in [mm] 1. Background black (6 % remission) 2. Background white (90 % remission) Laser protection class 1 Laser protection class 2
  • 27.
    26 Sensors for motioncontrol Motion controller: Encoder, speed / direction monitor and counter all in one No compromises The magnetic sensing principle provides the accuracy of photoelectric encoders and the robustness of magnetic systems. Simple Resolution and signal level can be programmed. The encoders have a wide voltage range of 4.5...30 V DC and are therefore suited for universal use. Multifunctional Performance Line encoders have an integrated signal evaluation for speed monitoring, counter functions and detection of the direction of rotation. Intuitive The encoders provide easy setting, position indication by means of display and operating keys and intuitive menu navigation. Networked Diagnostic and parameter data are reliably transferred via IO-Link. Ready for Industry 4.0. Resolution of 2...10,000 and signal level (TTL / HTL) freely programmable Display: Two-colour electronic rotatable display of the process values Versatile: M12 connector can be used radially or axially Standard fitting: Solid shaft (clamp / synchro flange) or hollow shaft design Transmission of process and diagnostic data via IO-Link Intelligent incremental encoder with display and IO-Link
  • 28.
    27 (04.2015) Encoders For further technicaldetails please visit: www.ifm.com Sensors for motion control Flange IO-LinkResolution [pulse/revolution] Order no. Hollow shaft with integrated stator coupling· 4-digit display · Integrated pulse evaluation direct •max. 10,000 (adjustable) ROP52012 Operating voltage [V DC] 4.5...30 Shaft Ø [mm] Solid shaft · 4-digit display · Integrated pulse evaluation servo •max. 10,000 (adjustable) RUP5006 4.5...30 clamp flange •max. 10,000 (adjustable) RVP51010 4.5...30 Protection IP 65, IP 67 Connection M12 connector (rotatable) Further technical data 58 58 58 Housing Ø [mm] Switching frequency [kHz] 300 Accessories Type Description Order no. Spring disc coupling, Ø 6 mm / 10 mm, die-cast zinc; PA E60117 Spring disc coupling, Ø 10 mm / 10 mm, die-cast zinc; PA E60118 Flexible coupling with clamp connection, Ø 6 mm / 10 mm, aluminium E60066 Flexible coupling with clamp connection, Ø 10 mm / 10 mm, aluminium E60067 Flexible coupling with adjusting screws, Ø 10 mm / 10 mm, aluminium E60022 Flexible coupling with adjusting screws, Ø 6 mm / 10 mm, aluminium E60028 Measuring wheel, Ø 159.15 mm / 10 mm, Hytrel TPE-E E60110 Measuring wheel, Ø 159.16 mm / 10 mm, aluminium, PU E60076 Measuring wheel, Ø 63.66 ± 0.1 mm / 10 mm, Hytrel TPE-E E60138 Measuring wheel, Ø 63.6 mm, 10 mm, aluminium E60095 Measuring wheel, Ø 63.66 ± 0.1 mm / 6 mm, aluminium E60137 Measuring wheel, Ø 63.6 mm, 6 mm, aluminium E60006 Angle bracket for RUP design, aluminium, black anodised E60033 Angle bracket for RUP design, aluminium, black anodised E60035 Fastening clamp for synchro flange, steel E60041 Memory plug, parameter memory for IO-Link sensors E30398 LINERECORDER SENSOR, Software for parameter setting and set-up of IO-Link sensors QA0001 Accessories Type Description Order no. Connection technology Type Description Order no. M12 socket, shielded, 5 m black , PUR cable, 8 poles E12403 M12 socket, shielded, 10 m black , PUR cable, 8 poles E12404 M12 socket, shielded, 2 m black , PUR cable, 8 poles E12402 USB IO-Link master for parameter setting and analysis of units Supported communication protocols: IO-Link (4.8, 38.4 and 230 Kbits/s) E30390 Adapter cable for the connection between USB IO-Link master E30390 and 4-pole / 8-pole encoder E12432
  • 29.
    28 Reduce stock without compromise Nocompromises The magnetic sensing principle provides the accuracy of photoelectric encoders and the robustness of magnetic systems. Select the right encoder in just 2 minutes The days of confusing type variety and encoders with complicated programming are finally over! The new incremental encoders from ifm electronic can be used universally due to the intelligent product and function design, and stand out thanks to a superb price / performance ratio: • Set the resolution individually • Choose between TTL or HTL logic • Use the rotatable M12 connector or the cable entry radially or axially Now select a flange and shaft – that’s it! IO-Link communication Process values, parameter setting and diagnostic data can now be transmitted via IO-Link. So, settings can be simply made prior to installation. Flexible: Resolution of 2...10,000 freely programmable Simple: Signal level can be set in TTL or HTL logic Universal: M12 connector or radial or axial cable entry Standard fitting: Solid shaft (clamp / synchro flange) or hollow shaft design Communicative: Transfer of process and diagnostic data via IO-Link Programmable incremental encoder with IO-Link Sensors for motion control
  • 30.
    29 (04.2015) Encoders For further technicaldetails please visit: www.ifm.com Accessories Type Description Order no. Spring disc coupling, Ø 6 mm / 10 mm, die-cast zinc; PA E60117 Spring disc coupling, Ø 10 mm / 10 mm, die-cast zinc; PA E60118 Flexible coupling with clamp connection, Ø 6 mm / 10 mm, aluminium E60066 Flexible coupling with clamp connection, Ø 10 mm / 10 mm, aluminium E60067 Flexible coupling with adjusting screws, Ø 10 mm / 10 mm, aluminium E60022 Flexible coupling with adjusting screws, Ø 6 mm / 10 mm, aluminium E60028 Measuring wheel, Ø 159.15 mm / 10 mm, Hytrel TPE-E E60110 Measuring wheel, Ø 159.16 mm / 10 mm, aluminium, PU E60076 Measuring wheel, Ø 63.66 ± 0.1 mm / 10 mm, Hytrel TPE-E E60138 Measuring wheel, Ø 63.6 mm, 10 mm, aluminium E60095 Measuring wheel, Ø 63.66 ± 0.1 mm / 6 mm, aluminium E60137 Measuring wheel, Ø 63.6 mm, 6 mm, aluminium E60006 Sensors for motion control Flange IO-LinkResolution [pulse/revolution] Order no. Hollow shaft with integrated stator coupling direct •max. 10,000 (adjustable) RA31006 Connection M12 direct •max. 10,000 (adjustable) RA35006 cable, 2 m direct •max. 10,000 (adjustable) RO310012 M12 direct •max. 10,000 (adjustable) RO350012 cable, 2 m Shaft Ø [mm] Solid shaft universal •max. 10,000 (adjustable) RB31006 M12 universal •max. 10,000 (adjustable) RB35006 cable, 2 m servo •max. 10,000 (adjustable) RU31006 M12 servo •max. 10,000 (adjustable) RU35006 cable, 2 m clamp flange •max. 10,000 (adjustable) RV310010 M12 clamp flange •max. 10,000 (adjustable) RV350010 36.5 36.5 58 58 Housing Ø [mm] 36.5 36.5 58 58 58 58 cable, 2 m Angle bracket for RB and RU design, aluminium, black anodised E60033 Angle bracket for RV design, aluminium, black anodised E60035 Switching frequency [kHz] 300 Operating voltage [V DC] 4.5...30 Protection IP 65, IP 67 Further technical data Memory plug, parameter memory for IO-Link sensors E30398 LINERECORDER SENSOR, software for parameter setting and set-up of IO-Link sensors QA0001 Accessories Type Description Order no.Fastening clamp for synchro flange, steel E60041 USB IO-Link master for parameter setting and analysis of units Supported communication protocols: IO-Link (4.8, 38.4 and 230 Kbits/s) E30390 Connection technology Type Description Order no. M12 socket, shielded, 5 m black, PUR cable, 5 poles EVC545 M12 socket, shielded, 10 m black, PUR cable, 5 poles EVC546 M12 socket, shielded, 2 m black, PUR cable, 5 poles EVC544
  • 31.
    30 With analogue andswitching outputs as well as vibration monitoring Precision counts The 2-axis inclination sensors are designed for high measurement accuracies over the whole angular range. All functions can be configured via IO-Link. Thanks to an active temperature compensation and high protection rating they operate reliably even at extreme ambient temperatures and rough environments. Vibration monitoring Alternatively, JN2200 can also be used for 3-axis vibra- tion monitoring. Up to 3 axes can be included into the calculation of the characteristic value. Typical applications are the detection of structural vibration or tower vibration to ISO 4866, or machine monitoring to ISO 10816. High accuracy across the whole 2-axis angular range up to 360° Very low temperature drift due to active temperature compensation Visualisation of the operating and switching states by clearly visible LEDs Configurable current and voltage output functions Adjustable filter functions for different applications. Robust and precise inclination sensors – Now with IO-Link Sensors for motion control
  • 32.
    31 (11.2015) 90 75 22 45 62 5,3 36 4,5 Operating voltage [VDC] with: Switching and current outputs Voltage output IO-Link connection 9.2...30 12...30 18...30 Reverse polarity protection • Angular range Absolute accuracy Repeatability Resolution JN2200 ±180°/± 90° ≤ ± 0.5° ≤ ± 0.1° ≤ ± 0.05° JN2201 ± 45° ≤ ± 0.1° ≤ ± 0.05° ≤ ± 0.01° Ambient temperature [°C] -40...85 Temperature coefficient [°/K] ≤ ± 0.002 Protection rating IP 65 / IP 67 / IP 68 / IP 69K Number of measurement axes with inclination 2 Frequency range [Hz] 0.1...400 Measuring range [g] ± 2, ± 4, ± 8 2 0.5...50 ± 2 Number of measurement axes with vibration 3 – Housing material diecast zinc nickel-plated Connection 2 x M12 connector (4 poles; A-coded) Technical data JN2200, JN2201 Inclination sensors Connection technology Type Description Order no. Socket, M12, 2 m black, PUR cable EVM039 Socket, M12, 10 m black, PUR cable EVM041 Socket, M12, 2 m black, PUR cable EVM036 Socket, M12, 10 m black, PUR cable EVM038 Jumper, M12, 5 m black, PUR cable EVC069 Jumper, M12, 5 m black, PUR cable EVC059 Accessories Description Order no. Dimensions Type For further technical details please visit: www.ifm.com Sensors for motion control The products Description Order no. Angular range ± 180° / ± 90°, IO-Link JN2200 Angular range ± 45°, IO-Link JN2201 Type Communication interface IO-Link 1.1, COM 2, 38.4 kbaud LINERECORDER SENSOR Software for parameter setting and set-up of IO-Link sensors QA0001 USB IO-Link master for parameter setting and analysis of units Supported communication protocols: IO-Link (4.8, 38.4 and 230 kBit/s) E30390 Memory plug, parameter memory for IO-Link sensors E30398
  • 33.
    32 2-axis inclination measurement and3-axis vibration monitoring Precise in all positions The new ifm type JN inclination sensors provide high measurement accuracy across the whole angular range with angles of inclination in X and Y axes. The 2-axis inclination sensors with CANopen interface and bus capability are designed for levelling of mobile machinery (2-axis position detection and zero-point levelling for mobile applications) or automatic adjustment of solar panels, for example. Vibration monitoring Alternatively, JN2100/JN2300 can also be used for 3-axis vibration monitoring. Up to 3 axes can be included into the calculation of the characteristic value. Typical applications are the detection of structural vibration or tower vibration to ISO 4866, or machine monitoring to ISO 10816. High precision across the total angular range in two axes Zero point, counting direction and limit frequency adjustable Active temperature compensation (very low temperature drift) Vibration monitoring in 3 axes (only JN2100/JN2300) Full CAN integration possible, CAN-In and CAN-Out Precision for all inclinations Sensors for motion control
  • 34.
    33 (11.2014) Operating voltage [VDC] 9.2...30 Reverse polarity protection • Angular range Resolution Repeatability JN2100 JN2300 ± 180° 0.05° ≤ ± 0.1° JN2101 JN2301 ± 45° 0.01° ≤ ± 0.05° Ambient temperature [°C] Temperature coefficient [°/K] ≤ ± 0.002° Protection IP 65 / IP 67 / IP 68 / IP 69K Data interface CANopen Device profile CiA DSP-410 / SAE J1939 Limit frequency inclination [Hz] adjustable: 10, 5, 1, 0.5 Filter for [Hz] vibration monitoring 0.1...1, 0.1...10, 1...10, 2...400, 10...400 Housing material Diecast zinc nickel-plated Connection 2 x M12 connector Technical data JN2100, JN2101,JN2300, JN2301 Inclination sensors Connection technology Type Description Order no. Socket, M12, 2 m black, PUR cable EVM039 Socket, M12, 10 m black, PUR cable EVM041 Socket, M12, 2 m black, PUR cable EVM036 Socket, M12, 10 m black, PUR cable EVM038 Accessories Description Order no. Adapter cable for CAN devices with M12 connector (5 pole) EC2062 Dimensions 36 4,5 90 75 22 45 60 5,3 Flexible, precise, reliable Since zero point, direction of counting and limit frequency can be set for a stable output signal, the sensors can be adapted precisely to your application. Very low temperature drift across the whole tempera- ture range provides unrivalled reliability. Ideal for different applications The sensors allow complete CAN integration according to the CANopen communication profiles, CiA DSP-410 and CiA DS-301 profiles. They are connected via an M12 connector. The terminating resistor can be enabled. The sensors provide the signals either as perpendicular angle, Euler angle or Gimbal angle. Type Sensors for motion control For further technical details please visit: www.ifm.com Jumper, M12, 5 m, black, PUR cable EVC069 Jumper, M12, 5 m, black, PUR cable EVC059 -40...85 Number of measurement axes for inclination 2 Number of measurement axes for vibration 3 – The products Description Order no. Angular range ± 180°, CANopen JN2100 Angular range ± 45°, CANopen JN2101 Angular range ± 180°, SAE J1939 JN2300 Angular range ± 45°, SAE J1939 JN2301 Type
  • 35.
    34 Evaluation units for levelcontrol with one or two sensors Favourably priced and effective level control for tanks Application The evaluation units control levels in tanks by means of sensors thus protecting against overflow, running dry and leakage, for example. Level control with a sensor The DL0201 evaluation unit uses a sensor that is installed at the tank at the height of the limit level to be monitored. When the level has been reached, the evaluation unit switches for an adjustable period of time to stop pumps, for example, as overflow or run-dry protection. Level control with two sensors The DL0203 evaluation unit is a typical 2-point control that controls an upper and a lower limit on pumps and valves by means of two sensors. Direct control of pumps and valves Adjustable switch-on and switch-off delays and damping Integrated wide-range power supply for the sensor supply Small design requiring only very little space Plug-in screw terminals simplify installation Easy level control Sensors for motion control
  • 36.
    35 (04.2015) Further technical dataOperatingprinciple DL0201 The DL0201 evaluation unit is actually a timer. When it receives a signal from the connected sensor, it switches the relay change-over contact for a certain period of time. By means of two scaled potentiometers the user can set the time between 0 and 60 seconds or 0 and 60 minutes. Adjustable switch-on and switch-off delays act as damping. This suppresses brief fluctuations around the sensor switch. In addition the evaluation unit has an enable function by means of which control can be bridged manually. A leakage sensor can also be integrated into the control function by means of the enable input. Application example The upper level in a tank is monitored via a capacitive sensor. When the level has been reached, the sensor provides a signal to the evaluation unit. It closes the supply valve for the time set to prevent overfilling. The damping function prevents, for example, one single wave generating a switching signal. Operating principle DL0203 It is a typical two-point control. When a sensor provides a signal, the relay change-over contact switches until the second sensor provides a signal for switch-off. A switch-on delay is available that acts as damping and suppresses short-term fluctuations around the sensor switch point. Application example To protect a pump against running dry two capacitive sensors are installed on the storage tank. When the lower minimum level has been reached, the sensor provides a signal to the evaluation unit. With the relay output it switches off the pump that is normally used to empty the tank. When the upper level has been reached, the second sensor installed there switches, the relay in the evaluation unit switches on again and the pump is started. Systems for pulse evaluation Sensors for motion control Nominal voltage [V] Outputs Relays / transistors Auxiliary energy for sensors Order no. Limit level monitoring (overflow, running dry, leakage) 110...240 AC (50...60 Hz) / 27 DC (typ. 24 DC) 1 / 1 typ. 18.5...30 V DC / ≤ 100 mA short circuit / overload protected DL0201 Relay outputs 1 x changeover contact 4 A (240 V AC, 24 V DC); resistive load Transistor outputs 1 x PNP / externally supplied 10...30 V DC SELV / ≤ 100 mA Ambient temperature [°C] -25...60 Storage temperature [°C] -25...70 Protection housing / terminals IP 20 / IP 20 Connection 4-pole connector with screw connection, 5.0 mm pitch For further technical details please visit: www.ifm.com Type Inputs Signal / enable Input frequency [Hz] 1 x PNP / 1 x PNP (type 2 acc. to IEC 61131-2) ≤ 5 Two-point control of levels 110...240 AC (50...60 Hz) / 27 DC (typ. 24 DC) 1 / 1 typ. 18.5...30 V DC / ≤ 100 mA short circuit / overload protected DL0203 2 x PNP / – (type 2 acc. to IEC 61131-2) ≤ 5 Display DL0201 LED Power supply Input Output Enable Green Yellow Green (lights if relay energised and transistor switched) Green (lights if enable signal is present) Display DL0203 LED Power supply Input Output Green 2 x yellow Green (lights if relay energised and transistor switched) Accessories Type Description Order no. Connector, 4 poles with screw terminals, pack of 5 (supplied) E40173 Connector, 4 poles with cage clamps, pack of 5 E40171
  • 37.
    36 Sensors for motioncontrol Switching amplifier for converting sensor signals in AC networks Relay for high load currents The transistor outputs of conventional sensors are designed for small load currents. If the user wants to switch higher currents or even alternating currents, he must use a switching amplifier. It uses the sensor signal to control an output relay. Flexible and space-saving ifm offers switching amplifiers in one and two-channel design. They have an integrated wide-range power supply (110...240 V AC) to supply the connected sensors with voltage (24 V DC). The new switching amplifiers are distinguished by their slim design so that they only need little space in the control cabinet. Integrated wide-range power supply for the sensor supply Small design requiring only very little space Plug-in screw terminals simplify installation PNP or NPN control selectable One or two-channel design Sensor signals switch relay
  • 38.
    37 (04.2015) 25,4 109,1 93 LEDs 3 2 4 35,5 112,6 1 Sensors formotion control For further technical details please visit: www.ifm.com Systems for pulse evaluation Dimensions DN0220 1) plug-in screw terminals 2) panel for labelling 3) potentiometer 4) DIN rail mounting Type Ub [V] Pulse input Inputs Auxiliary energy for sensors Input frequency [Hz] Order no. Application: power supply and signal evaluation (e.g. for sensors) 110...240 AC 50...60 Hz PNP / NPN1 24 V DC, 300 mA ≤ 10 DN0210 110...240 AC 50...60 Hz PNP / NPN2 24 V DC, 2 x 150 mA ≤ 10 Outputs Relay 1 2 DN0220 Relay output Contact rating [A] 4 (240 V AC, 24 V DC); resistive load Auxiliary energy for sensors [V] 24 DC SELV, ± 10 %, 300 mA, short-circuit and overload protected Protection housing / terminals IP 20 / IP 20 Ambient temperature [°C] -20...60 Display DN0210 LED Power supply Output Fault 1 x green 1 x yellow (lights, if output relay is energised) 1 x red Display DN0220 LED Power supply Output Fault 1 x green 2 x yellow (light, if output relay is energised) 1 x red Potentiometer Selection PNP / NPN Housing material Plastic: PC GF20 Mounting Rail TH35 (according to EN 60715) Connection Unit: 4-pole terminal blocks with 5.0 mm pitch; Connector: 4 poles with screw connection Further technical data Setting range: selectable for PNP and NPN switching sensors Wiring diagram Accessories Type Description Order no. Connector, 4 poles with screw terminals, pack of 5 (supplied) E40173 Connector, 4 poles with cage clamps, pack of 5 E40171 Power 21 22 23 24 AC L L N N In 12 9 Sensor supply 10 pnp/npn Out7 6 5 8 Power 21 22 23 24 AC L L N N In 2 16 13 Sensor supply 14 pnp/npn In 1 12 9 Sensor supply 10 pnp/npn Out 2 19 18 17 20 Out 1 7 6 5 8 DN0210 (1-channel) DN0220 (2-channel)
  • 39.
    38 Safe speed monitoruses standard sensors as pick-ups Applications The speed monitor DU110S has been developed for safety-related minimum-speed monitoring required, for example, for slip or V-belt monitoring. An application example is the industrial thermo- processing equipment according to EN 746-2. In this case, safety-related monitoring of the air exchange is required. To do so, monitoring is done via the rotational speed monitoring of the fans. Special features The speed monitor is certified to EN 62061 / SIL 3 and EN ISO 13849-1 cat. 4 / PL e – even though non-safety- related sensors are used as pulse pick-ups. When the safety output has been triggered, it can be reset again manually or automatically. Easy parameter setting via rotary switch No restrictions for the design of the cam disc Monitoring functions can be enabled / disabled Reliable operation at extreme ambient temperatures down to -40 °C Housing width only 25 mm Safe monitoring of underspeed Sensors for motion control
  • 40.
    39 (04.2015) Easy setting ofthe limit speed The speed is determined via the interval measurement on the inputs where for example two inductive sensors are used as pulse pick-ups. The user can set the limit speed easily and effectively via three rotary switches (x 1, x 10, multiplier) – either in rpm or Hz. It was decided not to use any complicated setting menus. An easy and intuitive setting algorithm prevents unintentional change or manipulation of the set values. More functions Automatic or manual reset of underspeed is possible. This function is set via wire links. The monitoring function can be enabled and disabled via a switching input. Besides the 2-pole safety relay, transistor outputs can also be used as output for the status and error indication. For further technical details please visit: www.ifm.com Dimensions 22,5 99 108 1 LED 2 114,5 3 35,5 Systems for pulse evaluation Sensors for motion control 1) Screw terminals 2) Rotary switch 3) DIN rail mounting Wiring diagram L- L+ S33 S34 S35 S44 S43 S45 13 23 (GND) (GND) Y3 Y4 Y2 Y1 Y5 Y6 Y7 Y8 14 24 VCC = 24 V DC 24 V DC Sensor 2Sensor 1 K1 K2K1 K2 Enable 1 Enable 2 Fault Overspeed 24 VRestart Accessories Type Description Order no. Plastic housing, 24 V DC, 2.5 A DN1031 Metal housing, 24 V DC, 3.3 A DN4011 Power supplies Safety speed monitor DU110S Evaluation system for safe speed monitoring Operating voltage [V DC] 19.2...28.8; incl. 5 % residual ripple Nominal voltage [V DC] 24 Current consumption [mA] ≤ 125 Sensor supply 24 V DC / ≤ 70 mA Protection IP 20 / II Input characteristics Pulse inputs S34, S43: “1”: 6 mA / 24 V DC Adjustable speed range [rpm] 10...49500 Adjustable frequency range [Hz] 0.1...990 Input frequency [Hz] ≤ 5000 Output function 2 safety-related switching outputs (floating contacts) 1 fault output “Fault” (positive switching) 1 diagnostic output “Overspeed” (positive switching) Output characteristics Fault output “Fault” Y7 and diagnostic output “Overspeed” Y8 ≤ 20 mA, 24 V DC, voltage drop ≤ 2 V DC, short-circuit proof, non safe Contact rating 6 A, 250 V AC / 24 V DC (≥ 6 mA); resistive load Ambient temperature [°C] -40...55 Storage temperature [°C] -40...75 Max. permissible relative [%] humidity 95, non condensing Housing materials PA (polyamide) Mounting Rail TH35 (according to EN 60715) Connection Screw terminals; 0.5...2.5 mm² (AWG 12...30) Technical data
  • 41.
    40 True 3D visionsensor with intelligent functions Mobile 3D smart sensor O3M151 The 3D detection of scenes and objects, already a standard on the factory floor, is ready for mobile machines. Apart from new possibilities for vehicle automation (AGV, automatic guided vehicles) this results in new assistance functions for automation tasks. Different integrated functions configurable via the Windows software are available as standard. The simple connection of the 3D smart sensor is carried out via the CAN bus for mobile applications using the CANopen or SAE J 1939 protocol and/or via the fast Ethernet interface using UDP. Simple application solutions thanks to preprocessed 3D data Easy integration via predefined CODESYS function blocks Patented pmd time-of-flight technology for quick distance detection Optimised for reliable outdoor use with IP 67 and IP 69K Enormous range up to 35 m 3D Smart Sensor – Your assistant on mobile machines Industrial imaging
  • 42.
    41 (11.2014) Camera systems for mobilemachines Description Order no. IR system illumination unit (850 nm) for mobile 3D sensors O3M950 Further technical data Smart sensor O3M151 Accessories Housing material diecast aluminium Device connection M12 connector Protection rating, protection class IP 67 / IP 69K, III Operating voltage [V DC] 9...32 Functions and advantages Powerful 3D time-of-flight measurement (ToF) The principle of this 3D sensor is based on ifm’s patented and award-winning pmd technology. It was specifically designed for outdoor use and difficult ambient light situations. Even interference such as sunlight or materials with different reflective characteristics do not influence the repeatability of the measured data. Powerful electronics The integrated 2 x 32-bit processor architecture ensures a rapid and reliable calculation of the 3D data and functions directly integrated in the system with up to 50 fps. The complete electronics of the mobile 3D smart sensor is optimised and adapted to the demands and requirements of mobile machines. Besides shock and vibration resistance self-diagnostic functions from the sensor to the IR system illumination unit are of course also available. Smart functions The mobile 3D smart sensor integrates some functions which enable to solve a multitude of applications. A highly developed algorithm from the automotive industry is used ensuring, for example, reliable automatic object recognition of up to 20 objects. This function can, for example, be used as collision warning. For simple distance tasks typical functions such as minimum / maximum / average distance are available. System parameter setting and monitoring The parameter setting of the system and live monitoring of the 3D data are carried out via the easy-to-use ifm vision wizard for Windows. As an alternative, parameter setting can also be carried out via function blocks using the software CODESYS. Communication interfaces The preprocessed function data is output via the CAN bus using CANopen or SAE J 1939. If needed, the complete 3D information can be processed at the same time via Ethernet UDP and an external process unit. Current consumption sensor [mA] < 400 Current consumption [A] system illumination unit < 5 Ambient temperature [°C] -40...85 Interfaces 1x CAN, 1 x fast Ethernet Supported CAN protocols CANopen, SAE J 1939 Standards and tests (extract) CE, E1 (UN-ECE R10) For further technical details please visit: www.ifm.com Industrial imaging CAN/RS232 USB interface CANfox EC2112 Adapter cable set for CANfox EC2114 Operating software for vision sensors E3D300 U-shaped holder, suitable for sensor or illumination unit E3M100 Mounting set for clamp mounting, Ø 14mm, stainless steel E3M103 Connection technology MCI cable, connection sensor / system illumination unit, 1 m E3M121 MCI cable, connection sensor / system illumination unit, 2 m E3M122 Type Description Order no. M12 socket, voltage supply system illumination unit, 2 m, PUR cable, 4 poles E3M131 M12 socket, voltage supply system illumination unit, 10 m, PUR cable, 4 poles E3M133 Ethernet, cross-over patch cable, 2 m, PVC cable, M12 / RJ45 E11898 Ethernet, cross-over patch cable, 10 m, PVC cable, M12 / RJ45 E12204 Type of sensor Resolution pixels [pixel] IlluminationAngle of aperture horizontal x vertical [°] Order no. PMD 3D sensor · Type O3M · M12 connector PMD 3D chip 64 x 16 ext. illumination required 70 x 23 O3M151 Max. sampling rate [Hz] 25/33/50
  • 43.
    42 True 3D visionsensor Mobile 3D sensor O3M150 The 3D detection of scenes and objects, already a standard on the factory floor, is ready for mobile machines. Apart from new possibilities for vehicle automation (AGV, automatic guided vehicles) this results in new assistance functions for automation tasks. Besides position data at pixel level the respective distance to the sensor system or an adjustable reference point (world coordinate system) is provided. Thanks to the permanent output of the entire 3D information via Ethernet UDP optimum conditions for customer-specific application solutions are provided to system integrators. Support for system integrators with data output via Ethernet UDP Patented pmd time-of-flight technology for quick distance detection Optimised for reliable outdoor use Robust design with IP 67 and IP 69K Enormous range up to 35 m 3D sensors for mobile machines Industrial imaging
  • 44.
    43 (11.2014) Camera systems for mobilemachines Further technical data O3M150 Housing material diecast aluminium Device connection M12 connector Protection rating, protection class IP 67 / IP 69K, III Operating voltage [V DC] 9...32 Functions and advantages Powerful 3D time-of-flight measurement (ToF) The principle of this 3D sensor is based on ifm’s patented and award-winning pmd technology. It was specifically designed for outdoor use and difficult ambient light situations. Interference such as sunlight or materials with different reflective characteristics which occurs in the area of mobile machines does not influence the repeatability of the measured data. Powerful electronics The integrated 2 x 32-bit processor architecture ensures a rapid and reliable calculation of the distance image to be output with up to 50 fps. The complete electronics of the mobile 3D sensor is optimised and adapted to the demands and requirements of mobile machines. Besides shock and vibration resistance self-diagnostic functions from the sensor to the IR system illumination unit are of course also available. High system uptime The system has various features to ensure uninterrupted operation. They include, among others, a temperature- controlled front lens heating, soiling indication as well as different status information which can be fetched from CAN. System parameter setting and monitoring The parameter setting of the system and live monitoring of the 3D data are carried out via the easy-to-use ifm vision wizard for Windows. As an alternative, parameter setting can also be carried out via function blocks using the software CODESYS. Communication interfaces The mobile 3D sensor features a fast Ethernet interface (100 Mbit) as well as a CAN interface. The data output of the complete 3D information is carried out via Ethernet UDP and can be processed using a process unit at the customer’s end. For this version the CAN in- terface is only intended for parameter setting and status output. Current consumption sensor [mA] < 400 Current consumption [A] system illumination unit < 5 Ambient temperature [°C] -40...85 Interfaces 1x CAN, 1 x fast Ethernet Supported CAN protocols CANopen, SAE J 1939 Standards and tests (extract) CE, E1 (UN-ECE R10) For further technical details please visit: www.ifm.com Industrial imaging Description Order no. IR system illumination unit (850 nm) for mobile 3D sensors O3M950 Accessories CAN/RS232 USB interface CANfox EC2112 Adapter cable set for CANfox EC2114 Operating software for vision sensors E3D300 U-shaped bracket, suitable for sensor or illumination unit E3M100 Mounting set for clamp mounting, Ø 14mm, stainless steel E3M103 Connection technology MCI cable, connection sensor / system illumination unit, 1 m E3M121 MCI cable, connection sensor / system illumination unit, 2 m E3M122 Type Description Order no. M12 socket, voltage supply system illumination unit, 2 m, PUR cable, 4 poles E3M131 M12 socket, voltage supply system illumination unit, 10 m, PUR cable, 4 poles E3M133 Ethernet, cross-over patch cable, 2 m, PVC cable, M12 / RJ45 E11898 Ethernet, cross-over patch cable, 10 m, PVC cable, M12 / RJ45 E12204 Type of sensor Resolution pixels [pixel] IlluminationAngle of aperture horizontal x vertical [°] Order no. PMD 3D sensor · Type O3M · M12 connector PMD 3D chip 64 x 16 ext. illumination required 70 x 23 O3M150 Max. sampling rate [Hz] 25/33/50
  • 45.
    44 Innovative operating concepts forintuitive handling Incomplete shipments – never again If a pallet with only one incomplete handling unit reaches the customer, he often returns all goods. This does not only lead to dissatisfaction but also to additional costs. Completeness monitoring provides the remedy. Often individual sensors are installed above each individual handling unit position. This is, however, not very flexible if the handling unit type or size changes. Then changes become necessary. If colour or texture of the handling units change, conventional sensors reach their limits. All these problems are unknown to completeness monitoring on the basis of 3D sensors: The 3D sensor looks at the handling unit from above and compares it with the models taught in by the user. It signals any deviation via a switching output. Continuous exchange with users and extensive hand- ling tests have lead to extraordinarily simple operation and integrability of the sensor. Different handling units can be taught Reliable detection of underfill or overfill Automatic position tracking Colour-independent and extraneous-light resistant due to time-of-flight technology (PMD). Switching outputs and Ethernet process data interface Completeness monitoring for the packaging technology Industrial imaging
  • 46.
    45 (11.2015) 3D sensors Mounting setfor O3D E3D301 Further technical data Accessories Operating voltage [V DC] 20.4...28.8 Current consumption [mA] < 2400 peak current pulsed; typ. mean value 420 Current rating [mA] (per switching output) 100 Real chip resolution 25,000 / 100,000 Resulting resolution 176 x 132 pixels Function display LED 2 x yellow, 2 x green Illumination 850 nm, infrared Ambient light [lux] Max. 10,000 (indoor) Trigger External; 24 V PNP/NPN according to IEC 61131-2 type 3 Switching inputs 2 (configurable), 24 V PNP/NPN according to IEC 61131-2 type 3 Switching outputs 3 (configurable), 24 V PNP/NPN, according to IEC 61131-2 Ambient temperature [°C] -10...50 For further technical details please visit: www.ifm.com Industrial imaging Connection technology Type Description Order no. Ethernet, cross-over patch cable, 2 m, PVC cable, M12 / RJ45 E11898 Ethernet jumper, 2 m, PVC cable, M12 / M12 E21138 Type of sensor Material front pane / LED window Angle of aperture [°] Protection rating, protection class Order no. PMD 3D sensors · Type O3D · M12 connector PMD 3D ToF chip Gorilla glass / polyamide Material housing Aluminium 40 x 30 IP 65 / IP 67, III O3D300 Max. field of view size [m] 2.61 x 3.47 PMD 3D ToF chip Gorilla glass / polyamide Aluminium 60 x 45 IP 65 / IP 67, III O3D3023.75 x 5.00 PMD 3D ToF chip Polycarbonate / polyamide Stainless steel 40 x 30 IP 66 / IP 67, III O3D3102.61 x 3.47 PMD 3D ToF chip Polycarbonate / polyamide Stainless steel 60 x 45 IP 66 / IP 67, III O3D3123.75 x 5.00 Socket, M12, 2 m black, PUR cable, 8 poles E11950 Type Description Order no. Short-circuit protection, pulsed • Overload protection • Parameter setting interface Ethernet 10 Base-T /100 Base-TX Possible parameter settings Via PC / notebook Dimensions (H, W, D) [mm] 72 x 65 x 85 Technical data Completeness monitoring Operating distance [m] 0.3...5 Max. handling unit size 64 objects Sampling rate / [Hz] switching frequency The image repetition frequency is reduced by using the position tracking function 10 Minimum size of objects [mm] Object speed: 0...0.2 m/s Object speed: > 0.2 m/s 25 45
  • 47.
    46 Flexible and universaluse for stationary or moving objects The revolution in intralogistics Whether pallets, post room, storage building, logistics or distribution centre: The storage volume that can be used defines the capacity and the costs. A good reason to ensure the best-possible use of the space requirement during feeding. The new 3D sensor detects the dimensions of the goods via innovative time-of-flight technology. It signals via threshold values if e.g. package parameters are out- side the defined areas. For automated storage space planning via WMS (Warehouse Management System) or ERP system (Enterprise Resource Planning) it provides the size, ori- entation and position of the objects. The data is also used for controlling robots, sorting equipment and distribution gates. Besides robustness the sensor is also distinguished by user-friendly handling and simple integration. Non-contact dimensioning of rectangular objects such as cardboard packages or parcels Determination and comparison of dimensions, orientation and position Provides height, width and length to calculate strap length and volume Quality parameters help with the detection of damaged or deformed objects Switching outputs and Ethernet process data interface Volume determination for storage and conveyor technology Industrial imaging
  • 48.
    47 (11.2015) 3D sensors Mounting setfor O3D E3D301 Further technical data Accessories For further technical details please visit: www.ifm.com Industrial imaging Connection technology Type Description Order no. Ethernet, cross-over patch cable, 2 m, PVC cable, M12 / RJ45 E11898 Ethernet jumper, 2 m, PVC cable, M12 / M12 E21138 Type of sensor Material front pane / LED window Angle of aperture [°] Protection rating, protection class Order no. PMD 3D sensors · Type O3D · M12 connector PMD 3D ToF chip Gorilla glass / polyamide Material housing Aluminium 40 x 30 IP 65 / IP 67, III O3D300 Max. field of view size [m] 2.61 x 3.47 PMD 3D ToF chip Gorilla glass / polyamide Aluminium 60 x 45 IP 65 / IP 67, III O3D3023.75 x 5.00 PMD 3D ToF chip Polycarbonate / polyamide Stainless steel 40 x 30 IP 66 / IP 67, III O3D3102.61 x 3.47 PMD 3D ToF chip Polycarbonate / polyamide Stainless steel 60 x 45 IP 66 / IP 67, III O3D3123.75 x 5.00 Socket, M12, 2 m black, PUR cable, 8 poles E11950 Type Description Order no. Technical data Dimensioning of the object Operating distance [m] 0.3...5 Object type Rectangular Min. object size [mm] 100 x 100 x 100 Typical accuracy [°] for angle of rotation ± 1 Sampling rate / switching frequency [Hz] 1 Typical accuracy [mm] for object position ± 5 Object speed [m/s] < 0.2 Typical accuracy [mm] for object size ± 10 Operating voltage [V DC] 20.4...28.8 Current consumption [mA] < 2400 peak current pulsed; typ. mean value 420 Current rating [mA] (per switching output) 100 Real chip resolution 25,000 / 100,000 Resulting resolution 176 x 132 pixels Function display LED 2 x yellow, 2 x green Illumination 850 nm, infrared Ambient light [lux] Max. 10,000 (indoor) Trigger External; 24 V PNP/NPN according to IEC 61131-2 type 3 Switching inputs 2 (configurable), 24 V PNP/NPN according to IEC 61131-2 type 3 Switching outputs 3 (configurable), 24 V PNP/NPN, according to IEC 61131-2 Ambient temperature [°C] -10...50 Short-circuit protection, pulsed • Overload protection • Parameter setting interface Ethernet 10 Base-T /100 Base-TX Possible parameter settings Via PC / notebook Dimensions (H, W, D) [mm] 72 x 65 x 85
  • 49.
    48 Three-dimensional real-time detection ofany scene Perspective and colour-coded images of the 3D distance image. Three-dimensional detection and evaluation The 3D camera, on the basis of PMD technology, detects scenes and objects at a glance in three dimensions. In contrast to laser scanners it does not require moving components and is thus robust and wear-free. The function principle, the time of flight technology (ToF), can be compared to a laser scanner. However, instead of one there are 23,000 receiving elements arranged on the chip as a matrix. That means that not only one point but a complete scene is measured in only one capture. Besides the distance image the camera also provides a grey-scale image of the scene. Intuitive parameter setting software allows easy setting of the camera-specific parameters. Furthermore a soft- ware development kit with example program code in different languages is available. New digital image chip with 23,000 pixels Provides distance image and grey-scale image Evaluation with common image processing libraries Industrially compatible housing Connection to MATLAB, HALCON, PCL (Point Cloud Library) and ROS (Robot Operating System) High-resolution 3D camera for innovative vision integration Industrial imaging
  • 50.
    49 (11.2015) 3D cameras Mounting setfor O3D E3D301 Further technical dataAccessories Operating voltage [V DC] 24 Current consumption [mA] < 1000 (max. 2500) Current rating [mA] (per switching output) 100 Range [m] Typically 5 Unambiguous range [m] 0...30 Sampling rate / [Hz] switching frequency Max. 20, adjustable Resolution 176 x 132 pixels Function display LED 2 x yellow, 2 x green Illumination 850 nm, infrared Ambient light [lux] Max. 10,000 (indoor) Trigger Internal or external: 24 V PNP / NPN selectable, according to IEC 61131-2 type 2 Switching inputs Max: 2 (configurable), 24 V PNP / NPN selectable, according to IEC 61131-2 type 2 Switching outputs Max: 2 (configurable), 24 V PNP / NPN selectable or 1 analogue output (con- figurable) scalable, 4...20 mA according to IEC 61131-2, max. load 300 Ω, 0...10 V according to IEC 61131-2, min. load 10 kΩ Ambient temperature [°C] -10...50 For further technical details please visit: www.ifm.com Industrial imaging Connection technology Type Description Order no. Ethernet, cross-over patch cable, 2 m, PVC cable, M12 / RJ45 E11898 Ethernet jumper, 2 m, PVC cable, M12 / M12 E21138 PMD 3D camera · Type O3D · M12 connector Socket, M12, 2 m black, PUR cable, 5 poles EVC070 socket, M12, 5 m black, PUR cable, 5 poles EVC071 Type Description Order no. Short-circuit protection • Overload protection • Parameter setting interface Ethernet 10 Base-T /100 Base-TX Possible parameter settings Via PC / notebook Type of sensor Material front pane / LED window Angle of aperture [°] Protection rating, protection class Order no. Infineon® 3D Image Sensor Gorilla glass / polyamide Material housing Aluminium 40 x 30 IP65 / IP67, III O3D301 Max. field of view size [mm] 2.61 x 3.47 Infineon® 3D Image Sensor Gorilla glass / polyamide Aluminium 60 x 45 IP65 / IP67, III O3D3033.75 x 5.00 Infineon® 3D Image Sensor Polycarbonate / polyamide Stainless steel 40 x 30 IP66 / IP67, III O3D3112.61 x 3.47 Infineon® 3D Image Sensor Polycarbonate / polyamide Stainless steel 60 x 45 IP66 / IP67, III O3D3133.75 x 5.00
  • 51.
    50 Pressure transmitters with DEUTSCHor AMP connector for mobile applications Miniaturisation for mobile applications The DEUTSCH or AMP connectors of the new PT/PU pressure sensors allow fast and easy installation in mobile machines. The sensors also feature a thin-film measuring cell directly welded with the process connection. This technology guarantees high accuracy in a very compact housing with only 19 mm across flats at a cost-optimised price/performance ratio. Applications The PT/PU type sensors are suited for mobile applica- tions and especially for hydraulic and pneumatic appli- cations with high operating pressure. The high vibration and shock resistance, the high protection rating, the excellent EMC resistance and the E1 conformity make the PT/PU sensors particularly suitable for use in mobile machines. Compact design (AF19) with process connection G 1/4 male Fast reaction: 2 milliseconds response time Measuring accuracy < ± 0.8 %, repeatability < ± 0.05 % Easy connection via DEUTSCH or AMP connector Robust low-cost solution with welded stainless steel housing Small and cost-optimised for mobile machines Process sensors
  • 52.
    51 (11.2015) Pressure sensors Accessories Type DescriptionOrder no. Operating voltage PT [V DC] PU [V DC] 8...32 16...32 Common technical data Medium temperature [°C] -40...125 Materials wetted parts 1.4542 (17-4 PH / 630)* Protection IP 67 / IP 69K Step response time [ms] 2 Restrictor • EMC Compliant with UN-ECE10 Rev. 4 ISO 11452: 100 V/m EN61326 Reverse polarity protection • Adapters; G 1/4 - G 1/2, high-grade stainless steel (316Ti/1.4571) E30135 For further technical details please visit: www.ifm.com Process sensors Measuring range relative pressure [bar] Poverload max. [bar] Pburst min. [bar] Order no. Output function 0...10 V, DEUTSCH connector 0...10 25 300 PU5704 0...25 65 600 PU5703 0...100 250 1000 PU5702 0...250 625 1200 PU5701 0...400 1000 1700 PU5700 0...600 1500 2400 PU5760 Output function 0...10 V, AMP connector 0...10 300 PU5604 0...25 600 PU5603 0...100 1000 PU5602 0...250 1200 PU5601 0...400 1700 PU5600 0...600 2400 PU5660 Accuracy / deviation (in % of the span) Linearity error Linearity Hysteresis Repeatability Long-term stability Temperature coefficients (TEMPCO) in the temperature range 0 ... 80 °C (in % of the span per 10 K) TEMPCO of zero TEMPCO of the span Temperature coefficients (TEMPCO) in the temperature ranges -40...0 °C and 80...125 °C (in % of the span per 10 K) TEMPCO of zero TEMPCO of the span < ± 0.8 < ± 0.25 BFSL / < ± 0.5 LS < ± 0.2 < ± 0.05 < ± 0.1 < ± 0.1 < ± 0.1 < ± 0.2 < ± 0.2 25 65 250 625 1000 1500 A B OUT +L Wiring diagram 1 3 L + OUT Dimensions 71,5 51,4 12 G 41 19 1 19 21,825,4 51,9 72 25,8 12 G 41 19 1 21,8 19 14,35 Type PT57/PU57 Type PT56/PU56 1) FKM seal / DIN 3869 Type PT56Type PT57 A C B OUT L - L +L + 1 2 3 OUT L + L - Type PU56Type PU57 Measuring range relative pressure [bar] Poverload max. [bar] Pburst min. [bar] Order no. Output function 4…20 mA, DEUTSCH connector 0...10 25 300 0...25 65 600 0...100 250 1000 0...250 625 1200 0...400 1000 1700 0...600 1500 2400 Output function 4…20 mA, AMP connector 0...10 300 0...25 600 0...100 1000 0...250 1200 0...400 1700 0...600 2400 25 65 250 625 1000 1500 PT5704 PT5703 PT5702 PT5701 PT5700 PT5760 PT5604 PT5603 PT5602 PT5601 PT5600 PT5660 * Characteristics similar to stainless steel (e.g. 304/1.4301) but higher strength
  • 53.
    52 Process sensors High-grade stainlesssteel submersible pressure transmit- ter of different cable materials Level measurement in a water treatment plant Application areas The PS series submersible pressure transmitters are used for level measurement in containers, tanks, wells, flowing water, bore holes and wastewater plants. The accuracy of 0.5 % and the long-term stability of 0.2 % per year contribute to the reliable operation of the transmitter. Robust, reliable and flexible All submersible pressure transmitters have a robust high-grade stainless steel housing. For standard applica- tions the favourably priced PUR cable can be used. For applications where a high resistance to media is requested (e.g. slurry, oils or fuels) the FEP cable is available. The ATEX submersible pressure transmitters of the PS3xxA series are designed for level measurement in areas subject to explosion. The sensors can be used in zone 0, 1, 2 or zone 20, 21, 22 as well as in mining. The GL approval allows an application in the maritime sector. PUR or FEP cable for high resistance to media Version with ATEX approval for group I cat. M1 and group II cat. 1G and 1D. Good overall accuracy and long-term stability Pressure compensation via internally vented cable Hydrostatic level measurement for a wide range of applications
  • 54.
    53 (04.2015) Process sensors For furthertechnical details please visit: www.ifm.com Pressure sensors Splitter box * with vent and terminal block E30401 Additional weight, approx. 500 g E30402 Filter element * E30400 Cable fixing clamps * E30399 Submersible pressure transmitters with PUR cable for standard applications 0.6 0.6 0.6 4 4 4 1000 N 1000 N 1000 N Measuring range Relative pressure [bar] Approvals CE / EX / GL Overload pressure [bar] Pull force cable 1 1 5 5 1000 N 1000 N Cable length [m] PS3407 PS3427 PS3607 Order no. PS3417 PS3617 0.25 2 1000 N 10 15 30 15 30 5 • / – / – • / – / – • / – / – • / – / – • / – / – • / – / – PS3208 Operating voltage [V DC] 18...30 Analogue output [mA] 4...20 Accuracy / deviation (in % of the span) Accuracy (BFSL) Accuracy incl. non-linearity Non-linearity (BFSL) Long-term stability per year ≤ 0.25 (PS3: 0.5) ≤ 0.5 (PS3: 1) ≤ 0.2 ≤ 0.2 Design PS3 Ambient temperature / [°C] Medium temperature -10...50 Design PS4 Ambient temperature / [°C] Medium temperature -10...85 Design PS3 ATEX approval Ambient temperature / [°C] Medium temperature 1G, 1/2G, 2G: T6 -10...60, T5: -10...80, T4: -10...85 1D, 1/2D, 2D: -10...40 (750 mW) / - 10...70 (650 mW) / - 10...85 (550 mW) Housing material High-grade stainless steel (316Ti / 1.4571) Further technical data Accessories Type Description Order no. * use only outside the hazardous area Submersible pressure transmitters with FEP cable for high resistance to media 0.6 1 3 5 500 N 500 N PS4407 PS4417 0.25 2 500 N 10 15 5 • / – / – • / – / – • / – / – PS4208 Submersible pressure transmitters with FEP cable for hazardous areas 0.6 1 4 5 500 N 500 N PS307A PS317A 0.25 2 500 N 10 15 5 • / • / • • / • / • • / • / • PS308A Temperature coefficients (TEMPCO) (in % of the span per 10 K) Greatest TEMPCO of zero Greatest TEMPCO of the span ≤ 0.2 ≤ 0.2 100 27 Example PS3208 Dimensions
  • 55.
    54 Process sensors Even easierto use and with improved visualisation The overall package makes the difference After 20 years of successful ifm pressure sensor history, the new generation of PN sensors was developed in close coordination with the users. Its modern and user- friendly design stands out. High overload protection, IP 67 and the captive laser labelling make the new PN sensors your perfect partner even in the most harsh environments. Everything at a glance Although the housing size has remained unchanged, the display size has been increased once again and the switching status LEDs on the sensor head can be clearly seen from all sides. The display can be switched from the indication of “red” to an alternating indication of “red - green”. So, switching states can be highlighted or an independent colour window can be created. Flexible Once fitted, rotate the sensor in any direction: The new PN allows free rotation as well as any mounting position using angle brackets as an accessory. Clearly indicate the acceptable ranges: programmable red / green display The process connection can be rotated for optimum alignment Fast switch point setting by using three pushbuttons Visualisation of the switching states by clearly visible LEDs Can still be identified after many years: captive laser labelling on stainless steel housing An update for the bestseller: PN pressure sensor with a new look
  • 56.
    55 (04.2015) Process sensors For furthertechnical details please visit: www.ifm.com Pressure sensors Accessories Type Description Order no. Memory plug, parameter memory for IO-Link sensors E30398 IO-Link interface, current consumption from USB port E30396 Operating voltage [V DC] 18...30 Current rating [mA] 200 (up to 60 °C environment) Accuracy / deviation (in % of the span) turn down 1:1 Deviation of the switch point Linearity error Repeatability Temperature coefficients (TEMPCO) in the temperature range 0 ... 80 °C (in % of the span per 10 K) Greatest TEMPCO of zero Greatest TEMPCO of the span < ± 0.5 / (0.4 PN2) < ± 0.25 (BFSL) < ± 0.5 (LS) < ± 0.1 < ± 0.2 < ± 0.2 Communication interface IO-Link 1.1 COM2 slave; 38.4 kbaud Medium temperature [°C] -25...80 Switching frequency [Hz] ≤ 170 Protection IP 67 Shock resistance [g] 50 Vibration resistance [g] 20 Type of pressure: relative pressure Liquids and gases Common technical data Connection technology Type Description Order no. Socket, M12, 2 m black, PUR cable EVC004 Socket, M12, 5 m black, PUR cable EVC005 Tag clip E30422 Damping screw, G 1/4 female E30419 Damping screw, G 1/4 male E30057 Protective cover, new generation E30420 Angle bracket, PA66 E30421 Siphon, G 1/4, steel (1.0345) E30140 LINERECORDER SENSOR, software for parameter setting and set-up of IO-Link sensors QA0001 M12 connector output function programmable NO/NC + analogue: 4...20 mA/0...10 V 2 x NO/NC or 1 x NO/NC + 1 x analogue (4...20 mA/0...10 V; scalable) 0...400 bar 0...250 bar 0...100 bar Ceramic- capacitive Measuring range relative pressure Order no. G 1/4 male Measuring cell 0...25 bar -1...10 bar 0...2,5 bar 0...1000 mbar -12,5...250 mbar -1000...1000 mbar Order no. G 1/4 female PN2570 PN2571 PN2592 Order no. G 1/4 male PN2593 PN2594 PN2596 PN2070 0...600 bar Metal (thin film) PN2560PN2160 PN2071 PN2092 PN2093 PN2094 PN2096 PN2597 PN2598 PN2097 PN2098 PN2599PN2099 Order no. G 1/4 female PN7570 PN7571 PN7592 Order no. G 1/4 male PN7593 PN7594 PN7596 PN7070 PN7071 PN7092 PN7093 PN7094 PN7096 PN7597 – PN7097 – PN7599PN7099 -1000...0 mbar -500...500 mbar –– PN2569PN2169 –– –– Order no. G 1/4 female PN7560PN7160 PN3570 PN3571 PN3592 PN3593 PN3594 PN3596 PN3070 PN3560PN3160 PN3071 PN3092 PN3093 PN3094 PN3096 PN3597 – PN3097 – –– PN3529PN3129 –– 2 x NO/NC
  • 57.
    56 More plant transparencyand service information on site More plant transparency The IO-Link display is a flexible solution to display process values, texts and messages in a plant. It displays up to four assigned process values, alarms and warnings. Clear text and as an option a colour change of text and background can be used for a quick overview. By means of buttons the user can trigger control actions of the PLC or acknowledge messages. Easy integration The IO-Link display is connected to an IO-Link master and controlled via PLC. No special software is required for configuration. Texts and settings can be predetermined via an IO-Link device tool such as LINERECORDER SENSOR. Texts and settings can be adapted even during operation via the PLC. Four measured values / text displays and four message windows for free text Colour change for text and background Flexible adaptation of the display, also during operation IO-Link 1.1 compatible Easy integration into each IO-Link structure IO-Link display: process values at a glance Process sensors
  • 58.
    57 (11.2015) IO-Link display For furthertechnical details please visit: www.ifm.com Process sensors Resolution pixels Display type Display illumination Order no. 1.44“ colour display 128 x 128 TFT LED E30391 Wiring Dimensions Technical data IO-Link display E30391 Operating voltage [V DC] 18...30 Current consumption [mA] < 47 Protection rating / protection class IP 65, IP 67 / III Reverse polarity protection • Ambient temperature [°C] 0...60 EMC EN 61000-6-2 EN 61000-6-4 Shock resistance [g] 20 (11 ms) Vibration resistance [g] 20 (10...50 Hz) Housing materials Stainless steel (303/1.4305); PC; PBT-GF 30; PPS; PA 6.6; FKM Connection M12 connector Communication interface IO-Link device Type of transmission IO-Link revision SDCI standard COM2 (38.4 kbaud) 1.1 IEC 61131-9 Connection technology Type Description Order no. M12 jumper 1 m black, PUR cable EVC042 M12 jumper 2 m black, PUR cable EVC043 M12 jumper, 3 m black, PUR cable EVC102 M12 jumper, 5 m black, PUR cable EVC044 M12 jumper, 10 m black, PUR cable EVC493 BN1 BK4 BU3 L+ L OUT 45 34 86 101 39,5 11 M12x1
  • 59.
    58 Calorimetric flow meterfor liquids and gases Measurement technique The SA volumetric flow sensor operates using the calorimetric measuring principle. Two measuring elements as well as a heat source are located on the measuring tip. The physical effect that a flowing medium absorbs heat energy and conducts it away is used. The resulting temperature change is an indication of flow. Device function The new SA-type sensor has been designed to detect and measure flow and temperature even in large internal pipe diameters up to 400 mm. Therefore it serves different applications. Switching outputs, analogue signals and IO-Link provide various options to further process the signals. That means that the user is best-equipped for Industry 4.0. Optimised for water, oils, glycol and air Fast response time and integrated temperature measurement Red/green colour change for process values Internal pipe diameter selectable from 15...400 mm The process connection can be rotated for optimum alignment New benchmark in thermal flow measurement Process sensors
  • 60.
    59 (11.2015) Flow sensors /flow meters For further technical details please visit: www.ifm.com Common technical data Operating voltage [V] 18...30 DC Current consumption [mA] < 100 Current rating [mA] 250 Housing materials High grade stainless steel (1.4404/316L); PBT-GF 20; PBT-GF 30 Connection M12 connector Accuracy temperature measurement ± 1 K Type SA Protection rating, protection class IP 65 / IP 67, III BN WH BK BU 4 1 3 2 OUT2 L+ L OUT1 Wiring Measuring range liquid / gaseous [cm/s] Medium temperature [°C] Response time [s] Order no. M12 connector · electrical design DC PNP 5...300 / 200...10000 -20...90 0.5 SA5000 Probe length [mm] 45 5...300 / 200...10000 -20...100 0.5 SA4100100 5...300 / 200...10000 -20...100 0.5 SA4300200 Pressure resistance [bar] 100 50 50 Process sensors Accessories Type Description Order no. Adapter M18x1.5 – G 1/2 Progressive ring fitting G 1/2, flat seal E40258 Type M18 Progressive ring Progressive ring Connection technology Type Description Order no. M12 socket, 2 m black, PUR cable EVC001 M12 socket, 5 m black, PUR cable EVC002 M12 socket, 2 m black, PUR cable EVC004 M12 socket, 5 m black, PUR cable EVC005 M12 socket, 2 m orange, PVC cable EVT064 M12 socket, 5 m orange, PVC cable EVT001 USB IO-Link master for parameter setting and analysis of units Supported communication protocols: IO-Link (4.8, 38.4 and 230 Kbits/s) E30390 Dimensions Accuracy flow measurement ± (5 % MW + 2 % VMR) at reference conditions E40096 Adapter M18x1.5 – G 1/4 E40099 40 48 M12x1 34 3 2 1 4 814515 8 22 Example SA5000 1) LEDs (display unit / switching status) 2) 4-digit alphanumeric display / alternating indication of red and green 3) Programming buttons 4) Upper part of the housing can be rotated by 345°
  • 61.
    60 Vortex inline volumetric flowsensors with user-friendly display Monitoring the cooling circuits at a welding gun Turbulence as a measure for the flow Behind a blunt body (or shedder) integrated in the measuring pipe, the flowing medium generates swirling vortices depending on the velocity. These vortices are detected by a piezoceramic sensor. If the cross-section is known, the number of the vortices allows to determine the flow rate. This flow rate measurement principle, known as vortex (or vortex shedding) principle, is almost independent of pressure and temperature fluctuations of the medium. It allows a simple design and thus a low-cost production of sensors for flow rate measurement. The current flow and temperature are output as stan- dardised current signal (4...20 mA), as frequency signal, switching output or via IO-Link as option. Integrated temperature measurement Electronically rotatable multi-colour display Rotatable G and R process connections as option Red/green colour change for process values adjustable Can be used for water with and without conductivity (deionised water) The alternative: Vortex sensor instead of vane Process sensors
  • 62.
    61 (04.2015) Flow sensors /flow meters For further technical details please visit: www.ifm.com Common technical data Operating voltage [V] 18...30 DC Current consumption [mA] typ. 25 (at 24 V) Accuracy flow measurement ± (2 % MV + 2 % VMR) Output 1 (for DC PNP / NPN version) IO-Link, switching output or frequency output flow Output 2 (for DC PNP / NPN version) Switching output flow / temperature or frequency output flow / temperature Accuracy temperature monitoring ± 1 K Type SV4, SV5, SV7 Protection rating, protection class IP 65 / IP 67, III BN WH BK BU 4 1 3 2 OUT2 L+ L OUT1 Wiring diagram Measuring range [l/min] Response time T90 [s] Medium temperature [°C] Max. operating pressure [bar] Order no. M12 connector · electrical design DC PNP / NPN · frequency · IO-Link 1.0...20 -10...90 12 SV4200 Process connection G 1/2 1.0...20 -10...90 12 SV4500Rc 1/2 2.0...40 -10...90 12 SV5200G 1/2 2.0...40 -10...90 12 SV5500Rc 1/2 5.0...100 -10...90 12 SV7200G 3/4 5.0...100 Nominal diameter [Ø] -10...90 12 SV7500Rc 3/4 Connection technology Type Description Order no. Socket, M12, 2 m black, PUR cable EVC001 Socket, M12, 5 m black, PUR cable EVC002 Socket, M12, 2 m orange, PVC cable EVT064 Socket, M12, 5 m orange, PVC cable EVT001 Process sensors Accessories Type Description Order no. Mounting plate E40249 Adjustment valve, G 1/2 E40250 Adjustment valve, G 3/4 E40251 < 1 < 1 < 1 < 1 < 1 < 1 DN8 DN8 DN10 DN10 DN20 DN20 M12 connector · electrical design DC 2 x analogue 4...20 mA 1.0...20 < 1-10...90 12 SV4204G 1/2 1.0...20 < 1-10...90 12 SV4504Rc 1/2 2.0...40 < 1-10...90 12 SV5204G 1/2 2.0...40 < 1-10...90 12 SV5504Rc 1/2 5.0...100 < 1-10...90 12 SV7204G 3/4 5.0...100 < 1 DN8 DN8 DN10 DN10 DN20 DN20-10...90 12 SV7504Rc 3/4 IO-Link interface, current consumption from USB port E30396
  • 63.
    62 Compact mechatronic inline flowmeter with backflow prevention Mechatronic flow sensor The new mechatronic flow sensor of the SBY series functions using the principle of a spring-mounted piston. The piston, located in the valve seat in the housing, is lifted by the flowing medium against the spring resistance. For binary signal output the piston position is detected by an inductive sensor. The spring resistance leads to reliable reset of the piston to its initial position with decreasing flow. This ensures position-independent installation of the flow sensor preventing backflow. The switch points can be easily set and fixed via a setting screw. The robust mechanical design ensures use in harsh environments. The units are maintenance-free. Measuring range from 0.2...4 l/min Compact design Very fast response time of ≤ 10 ms No inlet and outlet pipe lengths required Independent of pressure and temperature fluctuations New flow sensor now also for smallest quantities Process sensors
  • 64.
    63 (11.2015) Flow sensors /flow meters For further technical details please visit: www.ifm.com Current consumption [mA] < 15 Ambient temperature [°C] 0...60 Protection rating, protection class IP 65 / IP 67, III Housing materials Brass chemically nickel-plated; anodised aluminium; PA Materials in contact with the medium High-grade stainless steel (301/1.4310); high-grade stainless steel (316/1.4401); PBT; brass chemically nickel-plated; PPS; O-ring: FKM Polyolefin Short-circuit protection • Further technical data Overload protection • L+ L BN1 4 BK 3 BU Wiring Process connection Pressure resistance [bar] Measuring range [l/min] Response time [ms] Order no. M12 connector · electrical design DC PNP Rp 1/2 800.2...4 ≤ 10 SBY321 Operating voltage [V] 24 DC Type Connection technology Type Description Order no. M12 socket, 2 m black, PUR cable EVC001 M12 socket, 5 m black, PUR cable EVC002 M12 socket, 2 m black, PUR cable EVC004 M12 socket, 5 m black, PUR cable EVC005 M12 socket, 2 m orange, PVC cable EVT064 M12 socket, 5 m orange, PVC cable EVT001 Process sensors Connection M12 connector M12 94...99 27 Rp½ Rp½ 66,5 18 107...113 13 13 Dimensions
  • 65.
    64 New mechatronic inline volumetricflow sensors with display Mechatronic flow sensor The flow sensor works on the principle of spring- supported piston: The piston, located in the valve seat in the housing, is lifted by the flowing medium against the spring. The piston position is monitored via a magnetic field sensor and is output as an analogue signal. The spring forces the piston to return to its original position with decreasing flow. This ensures position-independent installation of the flow sensor preventing backflow. The sensor head can be rotated by 360° so that it can be read in any position. Optimised for water and oils Integrated temperature measurement No inlet and outlet pipe lengths required Red/green colour change for process values Very fast response time of < 10 ms The smart float-type flow meter Process sensors
  • 66.
    65 (04.2015) Flow sensors /flow meters For further technical details please visit: www.ifm.com Common technical data Operating voltage [V DC] 18...30 Current consumption [mA] < 50 Accuracy flow measurement ± (4 % MV + 1 % VMR) Output 1 IO-Link, switching output, frequency output flow / temperature Output 2 Switching output flow, analogue output 4...20 mA flow or temperature Accuracy temperature monitoring ± 3 K Type SBY, SBG Protection rating, protection class IP 65 / IP 67, III BN WH BK BU 4 1 3 2 OUT2 L+ L OUT1 Wiring diagram Measuring range [l/min] Response time [ms] Medium temperature [°C] Max. operating pressure [bar] Order no. M12 connector · electrical design DC PNP / NPN < 10-10...100 40 SBY232 Process connection Rp 3/4 < 10-10...100 40 SBY233Rp 3/4 < 10-10...100 40 SBY234Rp 3/4 < 10-10...100 25 SBY246Rp 1 Type < 10-10...100 25 SBY257Rp 1 1/2 < 10-10...100 40 SBG232G 1/2 < 10-10...100 40 SBG233G 1/2 < 10-10...100 40 SBG234G 1/2 < 10-10...100 25 SBG246G 3/4 < 10-10...100 25 SBG257G 1 1/4 Connection technology Type Description Order no. Socket, M12, 2 m black, PUR cable EVC001 Socket, M12, 5 m black, PUR cable EVC002 Socket, M12, 2 m orange, PVC cable EVT064 Socket, M12, 5 m orange, PVC cable EVT001 Process sensors Socket, M12, 2 m black, PUR cable EVC004 Socket, M12, 5 m black, PUR cable EVC005 0.3...15 0.5...25 1.0...50 2.0...100 4.0...200 0.3...15 0.5...25 1.0...50 2.0...100 4.0...200 IO-Link interface, current consumption from USB port E30396 Accessories Type Description Order no.
  • 67.
    66 Reliable level detection– LMT Level detection in explosive atmospheres LMT sensors reliably detect levels in storage tanks in explosive areas. They can be used in zones 2 and 22. Food-grade The sensor with its high-quality housing materials such as high-grade stainless steel (316L / 1.4404) and PEEK meets all requirements for hygienic areas. This includes approvals such as EHEDG and FDA. Versatile sensor for all media The LMT can be adjusted to almost all liquid and viscous media as well as powders. The distinction between two media in the same applica- tion is possible due to the two switching outputs which can be set independently. Convenient parameter setting is made via IO-Link. Approved for ATEX areas of category 3D/3G “Plug & Play“ – factory preset to oil-based media Can be set to other media such as alcohol using IO-Link Hygienic design with maintenance-free sealing concept Shock and vibration resistant in a robust stainless steel housing Hygienic point level sensor especially for hazardous areas Process sensors
  • 68.
    67 (11.2015) Level sensors Process connection Installation length [mm] Approval Protection [hazardousareas]* Order no. Application: liquids, viscous media and powders M12 connection · output function 2 x NO/NC programmable · 4-wire DC PNP · IO-Link 1.1 Medium temperature oils, oil-based media, powder G 1/2 12 EHEDG, FDA -20...85 °C IP 67 / III LMT01A G 1/2 153 EHEDG, FDA -20...85 °C IP 67 / III LMT03A G 1/2 253 EHEDG, FDA -20...85 °C IP 67 / III LMT04A Accessories Type Description High-grade stainless steel Order no. Current rating [mA] 100 Housing materials high-grade stainless steel (1.4404 / 316L), (1.4571 / 316Ti), PEEK; PEI; FKM Materials in contact with the medium high-grade stainless steel (1.4404 / 316L), (1.4571 / 316Ti), PEEK; FKM Shock resistance [g] 50 Vibration resistance [g] (LMT03A, LMT04A) 8 Vibration resistance [g] (LMT01A) 20 Ambient temperature [°C] -20...60 EMC (LMT03A, LMT04A) Closed tanks EN 61000-6-2 EN 61000-6-4 EMC (LMT01A) Open tanks Closed tanks EN 61000-6-2 EN 61000-6-4 EN 61000-6-3 Operating voltage [V] 18...30 DC Current consumption [mA] < 50 Further technical data Clamp adapter G 1/2 female – Clamp 1“–1.5“ E33401 Clamp adapter G 1/2 female – Clamp 2“ E33402 Welding adapter ball, G 1/2 E30055 Welding adapter collar, G 1/2 E30056 Welding adapter, cylindrical, for tanks, G 1/2 E43300 Welding adapter, cylindrical, for pipes, G 1/2 E43301 Screw-in adapter G1/2 female – G 3/4 male E43302 Screw-in adapter G1/2 female – G 1 male E43303 Screw-in adapter G1/2 female – 3/4 NPT E43313 Clamp adapter, G 1/2 female – Varivent D50 E43306 Clamp adapter, G 1/2 female – Varivent D68 E43307 Accessories Type Description Order no. IO-Link interface for parameter setting and analysis of units with DTM specification, current consumption from USB port: max. 500 mA E30396 Memory plug, parameter memory for IO-Link sensors E30398 T-piece, DN 25 E43316 T-piece, DN 40 E43317 T-piece, DN 50 E43318 For further technical details please visit: www.ifm.com Welding adapter, long design for deeper installation, G 1/2 E43319 Process sensors ATEX approval group II, category 3D / 3G Communication interface IO-Link 1.1 Connection M12 connector LINERECORDER SENSOR, Software for parameter setting and setting up IO-Link sensors QA0001 USB IO-Link master for parameter setting and analysis of units Supported communication protocols: IO-Link (4.8, 38.4 and 230 Kbits/s) E30390 *IP 68, IP 69K outside the hazardous area Connection technology Type Description Order no. Socket, M12, 2 m black, PUR cable EVC04A Socket, M12, 5 m black, PUR cable EVC05A Socket, M12, 10 m black, PUR cable EVC06A
  • 69.
    68 LR level sensorin a new design with extended functions Application Harsh environment conditions or high temperatures leave the LR2050 cold. Installation in confined spaces or detection of oils using a coaxial pipe is no problem for LR, either. LR flexibly adapts to any application thanks to the installation adjustment and the modular concept. Successful thanks to modular concept The probes can be shortened, or changed, so the LR reduces stock-keeping and simplifies replacement. User-friendly setting Even before installation the user can set the sensor parameters via pushbuttons or IO-Link on the PC. Installation adjustment is made on site via pushbutton, if required. Mounting adjustment enables position- independent installation Medium temperature up to 100 °C Simulation function facilitates testing of the plant software Automatic detection of the rod length Probe lengths of 15...200 cm Continuous level measurement in harsh environments Process sensors
  • 70.
    69 (11.2015) Level sensors Protection rating/ protectionclass Max. tank pressure [bar] -1...4 IP 68, IP 69K / III Accessories (to be ordered separately) Type Description Order no. For further technical details please visit: www.ifm.com Process sensors Process connection Medium temperature [°C] Order no. M12 connector · IO-Link 1.1 G 3/4 -20...100 LR2050 Current consumption [mA] Dielectric constant medium Ambient temperature [°C] Metals in contact with the medium Housing materials Power-on delay time [s] Operating voltage [V] 18...30 DC Current rating [mA] 200 Further technical data IO-Link device type of transmission Rods stainless steel (303 / 1.4305) Coaxial pipes stainless steel (303 / 1.4305) Flange plates stainless steel (303 / 1.4305) Application: aqueous media, coolants, cleaning agents, oils. * Flange plate, LR 73-90 E43201 Flange plate, LR 73 - 90 / NPT E43206 Flange plate, LR 65-80 E43202 E43203240 mm E43204450 mm E43226300 mm E43205700 mm E43227500 mm E432071000 mm E432081200 mm E432091400 mm E432101600 mm * A coaxial pipe is required for the unit to function correctly in low dielectric media. E43211240 mm E43212450 mm E43213700 mm E432141000 mm E432151200 mm E432161400 mm E432171600 mm E43228300 mm E43229500 mm G 3/4 Connection technology Type Description Order no. Socket, M12, 4-pole 2 m black, PUR cable EVC004 Socket, M12, 4-pole 5 m black, PUR cable EVC005 Socket, M12, 4-pole 2 m black, PUR cable, LED EVC007 Socket, M12, 4-pole 5 m black, PUR cable, LED EVC008 IO-Link interface for parameter setting and analysis of units with DTM specification, current consumption from USB port: max. 500 mA E30396 Memory plug, parameter memory for IO-Link sensors E30398 LINERECORDER SENSOR, software for parameter setting and setting up IO-Link sensors QA0001 IO-Link accessories Type Description Order no. < 50 1.8...5* > 5 -40...80 high-grade stainless steel (316L / 1.4404, 316S12 / 14435), PTFE, FKM high-grade stainless steel (316L / 1.4404), PEI, PBT, PTFE, FKM ≤ 3 1.1 E43351210 mm E43352265 mm E433532000 mm Coaxial pipes, slotted stainless steel (304S15 / 1.4301) 700 mm E43333 1200 mm E43334 E43354210 mm E43355265 mm E433562000 mm E43218450 mm E43219700 mm E432201000 mm E432211600 mm 3/4" NPT
  • 71.
    70 Reliable and fastalternative to tuning forks In spite of harsh conditions such as foam or deposits LMT194 reliably prevents overflow of the tank. Reliable and flexible The LMTx9x sensor family provides dependable overflow protection. Different lengths and process connections allow versatile and position-independent installation. IO-Link creates transparency The sensors can be adjusted to all liquids that are hazardous to water. Parameters are conveniently set on the PC or via IO-Link and USB interface. The digital transmission of measured values creates maximum transparency. Robust The high-quality high-grade stainless steel housing is shock and vibration resistant. Flexible installation independent of the orientation Shock and vibration resistant in a robust stainless steel housing Plug & Play – Factory default setting to hydrous media Can be set to other media such as oil using IO-Link Suppression of deposits Maintenance-free overflow protection to WHG* Process sensors * German Federal Water Act
  • 72.
    71 (04.2015) Level sensors Process connectionInstallation length [mm] Medium temperature oils, fats, bulk materials [°C]* Order no. Medium: Aqueous media · Can be set to other media using IO-Link 1.1 M12 connector · 4-wire DC PNP Medium temperature water-based media [°C] G 1/2 12 0...85 0...100 LMT191 G 1/2 153 0...85 0...100 LMT194 G 1 38 0...85 0...100 LMT392 G 3/4 28 0...85 0...100 LMT292 G 1/2 38 0...85 0...100 LMT192 G 1/2 253 0...85 0...100 LMT195 Accessories Type Description High-grade stainless steel Order no. Max. medium temperature [°C] (WHG) 100 Housing materials PEEK; high-grade stainless steel (316L/1.4404), PA12, FPM Protection IP 68 / IP 69K, III Materials in contact with the medium PEEK; high-grade stainless steel (316L/1.4404), FPM Shock resistance [g] 50 Vibration resistance [g] 20 Max. ambient temperature [°C] (WHG) 0...85 EMC Closed tanks: Open tanks: EN 6100-6-2:2005 EN 6100-6-3:2006 EN 6100-6-4:2006 Operating voltage [V] 18...30 DC Current rating [mA] 100 Further technical data Clamp adapter, G 1/2 female – Clamp 1"–1.5" E33401 Clamp adapter, G 1/2 female – Clamp 2" E33402 Welding adapter ball, G 1/2 E30055 Welding adapter collar, G 1/2 E30056 Welding adapter, cylindrical, for tanks, G 1/2 E43300 Welding adapter, cylindrical, for pipes, G 1/2 E43301 Screw-in adapter, G 1/2 female – G 3/4 male E43302 Screw-in adapter, G 1/2 female – G 1 male E43303 Screw-in adapter, G 1/2 female – 3/4 NPT E43313 Accessories Type Description Order no. IO-Link interface for parameter setting and analysis of units with DTM specification, current consumption from USB port: max. 500 mA E30396 For further technical details please visit: www.ifm.com Welding mandrel, G 1/2 E43314 Sealing plug, G 1/2 E43308 Welding adapter, long design for deeper installation, G 1/2 E43319 Process sensors LINERECORDER SENSOR, software for parameter setting and setting up IO-Link sensors QA0001 * For operation to WHG
  • 73.
    72 Reliable and precise mediumdetection in hygienic applications Versatile use Whether smaller storage tanks, compensating tanks, separators or in filling processes: There are no limits to applications for LR. Even adverse operating conditions such as foam or high temperature do not affect precise level detection. Successful thanks to modular concept The probes can be shortened, or changed, so the LR reduces stock-keeping and simplifies replacement. IO-Link means the fiddly parameter setting on the device is a matter of the past. Resistant materials High-quality materials such as PEEK and EPDM as sealing material or the high-grade stainless steel housing are suitable for internal and external cleaning and resist the most adverse operating conditions. Installation adjustment for optimum setting to the installation situation Aseptoflex Vario thread for a multitude of process adapters Probe lengths of 15...200 cm Suitable for medium temperatures up to150 °C Level sensor with modular probe concept Process sensors
  • 74.
    73 (04.2015) Level sensors Protection rating/ protectionclass Max. tank pressure [bar] -1...40 IP 69K, III Accessories Type Description Order no. 0.15 m, high-grade stainless steel (316L/1.4404) E43345 0.3 m, high-grade stainless steel (316L/1.4404) E43346 0.5 m, high-grade stainless steel (316L/1.4404) E43340 0.7 m, high-grade stainless steel (316L/1.4404) E43347 1.0 m, high-grade stainless steel (316L/1.4404) E43341 1.5 m, high-grade stainless steel (316L/1.4404) E43348 2.0 m, high-grade stainless steel (316L/1.4404) E43342 IO-Link interface for parameter setting and analysis of units with DTM specification, current consumption from USB port: max. 500 mA E30396 Memory plug, parameter memory for IO-Link sensors E30398 For further technical details please visit: www.ifm.com Process sensors LINERECORDER SENSOR, software for parameter setting and setting up IO-Link sensors QA0001 Process connection Medium temperature [°C] Order no. M12 connector · IO-Link 1.1 Aseptoflex Vario -40...150 LR2750 Current consumption [mA] < 80 Dielectric constant medium > 5 Ambient temperature [°C] -40...80 Metals in contact with the medium high-grade stainless steel (316L/1.4404), PEEK, EPDM Housing materials high-grade stainless steel (316L/1.4404), PEI, PFA, PBT, FKM Power-on delay time [s] ≤ 3 Operating voltage [V] 18...30 DC Current rating [mA] 200 Further technical data IO-Link device type of transmission 1.1 Probes for hygienic LR processes Pipe fitting, DN40 (1.5") E33212 Clamp adapter, Clamp 2" E33202 Pipe fitting, DN50 (2") E33213 Clamp adapter, Clamp 1-1.5" E33201 Aseptoflex Vario adapter IO-Link Connection technology Type Description Order no. Socket, M12, 4-pole, 5 m orange, PVC cable EVT001 Socket, M12, 4-pole, 2 m orange, PVC cable EVT064 Socket, M12, 4-pole, 5 m orange, PVC cable EVT004 Socket, M12, 4-pole, 2 m orange, PVC cable EVT067 Welding adapter, Ø 50 mm E30122
  • 75.
    74 LR9020 level transmitterwith ingress-resistant housing and IO-Link parameter setting Robust and reliable The LR9020 reliably resists harsh environmental conditions or high-pressure cleaning. Its small design allows installa- tion in restricted spaces. The digital IO-Link communication prevents disturbance in measured value transfer. Successful thanks to modular concept The probes can be shortened, or changed, so the LR reduces stock-keeping and simplifies replacement. User-friendly setting Even before installation the user can set the sensor parameters via IO-Link on the PC. The data record of parameter setting can be copied to other sensors, e.g. for installations of identical design. Analogue output, switching output and process value transfer via IO-Link User-friendly parameter setting via IO-Link by means of PC or IO-Link master Probe lengths of 10...160 cm The probe can be cut to length, if needed Small design for limited space Continuous level measurement with analogue output and IO-Link Process sensors
  • 76.
    75 (04.2015) Level sensors Accessories (tobe ordered separately) Type Description Stainless steel (303/1.4305) Order no. For further technical details please visit: www.ifm.com Process sensors Rods stainless steel (303 / 1.4305) Coaxial pipes stainless steel (303 / 1.4305) Flange plates Connection technology Applications: aqueous media, coolants, cleaning agents, oils. * Type Description Order no. Socket, M12, 4-pole 2 m black, PUR cable EVC004 Socket, M12, 4-pole 5 m black, PUR cable EVC005 Socket, M12, 4-pole 2 m black, PUR cable, LED EVC007 Socket, M12, 4-pole 5 m black, PUR cable, LED EVC008 Socket, M12, 8-pole 2 m black, PUR cable E11231 Socket, M12, 8-pole 5 m black, PUR cable E11232Flange plate, LR 73-90 E43201 Flange plate, LR 73 - 90 / NPT E43206 Flange plate, LR 65-80 E43202 E43203240 mm E43204450 mm E43226300 mm E43205700 mm E43227500 mm E432071000 mm E432081200 mm E432091400 mm E432101600 mm E43211240 mm E43212450 mm E43213700 mm E432141000 mm E432151200 mm E432161400 mm E432171600 mm E43218450 mm E43228300 mm E43219700 mm E43229500 mm E432201000 mm E432211600 mm * A coaxial pipe is required for the unit to function correctly in low dielectric media. Process connection Set point accuracy [cm] Repeatability [cm] Max. tank pressure [bar] Protection rating/ protection class Order no. M12-connector Output function 1 x IO-Link / 1 x analogue 4...20 mA / 0...10 V · 4-wire DC PNP G 3/4 ± 1.5 ± 0.5 -1...4 IP 69K, III LR9020 Current consumption [mA] < 80 Dielectric constant medium 2...20* > 20 Ambient temperature [°C] 0...60 Medium temperature [°C] 0...80 / (90 peak) Metals in contact with the medium stainless steel (303/1.4305), PTFE, NBR Housing materials FKM, NBR, PBT, PC, TPE-V, stainless steel (1.4301/304), PTFE, PEI Power-on delay time [s] 3 Operating voltage [V] 18...30 DC Current rating [mA] 200 Further technical data IO-Link device type of transmission COM2 (38.4 kbaud) G 3/4 3/4" NPT
  • 77.
    76 Improved display and evaluationunit for Pt100 / Pt1000 sensors One unit for many sensors The TR evaluation unit is a universal control and display unit for connection of PT100 / PT1000 sensors (TT, TM and TS series) Automatic detection of the probe The evaluation unit automatically detects whether two- wire, three-wire or four-wire Pt100 or Pt1000 sensors are connected. Wide measuring range Thanks to the extended measuring range of -100...600 °C, an enormous number of common temperature measurement and monitoring tasks in the manufacturing and process industries can be solved. And, of course, ifm also offers the corresponding temperature sensors. Clearly indicate the acceptable ranges: programmable red/green display Quick and easy handling via 3 pushbuttons with VDMA menu Visualisation of the switching states by clearly visible LEDs Flexible installation thanks to modular concept Versions with analogue (4...20 mA /0...10 V) or switching output (2 x PNP/NPN) Evaluates temperatures up to 600 °C: the TR with a new look Process sensors
  • 78.
    77 (11.2015) Temperature sensors For furthertechnical details please visit: www.ifm.com Process sensors Dimensions 64 48 M12x1 34 104 3 16,5 2 1 30 Connection technology Type Description Order no. Socket, M12, 2 m black, PUR cable EVC001 Socket, M12, 5 m black, PUR cable EVC002 Socket, M12, 2 m black, PUR cable EVC004 Socket, M12, 5 m black, PUR cable EVC005 Mounting clamp, Ø 34 mm, PBT E10017 Mounting clamp, Ø 34 mm, PA E10193 Protective cover for fluid sensors with M12 connector, polypropylene homopolymer E30420 Accessories Type Description Order no. Response dynamics T05 / T09 [s] Pressure resistance [bar] depends on the connected sensor Measuring range [°C] Factory setting [°C] Order no. Output function 1 x NO / NC programmable · 1 x analogue output 4…20 mA or 0…10 V programmable -100...600 -40...300 Process connection G 1/2 A TR2439 depends on the connected sensor Output function 2 x NO / NC programmable -100...600 -40...300 G 1/2 A TR7439 Accuracy [K] ± 0,3 + (± 0,1 % MS) Electrical design PNP / NPN Protection IP 67 Communication interface IO-Link Resolution display [K] 0,1 Operating voltage [V] 18...32 DC Current rating [mA] 250 Further technical data IO-Link accessories Type Description Order no. Temperature sensors for connection to the TR type Version High-temperature cable sensor Order no. 2 m, PFA / PTFE cables TS2451 2 m, PFA / PTFE cables TS2452 2 m, PFA / PTFE cables TS2453 2 m, PFA / PTFE cables TS2454 IO-Link interface for parameter setting and analysis of units with DTM specification, current consumption from USB port: max. 500 mA E30396 Memory plug, parameter memory for IO-Link sensors E30398 LINERECORDER SENSOR, software for parameter setting and setting up IO-Link sensors QA0001 USB IO-Link master for parameter setting and analysis of units Supported communication protocols: IO-Link (4.8, 38.4 and 230 Kbits/s) E30390 Installation length [mm] 100 150 200 250 1) LEDs (display unit / switching status) 2) 4-digit alphanumeric display / alternating indication of red and green 3) Programming buttons
  • 79.
    78 Even easier touse and with improved visualisation Quick and resistant The compact TN type temperature sensors are distinguished by excellent response times, high pressure resistance and adaptive process connections. The sensors easily resist applications with temperatures up to 150 °C and high pressure loads up to 300 bar. The measuring range is freely scalable. Updating a classic What is new is the quick and easy handling via three pushbuttons. The display can be switched from the indication of ”red“ to an alternating indication of “red - green“. So, switching states can be highlighted or an independent colour window can be created. The sensor head can be rotated and offers optimum readability from any position. Thanks to captive laser labelling on the stainless steel housing, the units can still be identified after years. Measuring range of -50...150 °C, response time T05 / T09 = 1s / 3s. Clearly indicates the acceptable ranges: programmable red/green display Quick and easy handling via 3 pushbuttons with VDMA menu Versions with analogue (4...20 mA /0...10 V) or switching output (2 x PNP/NPN). Visualisation of the switching states by clearly visible LEDs Modern classic: new TN temperature sensor Process sensors
  • 80.
    79 (11.2015) Temperature sensors Dimensions 34 140 4 3 1445 2 1 10048 M12x1 30 6 22 Forfurther technical details please visit: www.ifm.com Process sensors Connection technology Type Description Order no. Socket, M12, 2 m black, PUR cable EVC001 Socket, M12, 5 m black, PUR cable EVC002 Socket, M12, 2 m black, PUR cable EVC004 Socket, M12, 5 m black, PUR cable EVC005 Mounting clamp Ø 34 mm, PBT E10017 Mounting clamp Ø 34 mm, PA E10193 Progressive ring T-piece Stainless steel (320S17) E40102 Adapter, M18 x 1.5 - L18, high-grade stainless steel (316L/1.4404), FKM E40104 Adapter, M18 x 1.5 - G 1/2 High-grade stainless steel (316L/1.4404) E40096 Adapter, M18 x 1.5 - G 1/4 High-grade stainless steel (316L/1.4404) E40099 Protective cover for fluid sensors with M12 connector, polypropylene homopolymer E30420 Accessories Type Description Order no. Response dynamics T05 / T09 [s] Pressure resistance [bar] 300 1 / 3 Measuring range [°C] Factory setting [°C] Order no. Output function 1 x NO / NC programmable · 1 x analogue output 4…20 mA or 0…10 V programmable -50...150 -40...150 Process connection M18 x 1.5 I TN2511 300 1 / 3 Output function 2 x NO / NC programmable -50...150 -40...150 M18 x 1.5 I TN7511 Accuracy [K] ± 0.3 + (± 0.1 % MS) Electrical design PNP / NPN Protection IP 67 Communication interface IO-Link Resolution display [K] 0.1 Operating voltage [V] 18...32 DC Current rating [mA] 250 Further technical data IO-Link interface for parameter setting and analysis of units with DTM specification, current consumption from USB port: max. 500 mA E30396 Memory plug, parameter memory for IO-Link sensors E30398 LINERECORDER SENSOR, software for parameter setting and setting up IO-Link sensors QA0001 IO-Link accessories Type Description Order no. USB IO-Link master for parameter setting and analysis of units Supported communication protocols: IO-Link (4.8, 38.4 and 230 Kbits/s) E30390 1) LEDs (display unit / switching status), 2) 4-digit alphanumeric display / alternating indication of red and green, 3) Programming buttons, 4) Upper part of the housing can be rotated by 345°
  • 81.
    80 Process sensors Compact designwith excellent response time and extended measuring range Analogue and IO-Link The temperature transmitter has an analogue output with 4...20 mA. The parameters are set via the integrated IO-Link interface. Fast and precise The Pt1000 measuring element of class A achieves a high precision with the factory-internal calibration. The innovation besides the wide measuring range is the excellent response time. Therefore the sensor is suitable for all highly-precise and fast processes in hygienic environments. Transparent and flexible An LED clearly signals the readiness for operation. Compact design, integrated process connections and different probe lengths enable easy and flexible installa- tion. Measuring range of -50...200 °C, scalable via IO-Link 1.1 Very fast response time: T05 / T09 = < 0.5 s / < 2 s LED for visualisation of the operating status Versions with different hygienic process connections Different installation lengths from 25...150 mm 200° below 2 s: fast, hygienic temperature transmitter
  • 82.
    81 (04.2015) Process sensors For furthertechnical details please visit: www.ifm.com Temperature sensors Installation length [mm] Order no. Process connection Clamp 3/4“ Temperature range (scaled 4...20 mA) -50...200 °C Process connection Clamp 1.5“ Temperature range (scaled 4...20 mA) -50...200 °C Operating voltage [V DC] 18...32 Protection IP 67, IP 68, IP 69K / lll Materials in contact with the medium High-grade stainless steel (316L/1.4404) Further technical data Reverse polarity / overload protection • / • Measuring element Pt1000, class A Response dynamics T05 / T09 < 0.5 s / < 2 s Accuracy [K] ± 0.3 + (± 0.1 % MS) Measuring range [°C] -50...200 Ambient temperature [°C] -25...80 IO-Link revision 1.1 IO-Link interface for parameter setting and analysis of units with DTM specification, current consumption from USB port: max. 500 mA E30396 Memory plug, parameter memory for IO-Link sensors E30398 LINERECORDER SENSOR, software for parameter setting and setting up IO-Link sensors QA0001 Accessories Type Description Order no. Dimensions 6 M12x1 18,7 15,9 50,4 EL LED 2 x 180° 1 L+ L 3 1 4 2 IO-Link L+ L 1 2 Wiring diagram Example TA2002 Connection technology Type Description Order no. TA2002 TA2012 TA2802 TA2812 TA2832 TA2842 G 1/2 process connection with sealing cone Temperature range (scaled 4...20 mA) -50...200 °C TA2502 TA2512 TA2532 TA2542 Process connection ø 6 mm Temperature range (scaled 4...20 mA) -50...200 °C TA2212 TA2232 TA2242 1) 3/4" Clamp Socket, M12, 4-pole, 5 m orange, PVC cable EVT001 Socket, M12, 4-pole, 10 m orange, PVC cable EVT002 Socket, M12, 4-pole, 5 m orange, PVC cable EVT004 Socket, M12, 4-pole, 10 m orange, PVC cable EVT005 25 60 30 50 100 150 30 50 100 150 50 100 150
  • 83.
    82 Process sensors Compact temperature transmitterwith excellent response time and IO-Link 1.1 Versatile The TA type temperature sensor is a universal transmitter with a 4...20 mA current output which can be scaled over the -50 to 150 °C measuring range. Scaling is done simply via the integrated IO-Link interface Flexible The compact design, the integrated process connections and a multitude of probe lengths enable particularly simple installation. Transparent An integrated LED clearly signals the readiness for operation. Fast and precise A high level of accuracy is achieved using a class A accuracy Pt1000 sensor and factory calibration. In addition, ifm’s tried and tested film technology ensures excellent dynamic response times. So this sensor is suited for all highly precise and rapid processes. Space-saving in all installation positions LED for visualisation of the operating status Fast response time: T05 / T09 = 1 s / 3 s Pressure resistant up to 400 bar Different installation lengths from 25...150 mm Small but effective: temperature transmitter in compact housing
  • 84.
    83 (11.2014) Process sensors For furthertechnical details please visit: www.ifm.com Temperature sensors Operating voltage [V DC] 18...32 Protection IP 67, IP 68, IP 69K / lll Materials (wetted parts) high-grade stainless steel (316L/1.4404) Further technical data Reverse polarity / overload protection • / • Measuring element Pt1000, class A Response dynamics T05 / T09 1 s / 3 s Accuracy [K] ± 0.3 + (± 0.1 % MS) Measuring range [°C] -50...150 Ambient temperature [°C] -25...80 IO-Link revision 1.1 IO-Link interface for parameter setting and analysis of units with DTM specification, current consumption via USB port: max. 500 mA E30396 Memory plug, parameter memory for IO-Link sensors E30398 LINERECORDER SENSOR, software for parameter setting and set-up of IO-Link sensors QA0001 Accessories Type Description Order no. Dimensions Wiring diagram Connection technology Type Description Order no. Socket, M12, 2 m black, PUR cable EVC001 Socket, M12, 5 m black, PUR cable EVC002 Socket, M12, 2 m black, PUR cable EVC004 Socket, M12, 5 m black, PUR cable EVC005 6 M12x1 18,7 15,9 48 14 26LED G ½ EL L+ L 3 1 4 2 IO-Link L+ L 1 2 TA24 6 M12x1 18,7 15,9 48 19 13 G ¼LED EL TA21 Nominal length [mm] Order no. Factory setting Pressure resistance [bar] Process connection G 1/2 Analogue output scalable 4...20 mA 30 300 50 300 100 160 150 160 Process connection G 1/4 Analogue output scalable 4...20 mA 25 400 50 400 100 160 150 160 TA2405 TA2415 TA2435 TA2445 TA2105 TA2115 TA2135 TA2145 Thermowells G 1/2 E37600 G 1/2 E37610 G 1/2 E37620 G 1/2 E37640 27 74 124 224 50 100 150 250 Screw-in thermowell, process connection G 1/2 -50...150 °C -50...150 °C Process connection G 1/2 Analogue output scalable 4...20 mA 50 300 100 160 150 160 TA2417 TA2437 TA2447 0...100 °C 27 G ½ G ½ 28 EL BL 1 9 7 Dimensions Device connection Installation depth EL [mm] Sensor Thermowell Order no.
  • 85.
    84 Process sensors Thermowells forall common process connections and installation depths Why is a thermowell required? Aggressive media, high pressures and flow speeds make the use of thermowells necessary. Thermowells protect temperature sensors from such influences and make it possible to replace sensors in the running process. So, a calibration of the sensors is possible at any time. Universal The ifm thermowells are suited for all temperature probes with a diameter of 6 mm. Market common process connections are designed for use in hygienic and industrial applications. Convenient: sensor calibration without process interruption Special: for industrial and hygienic applications Robust: sensor protection in harsh applications Suited: for all Ø 6 mm temperature probes Flexible: installation depths of 30...330 mm Extra protection for temperature sensors
  • 86.
    85 (11.2014) Process sensors For furthertechnical details please visit: www.ifm.com Temperature sensors Device connection Installation depth EL [mm] Sensor Thermowell G 1/2 E37810100 G 1/2 E37820150 G 1/2 E37830250 G 1/2 E37850350 Order no. G 1/2 E37910 G 1/2 E37920 G 1/2 E37930 G 1/2 E37950 G 1/2 E37430250 G 1/2 E37450350 Ø 6 mm E37603 Ø 6 mm E37613 Ø 6 mm E37623 Ø 6 mm E37643 Ø 6 mm E37663 G 1/2 conical E37511 G 1/2 conical E37521 G 1/2 conical E37411 G 1/2 conical E37421 G 1/2 conical E37431 G 1/2 E37600 G 1/2 E37610 G 1/2 E37620 G 1/2 E37640 64 115 191 267 191 267 33 83 128 233 333 68 118 49 99 149 27 74 124 224 50 100 150 250 350 100 150 50 100 150 50 100 150 250 Process connection Tri-Clamp 1.5" for type: TA24, TT12, TT32, TM44, TD22 Process connection Tri-Clamp 2" for type: TA24, TT12, TT32, TM44, TD22 Welding thermowell, weld-in process connection for type: TT32, TD22 Clamp fitting, process connection G 1/2 for type: TT92, TT02, TT12, TT22, TT32, TD22 Hygienic thermowell, process connection G 1/2 conical for type: TM45, TD25 Welding clamp adapter, ball process connection 34 mm Ø for type: TM45, TD25 Screw-in thermowell, process connection G 1/2 for type: TA24, TT02, TT12, TT22, TT32, TM44, TD22 63 EL BL 6,4 44,5 12,7 6,6 19 38,1 1 26,7 ½" NPS 63 EL BL 6,4 44,5 12,7 6,6 19 38,1 1 26,7 ½" NPS 38,1 44,5 EL BL 6,4 6,6 16 ½" NPS 7 9 27 G ½ EL BL 13 1M4 27 G ½ G ½ 9 7 18 72 EL BL 2,5 37 2,5 41 EL BL G ½ 7 9 30 34 16,6 27 G ½ G ½ 28 EL BL 1 9 7 1) 1.5" Clamp (ISO 2852) 1) 2" Tri-Clamp (ISO 2852) 100 150 250 350 64 115 191 267
  • 87.
    86 Safe automation system includesPLC and gateway functions All-in-one: more than just a PLC Just as a smartphone is more than just a phone, the new SmartPLC is more than just a simple PLC. It has the flexibility for different tasks, even in safety- related applications up to SIL 3, PL e. For example as: – fail-safe PLC – standard PLC – AS-i gateway – visualisation system – protocol converter – data logger – intelligent evaluation unit (ifm system solutions) Two integrated PLCs (1 x fail-safe, 1 x standard), powerful processors, a large memory and a multitude of supported protocols allow the control of sophisticated systems – and this at an unbeatable price! Quick and easy set-up Flexible and future-proof thanks to connective hardware and CODESYS V3 High machine uptime due to sophisticated diagnostics Unbeatable price/performance ratio Safe up to SIL 3, PL e Safety 4.0: the safe SmartPLC Industrial communication
  • 88.
    87 (11.2015) Products Order no. AS-i Profinet gateway withsafe preprocessing AC402S AS-i EtherNet/IP gateway with safe preprocessing AC422S Dimensions 106,293 135,5 128,2 AS-Interface Safety at Work Industrial communication Type Description AS-i gateway For further technical details please visit: www.ifm.com Accessories Order no. AS-i data decoupling module AC1250 Type Description Safe PLC Certified up to SIL3, PL e. Eight safe local inputs and four safe local outputs. Convenient diagnostic functions, e.g. status indication for safe I/Os and error memory with time stamp for up to 2,000 messages. Programming is done via CODESYS V3. Simplified replacement of slaves using automatic teach function. Standard PLC The PLC can be freely programmed using CODESYS V3. Its software and hardware operates independently of the fail-safe PLC, but it can of course communicate with it and exchange data. The PLC has access to all interfaces of the system. AS-i gateway Without programming, the SmartPLC can be used directly as a gateway for AS-i on the one side, and Profinet or EtherNet/IP on the other side. The integrated display and the convenient web interface display all the available status information for the user and support diagnostics in case of a fault. Data logger Operational system data can be recorded via AS-i, EtherCAT, Modbus TCP, Profinet, EtherNet/IP, TCP/IP, UDP/IP and stored on the SD card or in the internal flash memory. If needed, the integrated real-time clock provides a time stamp for each recorded data block. This simplifies the documentation and diagnostics of processes. Visualisation system A freely programmable web visualisation based on HTML5 provides maximum transparency. An internet browser with HTML5 capability is sufficient on the final unit (PC, tablet, smartphone). No further software is required. Even the full graphic display of the SmartPLC is freely programmable for visualisation tasks. Platform ifm system solutions With the new ifm system solution apps, the process data of different sensors is transmitted to common fieldbus systems and their parameters are easily made accessible. These tailored apps can be loaded onto the SmartPLC without programming software. This makes your installation fit for Industry 4.0. Protocol converter Connect your sensors and Ethernet based devices to your fieldbus: the SmartPLC can be used as protocol converter between Profinet, EtherNet/IP on the one side and AS-i, EtherCAT, Modbus TCP, TCP/IP, UDP/IP and IO-Link on the other side. All-in-one The new SmartPLC combines two separate PLCs in one compact housing. While the one PLC solves safety- related applications, the second PLC either works as a standard PLC or as platform for other tasks. Both PLCs communicate with each other, so that entire plant controls can be implemented including safety functions and visualisations with only one SmartPLC.
  • 89.
    88 Safe bus connectionfor light guards Safe AS-i input module especially for light guard applications Module for light grids Using this new, safe input module, light guards and other safety-related sensors with electronic OSSD out- puts can be connected to AS-i Safety at Work. Control muting lamp The integrated outputs ensure the connection of two signal lamps. Quick mounting without tools The tried-and-tested quick mounting avoids wiring faults. There is one M12 connecting socket each for the transmitter, the receiver and the two signal outputs. Two alternatives for the voltage supply Depending on the design, the light guard and the signal lamps can be completely supplied via AS-i or an external auxiliary voltage. Optimised M12 socket connection for light guard applications Muting lamp can be controlled by PLC Precise and flexible quick mounting Supply of the light guards from AS-i High safety due to certification to EN 62061/SIL3 and EN ISO 13849-1/ PL e With signal effect: AS-i module for OSSD inputs Industrial communication
  • 90.
    89 (11.2015) The products Order no. Advantages andcustomer’s benefits Fail-safe sensors with a current consumption below 200 mA can be operated on AC507S without auxiliary voltage. Connection is only made via the yellow AS-i flat cable. AS-i quick connection The quick-connection technology provides a high degree of installation reliability and flexibility. The AS-i flat cable can be connected from three different directions. Diagnosis on site The LEDs indicate the status of the inputs and outputs and the communication. Safety The module meets the requirements up to SIL3 according to EN 62061 and PL e to EN 13849-1. In the event of a fault, the integrated communication monitoring switches the signal outputs off. Applications The module is designed for the connection of electro- sensitive protective equipment (ESPE) with electronic outputs to EN 61496-1. It is particularly suited for the connection of safe inductive sensors such as GM705S. Pulse pick-ups for the display of muting functions can be connected via M12 sockets. Operating voltage (AS-i) [V DC] 26.5...31.6 Short-circuit protection • Overload protection • AS-i profile S-7.B.E AS-i specification 2.11 + 3.0 Extended addressing mode – Ambient temperature [°C] -25...55 Protection IP 67 Safe AS-i input modules AC507S, AC508S Technical data Type Description Order no. Safe AS-i input module Sensor supply Inputs / outputs: via AS-i Current rating inputs / outputs: 200 mA in total Total current consumption: ≤ 280 mA AC507S Sensor supply Inputs / outputs: 24 V external, PELV Current rating inputs / outputs: inputs 200 mA, outputs 500 mA Total current consumption: < 80 mA AC508S AS-Interface Safety at Work For further technical details please visit: www.ifm.com Dimensions 45 103 40,2 44,7 25,8 Industrial communication Adapter cable, from 8 poles to 5 poles, M12 plug / M12 socket, configured for automatic operation EY3090 Adapter cable, 5 poles, M12 plug / M12 socket, configured for "short range" EY3092 Adapter cable
  • 91.
    90 Connection of IO-Linksensors to all field buses PLC Fieldbus modules for all controllers The 8-port IO-Link masters are field-compatible input / output modules for the connection of up to 8 IO-Link devices, for example sensors, valves or binary input / output modules. Process signals, events and parameters are transferred to the controller via PROFINET, EtherCat, Ethernet/IP or PROFIBUS. Connection of sensors and actuators Up to 8 IO-Link sensors can be connected. Four of the eight ports are designed as B ports and supply auxiliary energy for the connection of IO-Link actuators. The total current consumption per module can total up to 12 A. Robust field device The modules allow use in a wide temperature range of -25...60 °C. The high EMC and the robust mechanics guarantee high availability even in difficult environments. 8 IO-Link ports with full V1.1 functionality: COM1, COM2, COM3 and SIO mode 4 additional binary inputs 2 Ethernet ports 10/100 Mbits/s with switch for the field bus connection Protection IP 65 and IP 67 with full potting, all connections via M12 plug-in An integrated parameter memory facilitates device replacement 8-port IO-Link master: closing the gap in the field Industrial communication IO-Link: Data highway to the sensor
  • 92.
    91 (04.2015) The products Fieldbus, PROFINET AL1000 Fieldbus, PROFIBUS AL1010 Fieldbus, EtherNet/IP AL1020 Fieldbus, EtherCAT AL1030 Total currentconsumption [A] 12 Operating voltage [V DC] 18...31.2 IO-Link version 1.1 Number of IO-Link ports 8 Number of binary inputs 4 + 8 (IO-Link in SIO mode) Ambient temperature [°C] -25...60 Housing material PA; Socket: Nickel-plated brass Protection IP 65, IP 67 Parameter memory • Port A /port B 4 / 4 IO-Link master field modules IO-Link components Industrial communication Technical data Unit versions For further technical details please visit: www.ifm.com Advantages and customer benefits • 12 amperes on an M12 connector The module supply and the auxiliary power are supplied via the T-coded M12 connector. The energy can be looped through the module (daisy chain). • Easy sensor connection The sensors and actuators are connected via standard M12 connection cables without screening. The cable may be up to 20 m long. • Reliable digital data The sensor data is transferred digitally. Contact resistance and EMC interference cannot falsify the signals. Dimensions Order no. Type Description 20 30,5 1,5 M12x1 LEDs 60 30 198,5 185 212 8,5 6 AL1000
  • 93.
    92 Effective connection ofbinary sensors to any IO-Link master Field modules with IO-Link connection Up to 8 or 16 conventional sensors can be connected to these modules. IO-Link transfers the signals to any IO-Link master / PLC via one unscreened M12 connection cable. Wiring costs are reduced because there are no longer any complex cable trees. As opposed to bus systems IO-Link does not require any configuration or addressing. This simplifies installation. Two binary inputs per M12 socket Pin 4 and pin 2 of each socket are used for one input. That means that dual sensors, normally closed or normally open, can be connected without any problem. Robust field device The modules allow use in a wide temperature range of -25...70 °C. The high EMC and the robust mechanics guarantee high availability even in difficult environments. Up to 8 locations with two binary inputs each Unscreened standard M12 cable sufficient for data and energy transmission High protection rating IP 67 Robust due to full potting IO-Link I/O module minimises wiring costs for sensors Industrial communication Wire 16 signals with three wires.
  • 94.
    93 (04.2015) Dimensions IO-Link version 1.1and 1.0 Operating voltage [V DC] 18...30 Type of transmission COM2 (38 kBaud) Ambient temperature [°C] -25...70 Short-circuit protection • Overload protection • Protection IP 67 Min. cycle time process data [ms] 2.3 IO-Link input modules IO-Link components Industrial communication Technical data For further technical details please visit: www.ifm.com Advantages and customer benefits • IO-Link replaces multi-pole cable Multi-wire cables and connectors are a matter of the past. Standard M12 connections between the input module and an IO-Link master transfer up to 16 binary input signals. • Support of interchangeable tools The tree-wire connection minimises complex cabling for interchangeable tools. The input modules can store a tool number so that the PLC can easily identify and differentiate tools. M12 sockets 4 Number of binary inputs 4 x 2 Total current consumption [mA] ≤ 450 8 8 x 2 ≤ 850 Current rating [mA] for all inputs, total 400 800 Unit versions Order no. AL2400 AL2401 23 27 54,5 M12x1 M12x1 X1.0 4,7107 118,2 28,5 39 7,5 60 X1.1 X1.2 X1.3 AL2400 23 27 4,7107 152 28,5 39 7,5 60 54,5 M12x1 M12x1 X1.0 X1.1 X1.2 X1.3 X1.4 X1.5 X1.6 X1.7 AL2401
  • 95.
    94 Easy communication withthe PLC and in parallel to the LINE- RECORDER SMARTOBSERVER* Interface for factory networking With the integrated LINERECORDER AGENT, this master enables direct networking of all connected IO-Link devices with a local server via an Ethernet network. Using this connection, machine data, process parameters and diagnostic data can be directly read and processed by the IT. The easy-to-use server software LINERECORDER SMARTOBVSERVER* enables data evaluation by means of customer-specific cockpits. Using the same communication mechanisms, it is possible to directly couple machines and exchange production- related data. From sensor to SAP For the first time, sensor data can be directly transmitted to management software - and this on a factory-wide or even worldwide level. Evaluation of the obtained data in real time enables an increase in production efficiency and energy savings in the context of Industry 4.0. The IO-Link master module for different applications: from machine condition monitoring to remote maintenance of wind parks. *LINERECORDER SMARTOBSERVER is a server-based software for data storage, predictive maintenance and quality monitoring. 8 IO-Link ports V1.1 with COM1, COM2, COM3 and SIO support 10 extra binary inputs 24 V DC and 2 configurable binary inputs/outputs 2 Ethernet ports 10/100 Base-TX with integrated switch Slim housing for control cabinet mounting Extended temperature range of 0...70 °C 8-port IO-Link master module with LINERECORDER AGENT embedded Industrial communication
  • 96.
    95 (04.2015) System solutions Industrial communication Forfurther technical details please visit: www.ifm.com Special features Ethernet interface for PLC connection This IO-Link master operates as an input/output card with a total of 20 I/Os, of which 8 are for IO-Link devices and the rest for binary signals. All signals can be easily transmitted to compatible controllers via the standard fieldbuses EtherNet/IP or Profinet. Two ways simultaneously = PLC and server in parallel So far, all sensor signals had to be sent by the PLC to higher-level systems. This is now done via a parallel communication path (Y path). The PLC program remains unchanged. Integrated web server for configuration and diagnostics No special software is required for configuration. All IO-Link settings can be made via the integrated web interface. To do so, a standard PC with Ethernet connection and web browser is required. Convenient IODD integration Via the web interface, up to 8 different IODDs (IO-Link device descriptions) can be loaded into the master. After connection of the IO-Link devices, the corresponding IODDs are automatically assigned to the connected IO-Link devices and the corresponding ports. Parallel sensor communication IO-Link master IO-Link master PLC industrial fieldbus LR agent communication (option) LINERECORDER web-based user interface IO-Link sensors ···1 2 7 8 server IO-Link IO-Link sensors ···1 2 7 8 Technical data “Y“ path for PLC data exchange and a parallel connection to the server via LINERECORDER AGENT IO-Link master module for connection to fieldbuses Fieldbus connection EtherNet/IP Profinet Further protocols Modbus / TCP (slave) Order no. AY1020 AY1000 Supply voltage [V] 18...30 DC Current consumption [A] 2 (24 V) IO-Link version 1.1 Number of IO-Link ports 8 Parameter memory • IO-Link port A / port B up to 8, configurable Inputs/outputs IO-Link / SIO configurable IO-Link baud rates COM 1...3 4.8k, 38.4k, 230.4kBaud Digital inputs max. DI 8 (16) +2 Digital outputs max. DO 8 + 2 IO-Link / DI / DO status LEDs 20 Ethernet connections 2x (10/100 BASE-Tx) Module / Ethernet status LEDs 7 Ethernet sockets RJ45 Electrical connections screw terminals Protection IP 20 Housing material polyamide plastics Ambient temperature [°C] 0...70 Installation DIN rail
  • 97.
    96 Short overview ofthe most important ideas and advantages of IO-Link IO-Link = universal process data interface IO-Link masters are universal input/output modules. Different types of units can be operated on the same port: IO-Link sensors, IO-Link actuators and units with switching signal. Therefore, one IO-Link port can replace several components: analogue (4...20 mA, 0...10 V) and binary input and output cards. IO-Link = smart sensor interface In smart sensors, IO-Link is already integrated. So, data can be exchanged bidirectionally with the controller, e.g. diagnostics and maintenance messages or data for remote parameter setting. IO-Link = easy set-up The easiest way to obtain sensor process values is as easy as the connection to an analogue card. Connect the sensor to the IO-Link master – done. Replacement is just as easy. All sensor parameters are stored in the master and transferred to the new unit. Smart IO-Link sensors can be conveniently set using the LINERECORDER SENSOR 4.0 software. The sensor settings can be stored, copied, loaded or cloned to other units. The USB IO-Link interface establishes the connection between IO-Link units and the LINERECORDER SENSOR. It is compatible with most Windows PCs. IO-Link masters are available for all major PLCs and fieldbuses Simple configuration via LINERECORDER SENSOR (PC) or via web interface IO-Link app for AS-i gateways with automatic network scan of all sensors A wide range of ifm sensors with IO-Link: encoders, capacitive, photoelectric, temperature, flow, pressure and level sensors IO-Link – The standard interface for smart sensors Industrial communication
  • 98.
    97 (04.2015) System solutions Industrial communication Forfurther technical details please visit: www.ifm.com/gb/io-link 10 good reasons to use IO-Link Fast and easy set-up and service: 1. Offline parameter setting of the sensors prior to installation. 2. Automatic sensor detection online when using the IO-Link app on the AS-i/fieldbus gateway. 3. Easy sensor replacement with automatic parameter setting by the master. Sensor identification included. High machine uptime: 4. Avoidance of incorrect handling during operation by deactivating the operating keys on the sensor. 5. Easy transmission of the measured values without conversion losses; values on the sensor display correspond to the values on the machine display. 6. Highly interference immune - because digital - analogue value transmission in comparison with conventional analogue technology. And this using an unscreened cable without special grounding. 7. Machine diagnostics up to the sensor level functions without disrupting the operation. Less wiring saves installation costs: 8. Several analogue signals and switch points can be transmitted using only one standard 3-wire cable. This reduces the number of terminals and makes space in the cable duct. 9. Sensors and actuators, analogue or binary, can be connected via IO-Link ports. This replaces different input/output modules. Investment security: 10. IO-Link has been internationally standardised to IEC 61131-9 and is therefore future-proof. The acceptance of all leading automation suppliers ensures investment security for OEMs and users. IO-Link is the interface to Industry 4.0. Typical plant configuration IO-Link master IP20 IO-Link master IP67 sensor parameter settingPLC industrial fieldbus LINERECORDER sensor 4.0 MODBUS-TCP IO-Link sensors ···1 2 7 8 IO-Link sensor with IO-Link IO-Link IO-Link sensors ···1 2 7 8 USB adapter Order data Technical data IO-Link service & maintenance tools Characteristic IO-Link data IO-Link USB master low power E30396 IO-Link USB master ext. power E30390 LR Sensor 4.0 parameter setting software with IODD import QA0001 Analogue converter -50...300 °C Pt100/Pt1000 to IO-Link TP3232 Analogue converter 0...100 °C Pt100/Pt1000 to IO-Link TP3237 IO-Link app for AS-i gateways AC14xx AP3001 Analogue converter -50...150 °C Pt100/Pt1000 to IO-Link TP3231 Memory plug - sensor-parameter memory E30398 Cable length [m] 20 Line physics type A 3-wire cable, unscreened Connection M12, M8, M5, terminals Process data (PD) per device 1 bit ... 32 bytes Cycle time for 2 bytes [ms] 2.3 Parameters, diagnostics and events acyclic transmission Power supply type A Power supply type B sensors 200 mA sensors + actuators separated M12 pin connection type A pin 1: 24 V DC pin 3: 0 V DC pin 4: IO-Link / binary input / output Description Order no.
  • 99.
    98 Easy as usinga smartphone! Individual connection to a PLC by means of reloadable apps Until now: complex programming Modern sensors offer more and more intelligent functions that can also be made available to the PLC via interfaces like IO-Link or TCP/IP. To use them, the PLC programmer has to individually implement the functionalities in the PLC. This is very time-consuming and costly, especially when it comes to implementing the required user interfaces. From now on: fit for Industry 4.0 – ifm System Solutions With the new ifm System Solution Apps ifm electronic has developed a system which is easy to create. It allows process data from different sensors to be transmitted to common fieldbus systems, and their parameters are easily accessible. For this purpose, ifm now offers tailored apps which can be loaded into the ifm fieldbus gateway without any programming software. Fast and easy integration of intelligent sensors into the PLC world No special PC software required, an internet browser is sufficient PLC connection via the fieldbus protocols Profinet, Profibus, EtherNet/IP and others Smart additional functions tailored to the sensors selected Straightforward web configuration instead of time-consuming and costly programming Industry 4.0 made easy – Apps instead of expensive programming Industrial communication
  • 100.
    99 (11.2015) The products Order no. System solutions Industrialcommunication ifm System Solution Apps For further technical details please visit: www.ifm.com ifm System Solution Apps The centrepiece for using the ifm System Solution App is the AC14 SmartPLC. On the one hand, the device has a certified fieldbus interface (Profinet, Profibus, EtherNet/IP) for the connection to a PLC. On the other hand, the AC14 features excellent communication possibilities via an additional EtherNet interface and up to two AS-i masters for connection to a variety of sensors and actuators. Loading and configuration of the app is made via the integrated web interface, i.e. all necessary settings can be carried out conveniently via a device with an inter- net browser. System overview Example: ifm System Solutions App for O3D camera Web-based configuration PLC world Sensor world www.ifm.com System Solution Apps AC14 analogue signals binary signals Ethernet TCP/IP UDP/IP Web-based configuration AC14 with App for O3D camera PLC world Sensor world PLC TCP/IP O3D camera IO-Link scanner and configurator AP3002 Field bus connection of up to five type O2I multi-code readers to Profibus, Profinet, EtherNet/IP AP3022 Field bus connection of up to three type O3D200 multi-code readers to Profibus, Profinet, EtherNet/IP AP3032 AS-i based DTA ID systems: user-friendly writing of RFID tags, history data AP3042 Data collector: up to 30 process data can be freely named and scaled, history data with time stamp can be stored on SD card, fieldbus connection to Profibus, Profinet and EtherNet/IP AP3052 Tool changeover: via the fieldbus (Profibus, Profinet, EtherNet/IP) free selection of predefined AS-i configurations AP3062
  • 101.
    100 All in oneunit: antenna, evaluation and CANopen interface RFID compact units suitable for mobile use The robust RFID compact units with CANopen interface have been developed for identification tasks in agricultural machines, municipal vehicles and construction machines. It automatically detects different attachments and configures the corresponding settings in the controller. This automatic identification simplifies the creation of user-specific system set-ups. Information on maintenance intervals and operating times can automatically be generated and stored since the controller automatically detects when and how long a specific machine set-up runs. Downtimes are minimised, productivity is increased. Optimised for outdoor use with IP 67 and IP 69K Extended temperature range of -40...85 °C E1 type approval Shock resistant to EN60068-2-27 and vibration resistant to EN60068-2-64 Optimised for use with ifm ecomatmobile controllers RFID for mobile machines Identification systems
  • 102.
    101 (11.2015) RFID 125 kHz/ RFID 13.56 MHz When competences complement each other ifm develops and produces RFID evaluation units and antennas for industrial applications. These RFID systems are available for all common frequency ranges. Even the integration of different fieldbuses into the RFID components has been successfully implemented. Furthermore, ifm as an automation specialist has know- how of many years in the area of mobile machines, where control systems and sensors from ifm have been established in the market. The competences and experience of these both different areas have now been combined in the RFID solution for mobile machines. For further technical details please visit: www.ifm.com Identification systems Description Order no. E80370 ID tag/30X2.8/03 – 13.56 MHz, 16 Kbits – FRAM E80371ID tag/30X2.5/06 – 13.56 MHz, 896 bits E80377 ID tag/R20X2.5/06 – 13.56 MHz, 896 bits RFID evaluation unit / RFID antenna The products E80380ID tag/30X2.8/03 – 13.56 MHz, 64 Kbits E80381 ID tag/4.35X3.6/03 – 13.56 MHz, 896 bits, 10 pcs E80382 ID tag/label 65X30/03 – 13.56 MHz, 896 bits, 500 pcs E80379 ID tag/label 80X50/03 – 13.56 MHz, 896 bits, 500 pcs Further technical data Operating voltage [V DC] 9...32 Current consumption sensor [mA] < 50 at 24 V, < 85 at 12 V Ambient temperature [°C] -40...85 Protection rating, protection class IP 67 / IP 69K, III Housing material stainless steel Interfaces 1 x CAN Supported CAN protocols CANopen Standards and tests (extract) CE, radio approval Connection M12 connectorJumper, M12, 5 m, black, PUR cable, LED EVC039 Jumper, M12, 5 m, black, PUR cable EVC069 Socket, M12, 2 m black, PUR cable EVM036 Socket, M12, 10 m black, PUR cable EVM038 Socket, M12, 5 m black, PUR cable EVC492 RFID transponders Accessories BasicDisplay XL, 4,3", CAN Interface CR0452 Display Connection technology Type Description Order no. Type Description Order no. DTM424 M18 flush, 13.56 MHz, CANopen interface DTM425 M18 non flush, 13.56 MHz, CANopen interface DTM434 M30 flush, 13.56 MHz, CANopen interface DTM435 M30 non flush, 13.56 MHz, CANopen interface Process and dialogue unit PDM360 NG, 7" colour display CR1081
  • 103.
    102 More flexibility in conveyingdue to extended operating distances Reliable identification The new robust RFID antennas have been developed especially for the requirements in automation and conveying technology. In combination with the antenna adapters, they ensure excellent operating distances for more reading reliability even under adverse installation conditions. The industrially compatible connection technology "ecolink" ensures quick and reliable connection of antennas and sensors to the RFID evaluation units. Ready for Industry 4.0 The ifm RFID evaluation units offer a wide range of industrial fieldbus interfaces. RFID-based identification tasks can easily be integrated into SAP/ERP systems. Longer ranges with patented antenna adapters Antenna adapters for cylindrical M18 and rectangular KQ housings Robust RFID antennas M18 for flush and non flush installation Extra flat antenna in rectangular KQ design for limited space conditions Easy integration into SAP/ERP systems by means of evaluation units Adapters to increase the ranges of the new RFID antennas Identification systems
  • 104.
    103 (11.2015) RFID 125 kHz/ RFID 13.56 MHz Different interfaces New: DTE104 with TCP/IP and SAP / ERP connectivity This new RFID evaluation unit is ideal for direct connection to PCs, industrial PCs or PLCs that have no standardised fieldbus interface. Users can access all connected antennas, sensors and actuators via TCP/IP protocol. DTE100 system with Profibus DP RFID evaluation unit with integrated Profibus DP inter- face. DTE101 with Profinet This evaluation unit is in particular intended for customers with a Siemens controller. DTE102 system with EtherNet/IP This version is optimised for controllers from Schneider Electric or Rockwell Automation. Easy integration Data access to the transponders is fast and simple, via the provided function blocks as well as directly via the process image of the controller. Integrated web server All evaluation units have an integrated web server. Users can log in via an HTTP address to fully access the device. Antennas, digital I/O and sensors Each evaluation unit offers four sockets to connect up to four RFID antennas. Optionally, unused RFID antenna inputs can also be used for the control of outputs or the detection of digital input signals. Two digital sensors can be connected to each socket set as an input; and an actuator to each output. Customer benefits The integrated LINERECORDER AGENT simplifies the integration into SAP/ERP systems. This system solution facilitates the extension of the production process by additional functions. With this version of the DTE104 the user is provided with the ASCII protocol. Application examples Traceability of products plays an essential role in industry. By integrating LINERECORDER AGENT and SAP Connector the LR functions "Product Trace" and "Order Manage- ment" can be used. With RFID, materials and products can be unambiguously assigned within the production process. Here, the functions "Product Trace", "Order Manage- ment" and "Material Manager" are used. For further technical details please visit: www.ifm.com Identification systems Description Order no. DTE102 RFID evaluation unit, EtherNet/IP interfac DTE104 RFID evaluation unit, Ethernet TCP/IP interface DTE101 RFID evaluation unit, Profinet interface ANT512RFID antenna 125 KHz ANT513 RFID antenna 13.56 MHz, ISO 15693 E80370ID tag/30X2.8/03 – 13.56 MHz, 16 Kbits – FRAM E80371ID tag/30X2.5/06 – 13.56 MHz, 896 bits E80377ID tag/R20X2.5/06 – 13.56 MHz, 896 bits RFID evaluation unit RFID antennas The products DTE100 RFID evaluation unit, Profibus DP interface ANT515 RFID antenna 13.56 MHz, 1 m cable, M12 plug ANT516 RFID antenna 13.56 MHz, 2 m cable, M12 plug ANT410 RFID antenna 13.56 MHz, M12 design, flush ANT411 RFID antenna 13.56 MHz, M12 design, non flush ANT430 RFID antenna 13.56 MHz, M30 design, flush ANT431 RFID antenna 13.56 MHz, M30 design, non flush ANT420 RFID antenna 13.56 MHz, M18 design, flush ANT421 RFID antenna 13.56 MHz, M18 design, non flush E80380ID tag/30X2.8/03 – 13.56 MHz, 64 Kbits E80381 ID tag/4.35X3.6/03 – 13.56 Mhz, 896 bits, 10 pcs E80382 ID tag/label 65X30/03 – 13.56 Mhz, 896 bits, 500 pcs E80379 ID tag/label 80X50/03 – 13.56 Mhz, 896 bits, 500 pcs RFID transponders for: ANT410, ANT411, ANT420, ANT421, ANT430, ANT431, ANT513, ANT515, ANT516 Antenna adapters E80390 Adapter to increase the ranges for RFID antenna type M18 E80391 Adapter to increase the ranges for RFID antenna type KQ
  • 105.
    104 Identification systems Extended functionsfor all ifm multicode readers Recognition of codes and text Independent of orientation and number of codes the multicode reader automatically decodes 1D and 2D codes. The new version also solves OCR tasks, e.g. for product identification by means of type designations or series numbers. All information such as expiry date or produc- tion date can now be directly read. Suitable for industrial applications With its protection rating IP 67, integrated lighting, different interfaces and large variety of operating distances and field of view sizes, the ifm multicode reader is suited for a large number of industrial applica- tions. Identification of 1D/2D codes and text Optical character recognition (OCR) also with position tracking Variable character lengths Easy handling Compact industrially-compatible housing Industrially-compatible multicode reader with text recognition
  • 106.
    105 (04.2015) 1D/2D code readers Typeof sensor: CMOS image sensor, black/white, VGA resolution 640 x 480 Readable 2D codes ECC200, PDF-417, QR, Micro QR, Aztec Readable 1D codes Interleaved 2-of-5, Industrial 2-of-5, Code 39 Code 128, Pharmacode, Code 93, Codabar EAN13, EAN13-Add-On 2, EAN13-Add-On 5 EAN8, EAN8-Add-On 2, EAN8-Add-On 5 UPC-A, UPC-A Add-On 2, UPC-A Add-On 5 UPC-E, UPC-E Add-On 2, UPC-E Add-On 5 GS1 DataBar Omnidirectional, GS1 DataBar Truncated GS1 DataBar Stacked, GS1 DataBar Stacked Omni GS1 DataBar Limited, GS1 DataBar Expanded GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked Wide range of applications The ifm multicode reader is used in a wide range of industrial applications. It provides product tracking, production control or product identification in the most varied areas: automotive, electronic and food industries, conveyor technology or in machine tools and printing machines. The standardised process interfaces RS-232, Ethernet TCP/IP and EtherNet/IP ensure fast and easy integration in industrial control technology. Type Description Order no. Accessories For further technical details please visit: www.ifm.com Identification systems Operating software for multicode reader E2I200 OPC server for multicode reader E2I210 High-grade stainless steel mounting set for rod mounting, Ø 12 mm E2D110 High-grade stainless steel mounting set for rod mounting, Ø 14 mm E2D112 Clamp, high-grade stainless steel, Ø 12 mm E21110 Clamp, high-grade stainless steel, Ø 14 mm E21109 Clamp linking ring, high-grade stainless steel E21076 Protective cover/diffuser E21165 Protective plastic cover E21166 Protective glass cover E21168 Laser protection pane E21169 Connection technology Type Description Order no. Socket, M12, 2 m PUR cable, 8 poles E11950 Socket, M12, 5 m, PUR cable, 8 poles E11807 Ethernet, cross-over patch cable, 2 m, PUR cable, M12 / RJ45 E11898 Ethernet, screened patch cable, 2 m, PUR cable, M12 / RJ45 E12090 Ethernet, cross-over patch cable, 10 m, PUR cable, M12 / RJ45 E12204 Ethernet, cross-over patch cable, 20 m, PUR cable, M12 / RJ45 E12205 Common technical data Operating voltage [V] 24 DC ± 10 % Current rating [mA] 100 (per switching output) Current consumption [mA] < 300 Ambient temperature [°C] -10...50 Protection rating, protection class IP 67, III Cover Material Front lens LED window diecast zinc glass polycarbonate Trigger external, 24 V PNP internal, RS-232 / TCP/IP, EtherNet/IP Switching outputs (configurable) max. 2 (configurable), 100 mA Connection external illumination 24 V DC PNP Parameter / process data interface Ethernet 10Base-T / 100Base-TX, RS-232, EtherNet/IP Dimensions [mm] 80 x 42 x 53.5 Motion speed [m/s] ≤ 7 Field of view size [mm] red light 50 75 100 Operating distance [mm] Order no. 20 x 14 46 x 32 28 x 20 61 x 44 36 x 26 77 x 56 200 68 x 50 140 x 100 Field of view size [mm] infrared 20 x 14 46 x 32 28 x 20 61 x 44 36 x 26 77 x 56 68 x 50 140 x 100 Field of view size [mm] red light 200 400 1000 Operating distance [mm] Order no. 40 x 30 80 x 60 200 x 150 2000 400 x 300 Field of view size [mm] infrared 40 x 30 80 x 60 200 x 150 400 x 300 O2I350 O2I352 O2I351 O2I353 O2I354 O2I355
  • 107.
    106 Offers more than ISOmonitoring Compact vibration sensor For the majority of rotating machines, such as motors, fans and pumps, which are often monitored manually or not at all, ifm electronic has a simple and interesting alternative. The latest member of the compact family type VN, VNB211, monitors online not only the overall vibration condition of machines and plants according to ISO 10816, but also acceleration levels (factory setting). In addition to vibration it is also possible to connect a futher process value such as temperature to monitor and measure machine health. The pushbuttons can be used to configure the parameters e.g. limit values. To change the basic configuration (factory setting) simply use the parameter software VES004. 2 vibration values e.g. velocity and acceleration or shock and bearing noise Freely adjustable frequency bands e.g. for monitoring according to ISO 10816 Dual measurement point capability, additional process value e.g. temperature On-board time-stamped history function for data collecting and trending Intelligent vibration sensor – simply smart Condition monitoring systems
  • 108.
    107 (11.2015) Vibration monitoring systems Dimensions M12x1 51 62,4 14 6 5,3 36 20 M5 37,6 5 10 4 5,3 M8x1 Accessories TypeDescription Order no. USB / M8 cable E30136 Adapter UNF / M5 (pack quantity 10 pieces) E30137 Power supply E30080 Wiring diagram 4 3 2 1 4 2 1 3 5 Pin 1: 5 V via USB interface Pin 2: USB_D- Pin 3: L- Pin 4: USB_D+ Pin 1: L+ (9.6...30 V DC) Pin 2: Out 1 switching output or current output 0/4...20/22 mA (configurable) Pin 3: L- Pin 4: Out 2 switching output Pin 5: In 0/4...20 mA For further technical data please go to: www.ifm.com Condition monitoring systems Vibration sensor VN • Process connection via M12 x 1 and M8 x 1 connectors • Parameter setting via PC software VES004 • Configuration via sensor pushbuttons Connection technology Type Description Order no. Socket, M12, 2 m black, PUR cable, screened EVC535 Socket, M12, 2 m black, PUR cable, screened EVC532 Technical data Operating voltage [V] 9.6...30 DC or using USB (switching outputs not active) Protection IP 67 Ambient temperature [°C] -30...60 Selftest • Vibration sensor VNB211 Data interface USB; 2.0 History memory Ring memory, 686774 data records, with real-time clock Outputs 2 switching outputs or 1 switching output and 1 analogue output 4...20 mA (can be set using the sensor pushbuttons) Input [mA] 1 analogue input 0/4...20 Display 4-digit alphanumeric display Measuring range [g] 0...25 Measurementmethod Vibration acceleration / vibration velocity Y connection cable, M12 plug / 2 x M12 socket E12405 Parameter software VES004
  • 109.
    108 Extended functionality – 6configurable inputs Diagnostic electronics with high performance The flexible configuration of the 4 dynamic inputs now makes it possible to connect and continually monitor different types of sensors. This is valid for VSE units with firmware version 11 or higher. The sensors can be vibration sensors type VSA, IEPE or process sensors with a 4...20 mA output. Two further analogue inputs can be used to connect additional process sensors such as for speed or temperature. This functionality provides different possibilities for machine and process monitoring. The on-board FIFO- memory with up to 600,000 values provides a simple method for data comparison and can be used for trending. Simple networking The units can easily be connected to the company network using the Ethernet interface and the OPC server software type VOS. Vibration and process data can thus be integrated into higher systems such as SCADA or MES. Either IEPE, vibration sensor type VSA, or 4...20 mA can be configured on all 4 dynamic channels 2 analogue inputs for sensors (4...20 mA/pulse) Collection and monitoring of different ana- logue process data Large on-board memory Flexible data logger for vibration and process values Condition monitoring systems
  • 110.
    109 (04.2015) Technical data Operating voltage[V] 24 DC ± 20 % IEPE input 24 DC + 20 % Protection IP 20, III Ambient temperature [°C] 0...70 Housing VSE002 VSE100 DIN rail 1" DIN rail 2" Diagnostic electronics VSE002, VSE100 Dimensions 50 114 LEDs 2 1 105 35,5 Wiring diagram 18 17 20 19 14 13 16 15 22 21 24 23 6 5 8 7 2 1 4 3 10 9 12 11 Supply L- (GND) OU 1: switch/analog OU 2: switch IN 1 (0/4...20 mA / pulse) GND 1 IN 2 (0/4...20 mA / pulse) GND 2 1 2 3 4 BN WH BU BK 4 3 2 1 BK BU WH BN I/O 7 30 29 32 31 34 33 36 35 26 25 28 27 43 44 41 42 47 48 45 46 39 40 37 38 GND I/O 8 GND I/O 5 GND I/O 6 GND I/O 1 GND I/O 2 GND I/O 3 GND I/O 4 GND U-OUT (0...10 V) GND U-IN 1 (0...10 V) GND 1 U-IN 2 (0...10 V) GND 2 1 2 3 4 BN WH BU BK 1 2 3 4 BN WH BU BK Supply L+ (24 V DC ±20 %) Data interface Ethernet TCP/IP, (10 / 100 MBits) History function integrated 1) Ethernet interface 2) Combicon connector with screw connectors (optional) Inputs / Outputs VSE002 4 dynamic inputs, sensor type VSA/IEPE/4...20mA in any combination 2 analogue inputs (0/4...20 mA or pulse 24 V) 1x digital alarm output (PNP 100 mA) 1x selectable digital (PNP 100 mA) or analogue (0/4...20 mA / 0...10 V) alarm output Inputs / Outputs VSE100 4 dynamic inputs, sensor type VSA/IEPE/4...20mA in any combination 2 analogue inputs (0/4...20 mA or 0...10 V or pulse 24 V) 1x digital alarm output (PNP 100 mA) 1 x selectable digital (PNP 100 mA) or analogue (0/4...20 mA / 0...10 V) alarm output 8 x digital outputs / inputs (freely configurable) (PNP 100 mA) Parameter software VES004 octavis OPC server software German / English VOS001 Connection cable Ethernet cross-over patch cable 2 m, PVC cable, RJ45 plug / RJ45 plug EC2080 Connection cable Ethernet cross-over patch cable 5 m, PVC cable, RJ45 plug / RJ45 plug E30112 Example VSE100 Vibration monitoring systems Condition monitoring systems For further technical data please go to: www.ifm.com Accessories Type Description Order no.
  • 111.
    110 Software for diagnostic electronicstype VSE and vibration sensors VN Parameter setting The new parameter software VES004 is used to set the parameters for diagnostic electronics type VSE. With the software it is possible to create a tree structure into which the units and sensors are integrated. The user can then see his own familiar structure with regards to production sites, and machines and components. The software contains wizard functions to simplify creating parameter sets for vibration and process monitoring. It is therefore possible to set up and define simple monitoring with practically no previous expert knowledge. Data administration such as parameter sets, measurement data, recordings and history files is carried out according to the pre-defined project tree structure. Visualisation of measurement data in different diagramme types Comparison of measurement values from different sources in one diagramme Visualisation of raw data resulting from the VSE dynamic channels Integrated wizard function for the creation of parameter sets Structured administration of units and data as a tree structure New parameter software with data visualisation Condition monitoring systems
  • 112.
    111 (04.2015) Visualisation (monitoring) Different typesof diagrammes are available for visualising measurement values (column, tabular and x-y diagrammes). The configuration of axes, scaling and data sources is very flexible. For example for the x-y diagrammes (such as history data or object measurement values) it is possible to define several y-axes. You are then able to easily compare the measurement values of different sources (sensors) with different physical units or scaling in one diagramme. The diagnostic electronic type VSE can access all stages of the measurement chain from the time signal (raw data) to the frequency spectrum right through to the object values and alarm display in order to visualise the measurement values. The visualisation of the frequency spectrum contains several signal analysis tools. For example measurement lines or tools for order, harmonics and side-band analysis. The measurement values can be recorded and stored in the software as well as recalled and exported. Firmware update With the VES004 it is also possible to update the VSE firmware. The software checks if the chosen firmware is compatible with the unit connected and thus prevents the use of an incorrect version. System requirements Windows XP (basic functions), Windows 7, Windows 8.1 Minimum resolution 1024 x 768 pixel 256 MB RAM The products Type Description Order no. Parameter software VES004 octavis OPC server software German / English VOS001 Connection cable Ethernet cross-over patch cable 2 m, PVC cable, RJ45 plug / RJ45 plug EC2080 Diagnostic electronics for vibration sensors type VSA / VSP, cabinet mounting; frequency selective machine monitoring of up to 4 measurement points; Ethernet interface TCP/IP, on-board time-stamped history function, 2 switching outputs or 1 switching and 1 analogue output, 8 further freely configurable I/O, counter function VSE100 Object visualisation Visualisation of the frequency spectrum Visualisation of raw data monitoring Vibration monitoring systems Condition monitoring systems For further technical data please go to: www.ifm.com
  • 113.
    112 Modular mini controllerwith high-current relay outputs ecomatmobile Basic In many small and compact mobile applications, the requirements on control tasks are increasing. Cost-optimised, modular mini controllers for mobile use are in demand. ifm offers ecomatmobile Basic consisting of the com- ponents BasicRelay, BasicController and BasicDisplay that are adapted to each other. This BasicController family is now complemented by the BasicController relay. Its special feature is made up of six protected power relay outputs with diagnostic capability for the supply of high-current consumers in mobile machines. In addition it has multifunctional digital and analogue inputs that can be configured via the application soft- ware. The BasicController relay is freely programmable via the IEC61131-3-compatible CODESYS software. High-performance, protected relay outputs with diagnostic function Connection of sensors and actuators without further external wiring Powerful CAN interfaces for various communication tasks Easy installation due to adapted mechanical ecomatmobile Basic concept Programmable to IEC 61131-3 with CODESYS Power management in mobile vehicles Systems for mobile machines
  • 114.
    113 (11.2015) Mobile controllers Functions andadvantages The compact, flexible and inexpensive mini controller replaces the conventional relay logic and also demanding and complex process controllers. • Mechanical design The control electronics integrated in a compact plastic housing provides all the necessary connections for the inputs and outputs, communication and pro- gramming. The coded connectors for mobile use are easy to handle and available all over the world. The connection of sensors and actuators is carried out without further external wiring. Due to an increase of the protection rating through a cover and a pluggable cable seal the BasicController can also be used in areas that are exposed to splashing water. • Powerful electronics The integrated 32-bit processor and the electronics are optimally tailored to the application. Inputs and outputs can be configured to the application via the user program. The powerful plug-in relay outputs ensure the connection of high-current consumers. All relay outputs are with diagnostic capability and individually protected. Each output has a freely pro- grammable status LED. Thanks to the additional multi-functional inputs a flexible control module for mobile machines is available. • Programmable to IEC 61131-3 The CODESYS software enables a clear and easy creation of the application software for the user. The control module BasicController supports all common CODESYS programming languages. Simple and clearly structured function libraries are available for communication and special device functions. • Communication interfaces The BasicController is equipped with two CAN inter- faces to ISO 11898. These interfaces are used to exchange data with the connected BasicDisplay, further BasicController modules or the engine controller. Among others, the interfaces support the CANopen protocol and the J1939 protocol. The CAN interfaces are also used for programming. To do so, the unit electronics is directly and con- veniently activated via the powerful PC-CAN interface CANfox. In this way, operating system and application program can be loaded or parameters changed. Applications: compact construction machines, attachments, mini vehicles, special functions Inputs (total): Digital, analogue, frequency Digital, resistance measurement 8 4 4 Outputs (total): Micro relay ISO 7588-3, 15 A (total current max. 60 A) Diagnostics via NO and NC contact of the relay. Protected via mini controller to DIN ISO 8820-3 6 Data memory SRAM [kB] 592 Data memory Flash [kB] 1536 Data memory (retain), FRAM [kB] 1 For further technical details please visit: www.ifm.com Systems for mobile machines Description Order no. BasicController relay 8 I / 6 O relay CR0431 Technical data BasicController relay The products Housing Plastic, potted Device connection AMP blade male terminals 6.3 mm Protection rating, with cover EC0401, EC0402 IP 20 IP 54 Operating voltage [V DC] 8...32 Current consumption [mA] ≤ 45 Temperature range Operation [°C] Storage [°C] -40...75 -40...85 Indicators LED Red / green Processor PowerPC, 50 MHz Supported CAN protocols CANopen (DS 301 V 4.1) SAE J 1939 free CAN protocol Standards and tests (extract) CE, E1 (UN-ECE R10) Starter set consisting of BasicController 12 I / 8 O, BasicRelay, BasicDisplay incl. software, power supply, cable and accessories EC0400 Module cover IP 54 without display recess, with cable seal EC0401 Plug set for BasicController relay EC0464 Mounting and contact set for BasicController relay EC0465 Relay and fuse set for 12 V applications EC0466 Relay and fuse set for 24 V applications EC0467 CAN programming interface CANfox EC2112 Adapter set CAN/RS232 for CANfox EC2113 CODESYS programming software, German CP9006 CODESYS programming software, English CP9008 Programming software CODESYS V 2.3
  • 115.
    114 ecolink – a newdimension in connection technology. ecolink M12 for demanding applications Most applications require special solutions. Only high- quality materials, safe production processes and fault- less mounting lead to success in the long run. The integrated end stop protects the O-ring against destruction caused by tightening the nut too much. Mounting and removal are carried out without tools. The asymmetrically acting vibration protection holds the nut tight in its position, guaranteeing an optimum and permanent seal. High-quality materials especially adapted to the applica- tion and intensive monitoring during and after produc- tion guarantee maximum quality standards. Connection technology meets the M12 standard (EN 61076) Optimum sealing even when mounted without tools The mechanical end stop protects the O-ring against destruction Permanent vibration protection with saw tooth contour LEDs clearly visible even under bright lighting Connection technology From factory automation to machine tool industry ecolink M12 – The secure connection even in difficult applications
  • 116.
    115 (11.2015) Applications: Factory automation, machinetool industry, construction of machinery, hydraulics For further technical data please go to: www.ifm.com Sockets Connection technology Technical data: Operating voltage: without LED: 250 V AC / 300 V DC with LED: 10...36 V DC Nominal current: 4 A (cURus 3 A) Protection: IP 67, IP 68, IP 69K in locked condition with the matching counterpart. Tightening torque nut: 0.6...1.5 Nm Ambient temperature: -25...90 °C Vibration / shock: 750 g, 1 million cycles Cable characteristics: drag chain > 5 million cycles Materials: Housing / moulded body: TPU Contact carrier: TPU Coupling nut: diecast zinc, nickel-plated Contacts: gold-plated Sealing ring: Viton Cable: PUR, halogen-free, 4 x 0,34 mm2, Ø 4,9 mm Approvals: cURus Dimensions 15,5 M12x1 45 14 Example EVC001 15,5 M12x1 36,5 26,5 14 Example EVC004 15,5 M12x1 36,5 26,5 143 LED Example EVC007 Type Description Order no.LED M12 sockets 2.0 m 5.0 m 10.0 m 2.0 m 5.0 m 10.0 m 2.0 m 5.0 m 10.0 m 2.0 m EVC644 5.0 m EVC645 10.0 m EVC646 • • • EVC001 EVC002 EVC003 – – – EVC004 EVC005 EVC006 – – – EVC007 EVC008 EVC009 • • • 3 x LED 3 x LED 15,5 M12x1 45 14 Example EVC644
  • 117.
    116 For hygienic andwet areas in the food industry ecolink – The new dimension in connection technology. ecolink M12 for standard applications Most applications require special solutions. Only reliable production processes and faultless assembly lead to success in the long run. The integrated end stop protects the O-ring against destruction caused by over-tightening the nut. No tools needed for installation and removal. The asymmetrically acting vibration protection holds the coupling nut tight in its position ensuring a low contact resistance between the nut of the connector and the housing of the connected device. This is extremely important for permanently high protection against strong noise interference. Connection technology meets the M12 standard (EN 61076) The mechanical end stop protects the O-ring against destruction Permanent vibration protection with saw tooth contour Continuously high EMC interference protection ecolink – The reliable connection even with strong noise field interference Connection technology
  • 118.
    117 (04.2015) Sockets For further technicaldetails please visit: www.ifm.com Connection technology Technical data: Operating voltage: 4-pole: 50 V AC / 60 V DC 5-pole: 30 V AC / 36 V DC Nominal current: 4 A Protection: IP 65, IP 67, IP 68, IP 69K / III In locked condition with the matching counterpart. Tightening torque nut: 0.6...1.5 Nm Note the maximum value of the counterpart. Ambient temperature: -25...100 °C, cable firmly laid 5...100 °C, cable moved Cable characteristics: drag chain, 1 million cycles Materials: Housing / moulded body: PVC Coupling nut: high-grade stainless steel (316L / (1.4404) Contacts: gold-plated Sealing ring: EPDM Cable: PVC, shielded, 4 x 0.34 mm2, Ø 5.2 mm 5 x 0.25 mm2, Ø 5.2 mm Approvals: cULus in preparation Dimensions 15,5 M12x1 45 14 Example EVT381 15,5 M12x1 36,5 26,5 14 Example EVT385 Type Connection / cable Order no. Number of poles Screen not connected Shielding characteristics Screen connected x: Frequency in [MHz] y: Shielding characteristics in [dB] 2.0 m EVT381 5.0 m EVT382 10.0 m EVT383 4 4 4 25.0 m 2.0 m 5.0 m 10.0 m 25.0 m 2.0 m 5.0 m 10.0 m 25.0 m 2.0 m 5.0 m 10.0 m 25.0 m EVT3844 EVT385 EVT386 EVT387 4 4 4 EVT3884 EVT389 EVT390 EVT391 5 5 5 EVT3925 EVT393 EVT394 EVT395 5 5 5 EVT3965 2.0 m EVT397 5.0 m EVT398 10.0 m EVT399 4 4 4 25.0 m 2.0 m 5.0 m 10.0 m 25.0 m 2.0 m 5.0 m 10.0 m 25.0 m 2.0 m 5.0 m 10.0 m 25.0 m EVT4004 EVT401 EVT402 EVT403 4 4 4 EVT4044 EVT405 EVT406 EVT407 5 5 5 EVT4085 EVT409 EVT410 EVT411 5 5 5 EVT4125
  • 119.
    118 ecolink – a newdimension in connection technology. For hygienic and wet areas in the food industry ecolink M12 for demanding applications. Most applications require special solutions. Only high- quality materials, safe production processes and fault- less mounting lead to success in the long run. The integrated end stop protects the O-ring against destruction caused by tightening the nut too much. Mounting and removal are carried out without tools. High-quality materials especially adapted to the applica- tion and intensive monitoring during and after produc- tion guarantee maximum quality standards. Connection technology meets the M12 standard (EN 61076) Optimum sealing even when mounted without tools The mechanical end stop protects the O-ring against destruction Visible and tactile marking of the ports ecolink M12 – The secure connection even in difficult applications Connection technology
  • 120.
    119 (11.2015) Technical data Operating voltage: 4-pole:250 V AC / 300 V DC 5-pole: 60 V AC / DC Nominal current: 4 A Protection rating: IP 67, IP 68, IP 69K in locked condition with the matching counterpart. Tightening torque: 0.6...1.5 Nm Ambient temperature: -25...100 °C Materials: Housing / moulded body: PA Coupling nut (non-rotatable): high-grade stainless steel (316L / (1.4404) Contacts: gold-plated Sealing ring: EPDM Approvals: cRUus in preparation Applications: For hygienic and wet areas in the food industry Type Wiring diagram No. Order no.LED T splitters For further technical details please visit: www.ifm.com Connection technology Dimensions 1 x M12 male, 2 x M12 female Wiring diagram 4 1 1 3 4 3 2 B A 1 3 4 C 1 1 33 55 B A 2 4 2 1 3 5 4 2 4 C 1 1 3 5 3 5 44 B A 1 3 5 4 2 C 1 1 2 3 2 3 4 B A 1 2 3 4 5 5 4 5 C 1 2 3 4 1 1 3 5 3 5 22 B A 1 3 5 2 4 C 5 1 1 3 5 4 3 4 B A 1 3 4 5 C 5 6 1 EBT006– 2 EBT007 3 EBT008 4 EBT009 – – – 5 EBT010 6 EBT011 – – M12x1 48,716 38 9 21 M12x1 C B A M12x1 14
  • 121.
    120 ecolink – a newdimension in connection technology. From factory automation to machine tool industry ecolink M8 and M12 for demanding applications Most applications require special solutions. Only high- quality materials, safe production processes and fault- less mounting lead to success in the long run. The integrated end stop protects the O-ring against destruction caused by tightening the nut too much. Mounting and removal are carried out without tools. High-quality materials especially adapted to the applica- tion and intensive monitoring during and after produc- tion guarantee maximum quality standards. Connection technology meets the M12 standard (EN 61076) Optimum sealing even when mounted without tools The mechanical end stop protects the O-ring against destruction Visible and tactile marking of the ports ecolink – The secure connection even in difficult applications Connection technology
  • 122.
    M8x1 48,7 16 38 9 21 M8x1 C B A 4,3 M12x1 14 121 (11.2015) Technical data Operatingvoltage: 4-pole: 250 V AC / 300 V DC 5-pole: 60 V AC / DC EBC112: 50 V AC / 60 V DC Nominal current: 4 A (EBC112, 3A) Protection rating: IP 67, IP 68, IP 69K in locked condition with the matching counterpart. Tightening torque: 0.6...1.5 Nm (EBC112: 0.3...0.5 Nm) Ambient temperature: -25...90 °C Materials: Housing / moulded body: PA Coupling nut (non-rotatable): CuZn/Ni Contacts: gold-plated Sealing ring: Viton Approvals: cRUus in preparation Applications: Factory automation, machine tool industry, construction of machinery, hydraulics Type Wiring diagram No. Order no. NEW Order no. old T splitters For further technical details please visit: www.ifm.com Connection technology Dimensions 1 x M12 male, 2 x M12 female 1 EBC113 E11562 E12165 2 EBC114 3 EBC115 4 EBC116 E10803 E12265 – 5 EBC117 6 EBC118 – – Wiring diagram M12x1 48,7 16 38 9 21 M12x1 C B A 4,3 M12x1 14 4 1 1 3 4 3 2 B A 1 3 4 C 1 1 33 55 B A 2 4 2 1 3 5 4 2 4 C 1 1 3 5 3 5 44 B A 1 3 5 4 2 C 1 1 2 3 2 3 4 B A 1 2 3 4 5 5 4 5 C 1 2 3 4 1 1 3 5 3 5 22 B A 1 3 5 2 4 C 5 1 1 3 5 4 3 4 B A 1 3 4 5 C 5 6 EBC112 1 x M12 male, 2 x M8 female 1 EBC112– EBC113 – EBC118
  • 123.
    122 Uniform parameter setting andvisualisation for all IO-Link-enabled ifm sensors Online parameter setting Clear representation Documentation and archiving Transferable parameter sets Automatic sensor identification LINERECORDER SENSOR 4.0 – Parameter setting software for IO-Link sensors Features • Online und offline parameter setting • Supports all IO-Link devices from ifm • Software and parameter description in all supported languages • Detailed description texts of all parameter contents • Parameter sets grouped according to topics Customer benefits • Optimised validation by means of graphic visualisation of the process values • Paperless recording of parameter sets • Shortened set-up time • Optimised device replacement process Automatic sensor detection ERP connect- ivity Trace- ability Software
  • 124.
    123 (04.2015) For further technicaldetails please visit: www.ifm-datalink.com Parameter setting software Enterprise Resource Planning, e.g. SAP, INFOR, BaaN Manufacturing Execution System – Diagnosis – Traceability ERP MES SCADA Machine PLC IO-Link sensors From sensor to ERP Further processing of the sensor values with the freely scalable LINERECORDER modules The software framework LINERECORDER closes the information circuit from the sensor signal to the world of ME systems and ERP solutions (e.g. SAP). Software Graphic representation of the process values • Graphic comparison of process values with each other and with switching outputs • Simple, clear representation of the process values • Export of the process values to the table Documentation and archiving • Save / load parameter sets • Archive parameter sets as PDF file Device detection • Automatic identification of the ifm IO-Link sensors • Display of the characteristic sensor values • Save correct parameter transfer by recognising non-compatible devices • Particularly easy adding of new and updated IODD files Features • Help texts and value limits support parameter entry at the input stage. • Operational reliability by device detecton and restoration of default values • Display of the IO-Link communication quality • Create and display equipment identification (application-specific tag) • Add and update existing ifm IODDs with a mouse click *) *) if internet connection available System requirements: – Windows XP SP3, Windows Vista SP2, Windows 7 SP1, Windows 8, Windows Server 2008 SP2, Windows Server 2008 R2 SP1, Windows Server 2012 – CPU Intel Dual Core 2.0 GHz – 2 GB RAM – 5 GB free hard disk space – Web browser (Chrome, Firefox, Internet Explorer 9 upward) LINERECORDER SENSOR (supplied on USB flash drive) Software for online and offline parameter setting of ifm IO-Link sensors via USB adapter QA0001 Technical data Description Order no.
  • 125.
    124 *Some offered informationis available country-specific. www.ifm.com Information around the clock and around the globe in 23 languages on the internet. • Information - product innovations - company news - exhibition info - locations - jobs • Documentation - data sheets - operating instructions - manuals - approvals - CAD data • Communication* - request for documents - recall service - live advice - newsletter • Selection - interactive product selection aids - configuration tools - data sheet direct • Animation - virtual product animations - flash movies (video sequences) • Application - applications - product recommendations - calculation aids • Transaction* - e-shop processing - e-procurement catalogues
  • 126.
    125 Convenient order processing viathe e-shop** on the internet. Secured authentication Customer-related price indication Real time availability check Personal product favourites Online parcel tracking Individual order history Convenient quick input form Simple order processing Management of shipping addresses Confirmations by e-mail **Already available in many countries.
  • 127.
    Position sensors Sensors for motioncontrol Industrial imaging Safety technology Process sensors Condition monitoring systems Industrial communication Identification systems Systems for mobile machines Connection technology Overview ifm product range: Accessories ifmarticleno.78001710·Wereservetherighttomaketechnicalalterationswithoutpriornotice.·PrintedinGermanyonnon-chlorinebleachedpaper.11/15 Cert no. IMO-COC-027827 Visit our website: www.ifm.com ifm electronic gmbh Friedrichstraße 1 45128 Essen Tel. +49 / 201 / 24 22-0 Fax +49 / 201 / 24 22-1200 E-mail info@ifm.com Over 70 locations worldwide – at a glance at www.ifm.com